Evaluasi Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 PDF

Copyright 2009 by Bachtiar Bima Mustriana, Yuniarti Dwi Arini and PT Intan Pariwara.
. No part of this publication may be reproduced,

stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise,
without prior written permission of the publisher.
Hak cipta dilindungi undang-undang, 2009 pada Tim Penyusun dan hak penerbitan pada PT Intan Pariwara, Anggota IKAPI Nomor
016/JTE/79, Nomor Kode Penerbitan IP/424/2009.
Dilarang mencetak ulang, menyimpan dalam sistem retrival, atau memindahkan dalam bentuk apa pun dan dengan cara bagaimanapun,
elektronik, mekanik, fotokopi, rekaman, dan sebagainya, tanpa izin tertulis dari penerbit.
Kode file IP2_BING7B_PG09.
Penyusun: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana, Yuniarti Dwi Arini; Editor: Cicik Kurniawati, Marta Yuliani; Ilustrator: Agung Suroso, Andi Kurniawan,
Aris Partomo, Nunung Suparna, Rio Kuswanto; Desainer kover: Aris Partomo; Perwajahan: M. Aris Wibowo, M.M. Endang Iriyanti.
Penanggung jawab produksi: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana.
Dicetak oleh: PT Macanan Jaya Cemerlang, Kotak Pos 181, Klaten 57438, Indonesia (isi di luar tanggung jawab percetakan).
PT Intan Pariwara
Jalan Ki Hajar Dewantoro, Kotak Pos 111, Klaten 57438, Indonesia,
Telp. (0272) 322441, Fax (0272) 322607, e-mail: intan@intanpariwara.co.id
Layanan Konsumen: 0272 - 310 - 1515, e-mail: cs@intanpariwara.co.id
Mari kita perhatikan dengan saksama rumusan di bawah ini.
Ubah Rutinitas + Lawan Kebosanan = Prestasi

Barangkali rumusan tersebut terlalu sederhana untuk menggambarkan kunci meraih kesuksesan belajar.
Namun, kesederhanaan rumusan itu justru memudahkan kita untuk menerapkannya dalam berbagai konteks,
tidak terkecuali dalam kegiatan belajar.
Sudah menjadi keniscayaan bahwa belajar semestinya memberikan pengalaman bermakna bagi peserta
didik. Oleh karena itu, strategi pembelajaran harus terus dikembangkan. Guru, sebagai pendidik, berpeluang
untuk menyusun strategi pembelajaran yang lebih baik.
Pembelajaran yang bermakna dapat diawali dengan penciptaan kondisi belajar yang nyaman. Jika peserta
didik merasa nyaman ketika belajar, mereka akan termotivasi untuk belajar dengan baik. Salah satunya dengan
menata ruang belajar sesuai aspirasi peserta didik.
Belajar sebenarnya aktivitas yang menyenangkan. Belajar tidak sebatas menghafalkan materi yang tertulis
dalam buku. Peserta didik perlu diajak mengenal lebih jauh suatu hal dengan bimbingan pendidik. Setapak
demi setapak cakrawala peserta didik menjadi terang benderang oleh sinar ilmu pengetahuan. Proses belajar
tadi merupakan pengalaman berharga yang membangun kepribadian mereka. Nah, menjadi tugas pendidik
untuk membantu peserta didik memaknai setiap pengalaman belajarnya. Yakinkan mereka bahwa tidak ada
yang sia-sia dari proses belajar yang mereka lalui. Jadi, mereka perlu menjalaninya dengan sungguh-sungguh.
Aktivitas belajar kadang-kadang menjebak peserta didik dan pendidik dalam rutinitas. Ketika rutinitas
terbentuk, rasa bosan akan segera menyerang. Tentu sudah terbayangkan akibat yang akan dialami, bukan?
Inilah tantangan yang dihadapi pendidik. Sebagai pendidik, guru dituntut untuk dapat mengubah kegiatan
pembelajaran yang membosankan menjadi suatu kegiatan yang menarik. Jika perlu, ubahlah aktivitas
pembelajaran menjadi petualangan yang mengasyikkan. Dengan mengadakan inovasi pembelajaran, peserta
didik akan terdorong untuk mengintegrasikan berbagai informasi yang diterima menjadi pengetahuan dan
kemampuan (kompetensi). Mereka dapat mengekspresikan kemampuan, mengemukakan pendapat, atau
mengajukan pertanyaan. Pengalaman belajar tadi dapat diperoleh jika peserta didik mampu mengaitkan berbagai
fenomena kehidupan dengan aneka konsep yang diajarkan di ruang kelas.
Guna mencapai pembelajaran seperti itu, suatu sarana belajar yang tepat sangat diperlukan. Sebagai
sarana pembelajaran aktif, buku PG PR menawarkan skenario pembelajaran yang akan membangun
pemahaman pengetahuan peserta didik baik melalui kegiatan belajar mandiri maupun bimbingan orang lain.
Tentu saja kegiatan pembelajaran tersebut mengacu pada tuntutan ketercapaian kompetensi siswa.
Walaupun peserta didik dimotivasi untuk merumuskan sendiri pengetahuannya, buku PG PR juga
memberikan materi pokok yang harus dipelajari. Ini sebagai pijakan dasar mereka dalam mempelajari suatu
materi. Inti materi disajikan secara ringkas dan lengkap sesuai tuntutan kurikulum. Dengan demikian, fokus
belajar peserta didik tetap terjaga.
Ketercapaian kompetensi peserta didik juga dapat diukur menggunakan buku PG PR melalui soal latihan
yang bervariasi dalam setiap unitnya. Soal-soal dalam buku ini disusun dengan mengindahkan pola soal yang
lazim digunakan dalam ulangan umum. Oleh karena itu, peserta didik dapat berlatih menyelesaikan soal-soal
tersebut sehingga siap menghadapi ulangan nanti.
Berbagai kegatan variasi dan Reading Materials dalam PG PR menjadi amunisi pendidik untuk melawan
perangkap rutinitas pembelajaran yang bermuara pada kebosanan. Semua keunggulan tadi mengukuhkan
posisi buku PG PR sebagai mitra pendidik dalam menciptakan pembelajaran yang aktif, atraktif, dan bermakna.
Klaten, November 2009
Penyusun
PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2
iii
Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk

Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas VII SMP/MTs
Komponen
Alokasi
Waktu
Minggu Efektif
Per Tahun
Ajaran
Waktu Pembelajaran
Per Tahun
(jam pembelajaran)
Waktu Pembelajaran
Per Tahun
(menit)
Jumlah Jam
Per Tahun
(@ 60 menit)
A. Mata Pelajaran
1.
Pendidikan Agama
3438
6876
2.7203.040
4551
2.
Pendidikan
Kewarganegaraan
3438
6876
2.7203.040
4551
3.
Bahasa Indonesia
3438
136152
5.4406.080
91101
4.
Bahasa Inggris
3438
136152
5.4406.080
91101
5.
Matematika
3438
136152
5.4406.080
91101
6.
IPA
3438
136152
5.4406.080
91101
7.
IPS
3438
136152
5.4406.080
91101
8.
Seni Budaya dan

Keterampilan
3438
6876
2.7203.040
4551
Pendidikan
Jasmani, Olahraga,
dan Kesehatan
3438
6876
2.7203.040
4551
10. Keterampilan/TIK
3438
6876
2.7203040
4551
B. Muatan Lokal
3438
6876
2.7203.040
4551
32
374418
1.0881.216
43.52048.640
725811
9.
Jumlah
Diolah dari Lampiran Peraturan Mendiknas RI Nomor 22 Tahun 2006 tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah:
Bab II Kerangka Dasar dan Struktur Kurikulum, Bab III Beban Belajar.
Keterangan:
1. Satuan pendidikan dimungkinkan menambah maksimum 4 jam pelajaran per minggu secara keseluruhan.
2. Alokasi waktu satu jam pembelajaran adalah 40 menit.
3. Cara menghitung:
a. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (Jam Pembelajaran) = Alokasi Waktu Minggu Efektif Per Tahun
b. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (JP) 1 Jam Pembelajaran (menit)
c. Jumlah Jam Per Tahun = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) : 60 menit
4. Pengembangan diri bukan merupakan mata pelajaran yang harus diasuh oleh guru. Pengembangan diri bertujuan memberikan
kesempatan kepada peserta didik untuk mengembangkan dan mengekspresikan diri sesuai kebutuhan, bakat, dan minat setiap
peserta didik sesuai dengan kondisi sekolah.
5. *) Ekuivalen 2 jam pembelajaran.
Alokasi Waktu Kegiatan Tatap Muka Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VII Semester 2
4.
iv
Mata Pelajaran
Alokasi
Waktu
Bahasa Inggris
Minggu Efektif
Per Semester
1719
Waktu Pembelajaran
Per Semester
(jam pembelajaran)
6876
Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas VII SMP/MTs
Waktu Pembelajaran
Per Semester
(menit)
2.7203.040
Jumlah Jam
Per Semester
(@ 60 menit)
45,550,5
Peraturan Menteri Pendidikan Nasional Republik Indonesia Nomor 22 Tahun 2006

tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah
Lampiran 3 : Standar Kompetensi dan Kompetensi Dasar
Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris untuk Sekolah Menengah Pertama (SMP)/Madrasah Tsanawiyah (MTs)
Kelas VII, Semester 2
Standar Kompetensi
Mendengarkan
7. Memahami makna dalam percakapan
transaksional
dan
interpersonal sangat sederhana
untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan
terdekat
8. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan

fungsional dan monolog pendek
sangat sederhana yang berbentuk
descriptive dan procedure untuk
berinteraksi dengan lingkungan
terdekat
Berbicara
9. Mengungkapkan makna dalam
percakapan transaksional dan
interpersonal sangat sederhana
untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan
terdekat
10. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks

lisan fungsional dan monolog
pendek sangat sederhana berbentuk
terdekat
Membaca
11. Memahami makna teks tulis
fungsional dan esei pendek sangat
sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan
procedure yang berkaitan dengan
lingkungan terdekat
Menulis
12. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks
tulis fungsional dan esei pendek
sangat sederhana berbentuk
terdekat
Kompetensi Dasar
7.1 Merespon makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan
interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima
untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta
dan memberi jasa, meminta dan memberi barang, serta meminta dan memberi fakta
7.2 Merespon makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan
interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sangat sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima
untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta
dan memberi pendapat, menyatakan suka dan tidak suka, meminta klarifikasi, dan
merespon secara interpersonal
8.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat sederhana
secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat
8.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam monolog sangat sederhana secara akurat,
lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teks
berbentuk descriptive dan procedure
9.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan
interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa
lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat
yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi jasa, meminta dan memberi
barang, dan meminta dan memberi fakta
9.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan
interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sangat sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa
lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat
yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi pendapat, menyatakan suka dan
tidak suka, meminta klarifikasi, merespon secara interpersonal
10.1 Mengungkapkan makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sangat
sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan
berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat
10.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam monolog pendek sangat sederhana dengan
menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi
dengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan procedure
11.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana
secara akurat, lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat
11.2 Merespon makna dan langkah retorika secara akurat, lancar dan berterima dalam
esei sangat sederhana yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teks
berbentuk descriptive dan procedure
11.3 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks fungsional dan esei pendek dan sangat sederhana
berbentuk descriptive dan procedure dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang berterima
12.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sangat sederhana dengan
menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk
berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat
12.2 Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sangat sederhana dengan
menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi
dengan lingkungan terdekat dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan procedure
SILABUS
1 28
UNIT
Descriptives
UNIT
Unit 1 Descriptives
Unit 2 Descriptives
Unit 3 Procedures
Expressing Likes and Dislikes

Asking for and Giving Opinions
Genre: Descriptive
Prepositions
Telling Time
Announcements and Greeting Cards
Descriptives
29 74
75118
Asking for and Giving Things

Genre: Descriptive
The Simple Present Tense
Announcements and Notices
Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester
119130
UNIT
131198
Procedures
Asking for and Giving Facts

Asking for and Giving Services
Asking for Clarification
Responding Interpersonally
Genre: Procedure
Adverbs
Warnings and Tips
Latihan Ulangan Kenaikan Kelas
199209
Daftar Pustaka
210
vi
Kegiatan
Daftar
Isi Tatap Muka
7.2 Merespons
makna dalam
percakapan
transaksional
(to get things
done) dan
interpersonal
(bersosialisasi)
sangat
sederhana
secara akurat,
lancar, dan
berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat yang
melibatkan
tindak tutur:
meminta dan
memberi
pendapat,
menyatakan
suka dan tidak
suka, meminta
klarifikasi, dan
merespons
secara
interpersonal.
Kompetensi
Dasar
Percakapan
transaksional dan
interpersonal yang
memuat ungkapan
meminta dan
memberi pendapat
serta menyatakan
suka dan tidak
suka.
5. Menjawab pertanyaan
berdasarkan
percakapan pada
kegiatan sebelumnya.
Mampu bereaksi
atau merespons
dengan benar
terhadap tindak
tutur: meminta dan
memberi pendapat
serta menyatakan
suka dan tidak
suka.
Indikator
4. Melengkapi
percakapan
berdasarkan
percakapan yang
dibacakan guru.
3. Menyimak kalimatkalimat yang

dibacakan guru, lalu
menulis kalimatkalimat tersebut.
apersepsi yang
berkaitan dengan
ungkapan yang
dibahas.
1. Memahami
percakapan dan
berbagai ungkapan
meminta dan memberi
pendapat serta
menyatakan suka dan
tidak suka.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran
Tes lisan
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
Non tes
Teknik
Jawaban
singkat
Isian
Dikte
Jawaban
singkat
Uraian
objektif
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Answer the
following
questions based
on the dialog in
Task B.
Listen to your
teacher. Complete
the following dialog
based on what you
have heard.
Listen to your
teacher. Write
down his/her
sentences.
Answer the
following
questions.
Read the
following dialog.
Contoh
Instrumen
4 u 40'
Alokasi
Waktu
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 25.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia
dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Sumber Belajar
SMP/MTs . . .
VII/2
Bahasa Inggris
1
Descriptive
Mendengarkan
dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Materi Pokok/
Pembelajaran
Nama Sekolah
:
Kelas/Semester
:
Mata Pelajaran
:
Unit
:
Genre
:
Standar Kompetensi :
7. Memahami makna
Unit 1 Descriptives
SILABUS
Silabus Unit 1 Descriptives
Materi Pokok dan

Uraian Materi
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
7. Mencari arti dari katakata yang tersedia.
8. Memilih jawaban yang

tepat berdasarkan
percakapan yang
dibacakan guru.
Tes tulis
Teknik
Indikator
6. Menentukan
pernyataan benar atau
salah berdasarkan
percakapan yang
dibacakan guru.
Pilihan
ganda
Uraian
Pernyataan
benar/salah
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Find the meanings

of the following
words. You will
hear them in the
dialogs in Task F.
Listen to your
teacher. Choose
A, B, C or D for
the correct
answer.
Listen to your
teacher. Are the
following
statements true (T)
or false (F) based
on what you have
heard? Correct the
false ones.
Contoh
Instrumen
Alokasi
Waktu
Sumber Belajar
8.1 Merespons
makna yang
terdapat dalam
teks lisan
fungsional
pendek sangat
sederhana
secara akurat,
lancar, dan
berterima
untuk
Kompetensi
Dasar
Teks fungsional
pendek lisan:
announcements.
Materi Pokok/
Pembelajaran
3. Mencari arti kata-kata

yang tersedia.
apersepsi yang
berkaitan dengan
pengumuman.
1. Menyimak contoh
pengumuman lisan
beserta penjelasannya.
Mampu memahami
makna yang
terdapat dalam teks
lisan fungsional
pendek sederhana
berbentuk
pengumuman
secara akurat,
lancar, dan
berterima untuk
berinteraksi dalam
konteks kehidupan
sehari-hari.
Indikator
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
Non tes
Teknik
Uraian
Jawaban
singkat
Uraian
objektif
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Read the
following words.
Find out their
meanings.
Answer the
following
questions.
Read the
following text.
Contoh
Instrumen
2 u 40'
Alokasi
Waktu
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 1718.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan

8. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sangat sederhana yang berbentuk descriptive dan procedure untuk
berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Kompetensi
Dasar
8.2 Merespons
makna yang
terdapat dalam
monolog sangat
sederhana
secara akurat,
lancar, dan
berterima untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat dalam
teks berbentuk
descriptive
dan procedure.
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.
Kompetensi
Dasar
Monolog
descriptive.
Kosakata yang
terkait topik yang
dipilih.
Materi Pokok dan

Uraian Materi

tepat berdasarkan
monolog yang
dibacakan guru.
9. Melengkapi teks
descriptive lisan
berdasarkan monolog
yang dibacakan guru.

berdasarkan teks
pada kegiatan
sebelumnya.

yang tersedia.
apersepsi yang
berkaitan dengan teks
descriptive tentang
rumah dan keluarga.
6. Memahami contoh
monolog descriptive
dan penjelasannya.
Mampu merespons
makna yang
terdapat dalam
monolog pendek
sederhana secara
akurat, lancar, dan
berterima dalam
teks descriptive.
berdasarkan
pengumuman yang
disimak pada kegiatan
sebelumnya.
Indikator
4. Melengkapi teks
pengumuman
berdasarkan
pengumuman yang
dibacakan guru.
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
Non tes
Tes lisan
Tes tulis
Teknik
Pilihan
ganda
Jawaban
singkat
Isian
Uraian
Jawaban
singkat
Uraian
objektif
Jawaban
singkat
Isian
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Listen to your
teacher. Choose
A, B, C or D for
the correct
answer.
Answer the
following
questions based
on the text in
Task B.
Listen to your
teacher. Complete
the following text
based on what
you have heard.
Read the
following words.
Find out their
meanings.
Answer the
following
questions.
Read the
following
monolog.
Answer the
questions based
on the
announcement in
Task B.
Listen to your
teacher. Complete
the following text
based on what
you have heard.
Contoh
Instrumen
2 u 40'
Alokasi
Waktu
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 7, 1112.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia
dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Sumber Belajar
9.2 Mengungkapkan
makna dalam
percakapan
transaksional
(to get things
done) dan
interpersonal
(bersosialisasi)
sangat
sederhana
dengan
menggunakan
ragam bahasa
lisan secara
akurat, lancar,
dan berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat yang
melibatkan
tindak tutur:
meminta dan
memberi
pendapat,
menyatakan
suka dan tidak
suka, meminta
klarifikasi, dan
merespons
secara
interpersonal.
Kompetensi
Dasar
Percakapan
transaksional dan
interpersonal yang
melibatkan tindak
tutur meminta dan
memberi
pendapat serta
menyatakan suka
atau tidak suka.
Materi Pokok/
Pembelajaran
Tes tulis
Tes unjuk
kerja
Tes tulis
Tes unjuk
kerja
7. Melengkapi kalimat
soal dengan kata yang
tepat berdasarkan
percakapan pada
8. Membuat percakapan
berdasarkan situasi
yang tersedia, lalu
memperagakan
percakapan yang telah
dibuat.
5. Menyusun kalimatkalimat acak menjadi

percakapan yang baik.
6. Memperagakan
percakapan yang
sudah urut.
4. Bertanya jawab
tentang hal-hal yang
disukai dan yang tidak
disukai teman, lalu
menulis hasil tanya
jawab tersebut ke
dalam kolom yang
sesuai.
berdasarkan
percakapan pada
Tes lisan
Tes tulis
Mampu
mengembangkan
wacana
transaksional/
interpersonal
pendek menjadi
sebuah obrolan
atau interaksional
yang lebih panjang.
Tes lisan
Teknik
Tes lisan
Mampu melakukan
berbagai tindak
tutur dalam wacana
lisan transaksional/
interpersonal
seperti: meminta
dan memberi
pendapat serta
menyatakan suka
atau tidak suka.
Indikator
2. Melengkapi
percakapan dengan
ungkapan-ungkapan
dalam kotak yang
sesuai.
berdasarkan
percakapan yang
tersedia.
Isian
Unjuk kerja
Menyusun
kalimat
acak
Unjuk kerja
Tanya
jawab
Jawaban
singkat
Isian
Jawaban
singkat
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Make dialogs
based on the
following
situations.
Complete the
following statements
with the proper
words based on the
dialog in Task E.
Put the following

sentences in the
correct order to
get a good dialog.
In turns, ask
whether your
friend likes or
dislikes the
activities in the
table. Put a tick ()
in the right column.
See the example.
Answer the
following questions
based on the
dialog in Task B.
Complete the
following dialog
with the correct
expressions from
the box.
Read the dialog.

Answer the
questions that
follow.
Contoh
Instrumen
4 u 40'
Alokasi
Waktu
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 57.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara

9. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.
Teks lisan
fungsional
pendek:
pengumuman.
Monolog
descriptive.
Kosakata yang
terkait topik yang
dipilih.
10.2 Mengungkapkan
makna dalam
monolog
pendek sangat
sederhana
secara akurat,
lancar, dan
berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat dalam
teks berbentuk
descriptive
dan procedure.
Materi Pokok/
Pembelajaran
10.1 Mengungkapkan
makna yang
terdapat dalam
teks lisan
fungsional
pendek sangat
sederhana
secara akurat,
lancar, dan
berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.
Kompetensi
Dasar
5. Bermonolog tentang
rumah atau salah satu
ruangan yang ada di
rumah.
4. Melakukan monolog
descriptive
berdasarkan gambar
yang tersedia.
Mampu melakukan
monolog dalam teks
berbentuk
descriptive dengan
ragam bahasa lisan
secara lancar dan
berterima.
Tes unjuk
kerja
Tes unjuk
kerja
Tes unjuk
kerja
3. Menceritakan kembali
teks descriptive
dengan kata-kata
sendiri.
Tes unjuk
kerja
Mampu melakukan
monolog dalam
bentuk
pengumuman
dengan lancar dan
berterima.
1. Membuat
pengumuman lisan
berdasarkan kata-kata
kunci yang tersedia.
2. Membuat
pengumuman lisan
berdasarkan situasi
yang tersedia, lalu
membaca nyaring
pengumuman yang
telah dibuat.
Teknik
Tes unjuk
kerja
Indikator
Unjuk kerja
Unjuk kerja
Unjuk kerja
Unjuk kerja
Unjuk kerja
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Describe your
house or one of
the rooms in your
house orally.
Look at the
picture. Describe
it briefly.
Read the
following text.
Retell it using
your own words.
Make
announcements
based on the
following
situations.
Make an
announcement
based on the
following cue
words.
Contoh
Instrumen
2 u 40'
1 u 40'
Alokasi
Waktu
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 12.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 1819.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Sumber Belajar

10. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sangat sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan procedure untuk
Teks descriptive.
Kata depan
(preposition).
Ungkapan untuk
menanyakan atau
menyatakan
waktu.
Kosakata yang
terkait topik yang
dipilih.
11.2 Merespons
makna dan
langkah
retorika secara
akurat, lancar,
dan berterima
dalam esei
sangat
sederhana
yang berkaitan
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat dalam
teks berbentuk
descriptive
dan procedure.
Teks fungsional
pendek tulis: kartu
ucapan (greeting
cards).
Materi Pokok/
Pembelajaran
11.1 Merespons
makna yang
terdapat dalam
teks tulis
fungsional
pendek sangat
sederhana
secara akurat,
lancar, dan
berterima yang
berkaitan
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.
Kompetensi
Dasar
8. Menentukan
pernyataan benar atau
salah berdasarkan
teks pada kegiatan
sebelumnya.
7. Menyusun paragraf
acak menjadi teks
yang baik.
6. Memahami contoh
dan penjelasan
tentang preposition
dan time.
5. Memahami contoh
teks descriptive tulis
dan penjelasannya.
Mampu
mengidentifikasi
langkah-langkah
retorika dalam
wacana descriptive.
Mampu
mengidentifikasi
makna gagasan
(ideasional) dan
informasi faktual
dalam teks, main
ideas, supporting
ideas, details.
Mampu membaca
nyaring secara
bermakna wacana
pendek sederhana.
4. Menjodohkan situasisituasi dengan kartu

ucapan yang sesuai.
Mampu merespons
makna yang
terdapat dalam teks
fungsional pendek
berbentuk kartu
ucapan dengan
benar.
Indikator
berdasarkan kartu
ucapan pada kegiatan
sebelumnya.
2. Menyebutkan isi teks

(kartu ucapan) yang
tersedia.
1. Memahami contoh
kartu ucapan dan
penjelasannya.
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Non tes
Non tes
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
Non tes
Teknik
Pernyataan
benar/salah
Menyusun
paragraf
acak
Uraian
objektif
Uraian
objektif
Menjodohkan
Jawaban
singkat
Jawaban
singkat
Uraian
objektif
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Are the statements

below true (T) or
false (F) based on
the text in Task A?
Correct the false
ones.
Put the following

paragraphs in the
correct order to
get a good text.
Read the
following dialog.
Read the
following text.
Match the
following
situations with the
suitable greeting
cards.
Answer the
following
questions based
on the text in
Task A.
Read the
following text.
What is it about?
Read the
following text.
Contoh
Instrumen
4 u 40'
1 u 40'
Alokasi
Waktu
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 811,
1316.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 1920.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Membaca

11. Memahami makna teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sangat sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan procedure yang berkaitan dengan
lingkungan terdekat.
11.3 Membaca
nyaring
bermakna teks
fungsional dan
esei pendek
dan sangat
sederhana
berbentuk
descriptive
dan procedure
dengan
ucapan,
tekanan, dan
intonasi yang
berterima.
Kompetensi
Dasar
Materi Pokok dan

Uraian Materi
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
12. Mengartikan kata-kata

yang tersedia, lalu
menentukan tempat di
mana benda tersebut
biasa terletak.
13. Menulis kalimat

menggunakan
preposition
berdasarkan
gambar-gambar
yang tersedia.
Tes tulis
Tes tulis

tepat berdasarkan
teks yang tersedia.
Tes tulis

berdasarkan teks yang
tersedia.
14. Melengkapi teks

dengan waktu yang
tepat sesuai dengan
jadwal yang tersedia.
Tes tulis
Teknik
Indikator
9. Melengkapi family tree

berdasarkan teks
pada kegiatan
sebelumnya.
Isian
Uraian
Identifikasi
Pilihan
ganda
Jawaban
singkat
Isian
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Look at the
following time
schedule.
Complete the text
based on the time
schedule.
Write sentences
about the
following pictures
using proper
prepositions. See
the example.
Read the
following words
and find their
meanings. Put a
tick () in the
columns where
you usually find
such things.
Choose A, B, C or
D for the correct
answer.
Read the text.

Answer the
questions that
follow.
Complete the
following family
tree based on the
text in Task A.
Contoh
Instrumen
Alokasi
Waktu
Sumber Belajar
Materi Pokok/
Pembelajaran
Teks fungsional
pendek tulis: kartu
ucapan (greeting
cards).
Teks descriptive.
Kompetensi
Dasar
12.1 Mengungkapkan
makna dalam
teks tulis
fungsional
pendek sangat
sederhana
dengan
menggunakan
ragam bahasa
tulis secara
akurat, lancar,
dan berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.
12.2 Mengungkapkan
makna dan
langkah retorika
dalam esei
pendek sangat
sederhana
dengan
menggunakan
ragam bahasa
tulis secara
akurat, lancar,
dan berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat dalam
teks berbentuk
descriptive dan
procedure.
Mengamati posisi lima

benda di dalam kelas,
lalu menulis kalimat
tentang hal tersebut.
Menulis lima kalimat

tentang waktu siswa
melakukan kegiatan
sehari-hari.
Memahami teks, lalu
membuat family tree
berdasarkan teks
tersebut.
Menulis teks
descriptive tentang
keluarga teman dekat
berdasarkan tanya
jawab yang dilakukan.
4.
6.
Menulis kartu ucapan

dengan topik bebas.
2.
3.
Membuat kartu
ucapan berdasarkan
situasi yang tersedia.
1.
Mampu menulis
berbagai teks
terutama yang
berbentuk
descriptive dengan
langkah retorika
dan struktur teks
yang benar dan
berterima.
Mampu menulis
berbagai teks untuk
komunikasi seharihari seperti kartu
ucapan dengan
benar dan
berterima.
Indikator
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Teknik
Esai
Uraian
Uraian
Uraian
Esai
Esai
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Ask your close

friend about his/
her family. Write
a descriptive about
his/her family.
Read the
following text.
Make a family tree
based on the text.
Write five
sentences telling
the time you do
your daily activities.
Notice five things

in your classroom.
Write the positions
of the things using
prepositions.
Write a greeting
card. Youre free
to choose your
own topic.
Write greeting
cards based on
the following
situations.
Contoh
Instrumen
2 u 40'
1 u 40'
Alokasi
Waktu
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 1617.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 20.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Sumber Belajar
Standar Kompetensi : Menulis

12. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sangat sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan procedure untuk
7.1 Merespons
makna dalam
percakapan
transaksional
(to get things
done) dan
interpersonal
(bersosialisasi)
sangat
sederhana
secara akurat,
lancar, dan
berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat yang
melibatkan
tindak tutur:
meminta dan
memberi jasa,
meminta dan
memberi
barang, serta
meminta dan
memberi fakta.
Kompetensi
Dasar
Percakapan
transaksional dan
interpersonal yang
memuat ungkapan
untuk meminta
dan memberi
barang.
4. Menentukan apakah
pernyataan yang
tersedia benar atau
salah berdasarkan
percakapan pada
kegiatan sebelumnya,
lalu membetulkan
pernyataan yang
salah.
3. Melengkapi teks
percakapan
berdasarkan
percakapan yang
dibacakan guru.
Mampu bereaksi
atau merespons
dengan benar
terhadap tindak
tutur: meminta dan
memberi barang.
Indikator
apersepsi yang
berkaitan dengan
materi pada unit
sebelumnya.
1. Membaca dan
memahami
percakapan dalam
gambar serta berbagai
ungkapan meminta
dan memberi barang.
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
Non tes
Teknik
Pernyataan
benar/salah
Isian
Jawaban
singkat
Uraian
objektif
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Are the following

statements true
(T) or false (F)
based on the
dialogs in
Task A? Correct
the false ones.
Listen to your
teacher.
Complete the
following dialogs
based on what
you have heard.
Answer the
following
questions.
Read the
following dialogs.
Contoh
Instrumen
3 u 40'
Alokasi
Waktu
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 2629.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia
dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Sumber Belajar
SMP/MTs . . .
VII/2
Bahasa Inggris
2
Descriptive
Mendengarkan
Materi Pokok/
Pembelajaran
Nama Sekolah
:
Kelas/Semester
:
Mata Pelajaran
:
Unit
:
Genre
:
7. Memahami makna
Unit 2 Descriptives
SILABUS
10
Kompetensi
Dasar
Materi Pokok dan

Uraian Materi
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
berdasarkan
percakapan pada
8. Mengingat kembali
nama-nama bagian
wajah yang telah
dipelajari pada
semester sebelumnya,
kemudian
menyebutkan nama
bagian-bagian wajah
itu.
yang tersedia.
10. Menjodohkan
deskripsi dengan
gambar yang tersedia.
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
5. Menyimak percakapan
yang dibacakan guru,
lalu menirukannya.
6. Menentukan topik
setiap percakapan.
Teknik
Tes unjuk
kerja
Indikator
Menjodohkan
Uraian
Uraian
Jawaban
singkat
Uraian
Unjuk kerja
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Match the
following
descriptions
below with the
correct
descriptions.
The words below

can be used to
describe parts of
the body. Find
their meanings in
the dictionary.
Recall the names

of these parts of
the body you
learned last
semester. Mention
the names.
Answer the
questions based
on the dialogs in
Task C.
Listen to your
teacher. Repeat
after him/her.
What is each
dialog about?
Contoh
Instrumen
Alokasi
Waktu
Sumber Belajar
11
Teks lisan
fungsional
pendek:
pengumuman
(announcement).
8.1 Merespons
makna yang
terdapat dalam
teks lisan
fungsional
pendek sangat
sederhana
secara akurat,
lancar, dan
berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.
Materi Pokok/
Pembelajaran
Kompetensi
Dasar
pernyataan yang
tersedia benar atau
salah berdasarkan
pengumuman pada
7. Membetulkan
pernyataan yang
salah.
5. Melengkapi
pengumuman sesuai
dengan yang didengar.
3. Menyimak
pengumuman yang
dibacakan guru.
berdasarkan
pengumuman
tersebut.
apersepsi mengenai
pengumuman yang
biasa didengar
di sekolah.
1. Menyimak dan
mempelajari contoh
serta penjelasan
tentang pengumuman
lisan.
Mampu merespons
makna yang
terdapat dalam teks
lisan fungsional
pendek sederhana
berbentuk
pengumuman
secara akurat,
lancar, dan
berterima untuk
berinteraksi dalam
konteks kehidupan
sehari-hari.
Indikator
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
Tes lisan
Non tes
Teknik
Pernyataan
benar/salah
Isian
Jawaban
singkat
Jawaban
singkat
Uraian
objektif
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Are the following

statements true
(T) or false based
on the
announcement
in Task B? Correct
the false ones.
Listen to your
teacher. Complete
the following
announcement
below based on
what you have
heard.
Listen to your
teacher. Answer
the questions
below.
Answer the
following
questions.
Read the
following text.
Contoh
Instrumen
2 u 40'
Alokasi
Waktu
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 39, 40.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Sumber Belajar

12
8.2 Merespons
makna yang
terdapat dalam
monolog
sangat
sederhana
secara akurat,
lancar, dan
berterima untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat dalam
teks berbentuk
descriptive
dan procedure.
Kompetensi
Dasar
Monolog
descriptive.
Kosakata yang
terkait dengan
tema yang dipilih.
Materi Pokok dan

Uraian Materi

pernyataan yang
tersedia benar atau
salah berdasarkan
percakapan pada
13. Membetulkan
pernyataan yang
salah.
11. Menyimak monolog

lalu melengkapi teks
berdasarkan monolog
tersebut.
Mampu merespons
makna yang
terdapat dalam
monolog pendek
sederhana secara
akurat, lancar, dan
berterima dalam
teks descriptive.
Indikator
10. Menyimak monolog

lalu menjawab
pertanyaan
berdasarkan monolog
tersebut.
yang berkaitan
dengan materi pada
unit sebelumnya.
8. Membaca dan
mempelajari contoh
monolog penjelasan
descriptive.
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
Tes lisan
Non tes
Teknik
Jawaban
singkat
Jawaban
singkat
Isian
Pernyataan
benar/salah
Uraian
objektif
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Listen to your
teacher. Complete
the text based on
what you have
heard.
Are the following
statements true
(T) or false (F)
based on the
complete text in
Task B? Correct
the false ones.
Listen to your
teacher. Answer
the questions
based on the text
you have heard.
Answer the
following
questions.
Read the
following
monolog.
Contoh
Instrumen
3 u 40'
Alokasi
Waktu
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 3233,
3536.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia
dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Sumber Belajar
13
9.1 Mengungkapkan
makna dalam
percakapan
transaksional
(to get things
done) dan
interpersonal
(bersosialisasi)
sangat
sederhana
dengan
menggunakan
ragam bahasa
lisan secara
akurat, lancar,
dan berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat yang
melibatkan
tindak tutur:
meminta dan
memberi jasa,
meminta dan
memberi
barang, serta
meminta dan
memberi fakta.
Kompetensi
Dasar
Percakapan
transaksional dan
interpersonal
yang melibatkan
tindak tutur
meminta dan
memberi barang.
Materi Pokok/
Pembelajaran
Mampu
mengembangkan
wacana
transaksional/
interpersonal
pendek menjadi
sebuah obrolan
atau interaksional
yang lebih panjang.
berdasarkan
percakapan pada
7. Menyimak percakapan
lalu menirukan.
8. Mempelajari
percakapanpercakapan yang
tersedia.
pernyataan yang
tersedia benar atau
salah berdasarkan
percakapan pada
lalu membetulkan
pernyataan yang
salah.
4 Menyusun kalimat
acak menjadi
percakapan yang baik.
5. Memperagakan
percakapan yang
sudah urut tersebut.
Mampu melakukan
berbagai tindak
tutur dalam wacana
lisan transaksional/
interpersonal
seperti: meminta
dan memberi
barang.
Indikator
1. Melengkapi
percakapan dengan
kata-kata yang tepat
dari dalam kotak.
2. Memperagakan
percakapan dengan
lafal dan intonasi yang
tepat.
Tes unjuk
kerja
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
Tes unjuk
kerja
Tes tulis
Teknik
Menirukan
Pernyataan
benar/salah
Menyusun
kalimat
acak
Unjuk kerja
Jawaban
singkat
Unjuk kerja
Isian
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Are the following

statements true
(T) or false based
on the dialogs in
Task C? Correct
the false ones.
Read the dialogs

and repeat after
your teacher.
Put the following

sentences in the
correct order
to get good
dialogs.
Answer the
questions based
on the dialogs in
Task A.
Complete the
following dialogs
with the suitable
expressions from
the boxes.
Contoh
Instrumen
4 u 40'
Alokasi
Waktu
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 2932.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Sumber Belajar

9. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan
terdekat.
14
Kompetensi
Dasar
Materi Pokok/
Pembelajaran

berdasarkan gambargambar yang tersedia.
12. Memperagakan
dibuat.
9. Secara berpasangan,
melengkapi
percakapan yang
tersedia berdasarkan
gambar dan
menggunakan katakata kunci.
10. Memperagakan
lengkap.
Indikator
Tes unjuk
kerja
Tes unjuk
kerja
Tes tulis
Teknik
Unjuk kerja
Unjuk kerja
Isian
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Make dialogs
using the following
pictures. Use
expressions of
asking for and
giving something.
Work in pairs.
Complete the
following dialogs
below based on
the pictures. Use
the words given.
Contoh
Instrumen
Alokasi
Waktu
Sumber Belajar
15
Materi Pokok/
Pembelajaran
Teks lisan
fungsional
pendek:
pengumuman.
Monolog
descriptive.
Kosakata yang
terkait topik yang
dipilih.
Kompetensi
Dasar
10.1 Mengungkapkan
makna yang
terdapat dalam
teks lisan
fungsional
pendek sangat
sederhana
dengan
menggunakan
ragam bahasa
lisan secara
akurat, lancar,
dan berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.
10.2 Mengungkapkan
makna dalam
monolog
pendek sangat
sederhana
dengan
menggunakan
ragam bahasa
lisan secara
akurat, lancar,
dan berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat dalam
teks berbentuk
descriptive
dan procedure.
7. Membuat catatan
mengenai data
seseorang dan yang
dilakukan orang
tersebut dalam
pekerjaannya.
8. Mendeskripsikan
orang tersebut
berdasarkan data yang
diperoleh secara lisan.
5. Melihat gambar dan

membaca data-data
yang tersedia, dan
menambah informasi
yang dirasa perlu.
6. Mendeskripsikan
secara lisan orangorang dalam gambar
berdasar data dan
gambar tersebut.
3. Membuat
pengumuman
berdasarkan situasi
yang tersedia.
4. Membaca nyaring
pengumuman
tersebut.
berdasarkan
pengumuman pada
1. Melengkapi
pengumuman
menggunakan katakata yang tersedia
dalam kotak.
Mampu melakukan
monolog dalam teks
berbentuk
descriptive dengan
ragam bahasa lisan
secara lancar dan
berterima.
Mampu
mengungkapkan
makna gagasan
dalam teks lisan
fungsional pendek
berbentuk
pengumuman
dengan lancar dan
berterima.
Indikator
Tes unjuk
kerja
Tes unjuk
kerja
Tes unjuk
kerja
Tes lisan
Tes tulis
Teknik
Unjuk kerja
Unjuk kerja
Unjuk kerja
Jawaban
singkat
Isian
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Find out one of

your relatives or
neighbors jobs.
Tell your friends
about what he/
she does in his/
her job.
Suppose you were

in charge of a book
fair. Make an
announcement that
there would be a
talk show in the fair.
Look at the
pictures and read
the data. Describe
the people based
on the data. You
may add other
information you
know about the
people.
Answer the
following questions
based on the
announcement in
Task A.
Complete the
following
announcement
with the suitable
words or phrases
from the box.
Contoh
Instrumen
2 u 40'
2 u 40'
Alokasi
Waktu
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 3637.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 41.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Sumber Belajar

16
Materi Pokok/
Pembelajaran
Teks tulis
fungsional
pendek: notice.
Teks descriptive.
The simple
present tense.
Kompetensi
Dasar
11.1 Merespons
makna yang
terdapat dalam
teks tulis
fungsional
pendek sangat
sederhana
secara akurat,
lancar, dan
berterima yang
berkaitan
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.
11.2 Merespons
makna dan
langkah
retorika secara
akurat, lancar,
dan berterima
dalam esei
sangat
sederhana
yang berkaitan
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat dalam
teks berbentuk
descriptive
dan procedure.
7. Membaca teks yang
tersedia, lalu
menjawab pertanyaan
berdasarkan teks
tersebut.
6. Membaca dan
memahami penjelasan
dan contoh kalimat
the simple present
tense.
5. Membaca dan
mempelajari teks
dekriptif yang tersedia.
Mampu
mengidentifikasi
makna gagasan
(ideasional) dan
informasi faktual
dalam teks, main
ideas, supporting
ideas, details.
Mampu membaca
nyaring secara
bermakna wacana
pendek sederhana.

tepat berdasarkan
notices yang tersedia.
Mampu merespons
makna yang
terdapat dalam teks
fungsional pendek
berbentuk notices
dengan benar.
Indikator
3. Membaca kembali
notices pada kegiatan
sebelumnya dan
menyebutkan hal-hal
yang sebaiknya
dilakukan/tidak
dilakukan berdasarkan
notices tersebut.
2. Melengkapi notices
menggunakan katakata yang tersedia.
1. Membaca dan
mempelajari notices
yang tersedia.
Tes tulis
Non tes
Non tes
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
Tes tulis
Non tes
Teknik
Jawaban
singkat
Uraian
objektif
Uraian
objektif
Pilihan
ganda
Jawaban
singkat
Isian
Uraian
objektif
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Read the text.

Answer the
questions that
follow.
Read the
following
sentences.
Read the
following text.
Choose A, B, C or
D for the correct
answer.
What should/
should not we do
according to each
notice in Task A?
Look at the
following notices.
Complete them
with the correct
words from the box.
Read the
following texts.
Contoh
Instrumen
4 u 40'
2 u 40'
Alokasi
Waktu
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 3335,
3738.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 39,
4142.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Sumber Belajar

17
11.3 Membaca
nyaring
bermakna teks
fungsional dan
esei pendek
dan sangat
sederhana
berbentuk
descriptive
dan procedure
dengan
ucapan,
tekanan, dan
intonasi yang
berterima.
Kompetensi
Dasar
Materi Pokok/
Pembelajaran
10. Melihat gambar dan

membaca teks yang
tersedia.
pernyataan yang
tersedia benar atau
salah berdasarkan
teks tersebut.
12. Membetulkan
pernyataan yang
salah.
8. Mengubah kata-kata
dalam kurung menjadi
bentuk yang tepat
untuk melengkapi teks.
9. Membaca nyaring teks
yang telah lengkap.
Indikator
Tes tulis
Tes unjuk
kerja
Tes tulis
Teknik
Pernyataan
benar/salah
Membaca
nyaring
Isian
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Look at the picture

and read the text.
Are the following
statements true
(T) or false (F)
based on the text?
Correct the false
ones.
Change the words

in brackets into
their correct
forms.
Contoh
Instrumen
Alokasi
Waktu
Sumber Belajar
18
Teks fungsional
pendek tulis:
notice.
12.1 Mengungkapkan
makna dalam
teks tulis
fungsional
pendek sangat
sederhana
dengan
menggunakan
ragam bahasa
tulis secara
akurat, lancar,
dan berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.
12.2 Mengungkapkan
makna dan
langkah
retorika dalam
esei pendek
sangat
sederhana
dengan
menggunakan
ragam bahasa
tulis secara
akurat, lancar,
dan berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat dalam
teks berbentuk
descriptive
dan procedure.
Teks descriptive.
Materi Pokok/
Pembelajaran
Kompetensi
Dasar
5.
Menulis teks
descriptive mengenai
salah seorang staf
sekolah.
4. Menulis teks
descriptive
berdasarkan jawaban
pertanyaanpertanyaan pada
Menjawab pertanyaan
berdasarkan gambar
yang tersedia.
Menulis notices yang

biasa ditemui siswa di
tempat-tempat
tertentu.
2.
3.
Menulis notices
berdasarkan situasi
yang tersedia.
1.
Mampu menulis
berbagai teks
terutama yang
berbentuk
descriptive dengan
langkah retorika
dan struktur teks
yang benar dan
berterima.
Mampu menulis
berbagai teks untuk
komunikasi seharihari seperti notice
dengan benar dan
berterima.
Indikator
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Teknik
Esai
Esai
Uraian
Uraian
Uraian
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Write
a descriptive
about one of the
school staff
members.
Write the
description of the
person in Task A
based on your
answers. You may
add additional
information you
like.
Look at the
picture. Answer
the following
questions based
on the picture.
Write down
notices you can
find in the
following places.
Write notices
based on the
following
situations.
Contoh
Instrumen
2 u 40'
1 u 40'
Alokasi
Waktu
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 3839.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 42.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Sumber Belajar

19
7.1 Merespons
makna dalam
percakapan
transaksional
(to get things
done) dan
interpersonal
(bersosialisasi)
sangat
sederhana
secara akurat,
lancar, dan
berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat yang
melibatkan
tindak tutur:
meminta dan
memberi jasa,
meminta dan
memberi
barang, serta
meminta dan
memberi
fakta.
Kompetensi
Dasar
Percakapanpercakapan
transaksional dan
interpersonal yang
memuat
ungkapanungkapan:
meminta dan
memberi fakta,
meminta dan
memberi jasa,
meminta
klarifikasi, dan
merespons
secara
interpersonal.
Tes lisan
Tes lisan
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Non tes
Teknik

yang tersedia.
Mampu bereaksi
atau merespons
dengan benar
terhadap tindak
tutur:
meminta dan
memberi fakta,
meminta dan
memberi jasa,
meminta
klarifikasi, dan
merespons
secara
interpersonal.
Indikator
4. Melengkapi
percakapan soal
berdasarkan
percakapan yang
dibacakan guru.
3. Menyimak guru
membaca percakapanpercakapan yang
tersedia, lalu
menirukannya.
2. Menjawab pertanyaanpertanyaan apersepsi

tentang materi pada
unit sebelumnya.
1. Membaca percakapan
dan memahami
penjelasan tentang
ungkapan-ungkapan
yang dipelajari dalam
unit ini.
Uraian
Isian
Unjuk kerja
Jawaban
singkat
Uraian
objektif
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Find the
meanings of the
following words.
Listen to your
teacher.
Complete the
dialogs based on
what you have
heard.
Listen and repeat

after your
teacher.
Answer the
following
questions.
Read the
following dialog.
Contoh
Instrumen
3 u 40'
Alokasi
Waktu
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 5360.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia
dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Sumber Belajar
SMP/MTs . . .
VII/2
Bahasa Inggris
3
Procedure
Mendengarkan
Materi Pokok/
Pembelajaran
Nama Sekolah
:
Kelas/Semester
:
Mata Pelajaran
:
Unit
:
Genre
:
7. Memahami makna
Unit 3 Procedures
SILABUS
20
Silabus Unit 3 Procedures
7.2 Merespons
makna yang
terdapat dalam
percakapan
transaksional
(to get things
done) dan
interpersonal
(bersosialisasi)
sangat
sederhana
secara akurat,
lancar, dan
berterima untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat yang
melibatkan
tindak tutur:
meminta dan
memberi
pendapat,
menyatakan
suka dan tidak
suka, meminta
klarifikasi, dan
merespons
secara
interpersonal.
Kompetensi
Dasar
Materi Pokok dan

Uraian Materi
Tes unjuk
kerja

benar berdasarkan
percakapan yang
diperdengarkan.
Tes tulis
10. Menuliskan ungkapanungkapan yang

dibacakan guru.
11. Bercakap-cakap
dengan teman
menggunakan
ungkapan tersebut.
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
8. Membaca dan
memahami
percakapan yang ada.
yang dibacakan guru
berdasarkan
percakapan tersebut.
Tes tulis
Teknik
Indikator
6. Menentukan
pernyataan soal benar
atau salah
berdasarkan
percakapan pada
7. Membetulkan
pernyataan yang
salah.
Pilihan
ganda
Unjuk kerja
Dikte
Jawaban
singkat
Pernyataan
benar/salah
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Read the following

dialogs. Your
teacher will ask
you some
questions based
on the dialogs.
Listen to him/her
carefully and
answer the
questions.
Listen to your
teacher. Write
down the
expressions you
have heard on
a sheet of paper.
In turns, use the
expressions in
short
conversations with
your friend.
Listen to the
dialogs. Choose
A, B, C or D for
the correct
answer.
Are the following

statements true
(T) or false (F)
based on the
complete dialogs
in Task B? Correct
the false ones.
Contoh
Instrumen
Alokasi
Waktu
Sumber Belajar
21
8.1 Merespons
makna yang
terdapat dalam
teks lisan
fungsional
pendek sangat
sederhana
secara akurat,
lancar, dan
berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.
Kompetensi
Dasar
Teks lisan
fungsional
pendek:
peringatan
(warning).
Materi Pokok/
Pembelajaran
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
5. Menjawab pernyataan
berdasarkan teks yang
telah diperdengarkan
pada kegiatan
sebelumnya.
6. Menyimak teks
peringatan yang
dibacakan guru.
benar berdasarkan
teks tersebut.
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
Non tes
4. Melengkapi teks yang

ada berdasarkan teks
lengkap yang
dibacakan guru.
Mampu merespons
makna gagasan
yang terdapat
dalam teks lisan
fungsional pendek
sederhana
berbentuk
peringatan
(warning) secara
akurat, lancar, dan
berterima untuk
berinteraksi dalam
konteks kehidupan
sehari-hari.
Teknik
Tes tulis
Indikator
3. Menjelaskan arti katakata yang tersedia.
apersepsi berdasarkan
pengalaman siswa.
1. Menyimak guru
membacakan
peringatan (warning)
dan memahami
penjelasan yang
tersedia.
Pilihan
ganda
Jawaban
singkat
Isian
Uraian
Jawaban
singkat
Uraian
objektif
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Listen to your
teacher. Complete
the following text
based on what
you have heard.
Answer the
following
questions based
on the text you
have heard.
Listen to your
teacher. Then,
complete the
statements based
on what you have
heard.
You will hear the

following words in
the text in Task B.
Find their
meanings.
Answer the
following
questions.
Listen to your
teacher and
understand the
explanation.
Contoh
Instrumen
2 u 40'
Alokasi
Waktu
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 7677.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Sumber Belajar

22
8.2 Merespons
makna yang
terdapat dalam
monolog
sangat
sederhana
secara akurat,
lancar, dan
berterima untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat dalam
teks berbentuk
descriptive dan
procedure.
Kompetensi
Dasar
Monolog
procedure.
Kosakata yang
terkait topik yang
dipilih.
Materi Pokok dan

Uraian Materi
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
11. Menyimak teks yang

dibacakan guru, lalu
menentukan
pernyataan yang
tersedia benar atau
salah berdasarkan
teks tersebut.
12. Melengkapi teks yang

teks utuh yang
dibacakan guru.

benar berdasarkan
percakapan yang
diperdengarkan.
9. Mengingat materi
pada unit sebelumnya
dan menjawab
pertanyaan yang
tersedia.
Tes tulis
Non tes
Mampu merespons
makna gagasan
yang terdapat
dalam monolog
pendek sederhana
secara akurat,
lancar, dan
berterima dalam
teks procedure.
Teknik
Tes lisan
Indikator
8. Menyimak guru
membacakan
monolog procedure
dan memahami
keterangan yang
tersedia.
Pilihan
ganda
Isian
Pernyataan
benar/salah
Uraian
Jawaban
singkat
Uraian
objektif
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Listen to your
teacher. Complete
the text based on
what you have
heard.
Choose A, B, C or
D for the correct
answer based on
the text in Task C.
Listen to your
teacher. Are the
following
statements true
(T) or false (F)
based on what
you have heard?
Correct the false
ones.
You will hear the

following words in
the monolog in
Task B. Find the
meanings of the
words.
Answer the
following
questions.
Read the
following
monolog.
Contoh
Instrumen
3 u 40'
Alokasi
Waktu
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 66, 69
71.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia
dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Sumber Belajar
23
9.1 Mengungkapkan
makna dalam
percakapan
transaksional
(to get things
done) dan
interpersonal
(bersosialisasi)
sangat
sederhana
dengan
menggunakan
ragam bahasa
lisan secara
akurat, lancar,
dan berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat yang
melibatkan
tindak tutur:
meminta dan
memberi jasa,
meminta dan
memberi
barang, dan
meminta dan
memberi
fakta.
Kompetensi
Dasar
Percakapanpercakapan
transaksional dan
interpersonal
yang memuat
ungkapanungkapan:
meminta dan
memberi fakta,
meminta dan
memberi jasa,
meminta
klarifikasi, dan
merespons
secara
interpersonal.
Materi Pokok/
Pembelajaran

percakapan yang
runtut.
5. Melengkapi
pernyataanpernyataan soal
berdasarkan
percakapan pada
3. Melengkapi
percakapan dengan
ungkapan yang
tersedia dengan
benar.
4. Memperagakan
percakapan yang
sudah lengkap.
2. Menjawab pertanyaanpertanyaan yang

percakapanpercakapan pada
1. Menyimak guru
membaca
percakapanpercakapan yang
tersedia, lalu
menirukannya.
Mampu melakukan
percakapan dengan
benar
menggunakan
tindak tutur:
meminta dan
memberi fakta,
meminta dan
memberi jasa,
meminta
klarifikasi, dan
merespons
secara
interpersonal.
Indikator
Tes tulis
Tes unjuk
kerja
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
Tes unjuk
kerja
Teknik
Menyusun
kalimat
acak
Isian
Unjuk kerja
Isian
Jawaban
singkat
Unjuk kerja
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Put the following

sentences in the
correct order to
make good
dialogs.
Complete the
following
statements based
on the dialogs in
Task C.
Complete each
dialog with the
correct
expressions from
the box. Then,
perform it with
a friend.
Answer the
following
questions based
on the dialogs in
Task A.
Listen and repeat

after your
teacher.
Contoh
Instrumen
3 u 40'
Alokasi
Waktu
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 6065.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Sumber Belajar

9. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sangat sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan
terdekat.
24
9.2 Mengungkapkan
makna dalam
percakapan
transaksional
(to get things
done) dan
interpersonal
(bersosialisasi)
sangat
sederhana
dengan
menggunakan
ragam bahasa
lisan secara
akurat, lancar,
dan berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat yang
melibatkan
tindak tutur:
meminta dan
memberi
pendapat,
menyatakan
suka dan tidak
suka, meminta
klarifikasi
merespons
secara
interpersonal.
Kompetensi
Dasar
Materi Pokok/
Pembelajaran
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes unjuk
kerja
Tes unjuk
kerja

benar berdasarkan
percakapan pada
9. Secara berpasangan,
menyusun percakapan
berdasarkan panduan
yang ada.
10. Memperagakan
percakapan yang
dibuat di depan kelas.
berdasarkan gambar
dan kata-kata kunci
yang tersedia.
12. Memperagakan
percakapan yang
dibuat di depan kelas.
Teknik
Indikator
7. Memahami
percakapan pada
lalu menentukan
apakah pernyataan
yang tersedia benar
atau salah.
Pernyataan
benar/salah
Pilihan
ganda
Unjuk kerja
Unjuk kerja
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
In pairs, make
a dialog based on
the guideline
below.
Create a dialog
based onone of
the pictures below.
Use the key words
and the
expressions you
have learned.
Choose A, B, C or
D for the correct
answer.
Are the following

statements true
(T) or false (F)
based on the
dialogs in Task E?
Correct the false
ones.
Contoh
Instrumen
Alokasi
Waktu
Sumber Belajar
25
Monolog
procedure.
Kosakata yang
terkait topik yang
dipilih.
10.2 Mengungkapkan
makna dalam
monolog
pendek sangat
sederhana
dengan
menggunakan
ragam bahasa
lisan secara
akurat, lancar,
dan berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat dalam
teks berbentuk
descriptive dan
procedure.
Teks lisan
fungsional
pendek:
peringatan
(warning).
Materi Pokok/
Pembelajaran
10.1 Mengungkapkan
makna yang
terdapat dalam
teks lisan
fungsional
pendek sangat
sederhana
dengan
menggunakan
ragam bahasa
lisan secara
akurat, lancar,
dan berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.
Kompetensi
Dasar
7. Melakukan monolog
berdasarkan gambargambar dan kata-kata
kunci yang tersedia.
Mampu melakukan
monolog procedure
sederhana dengan
bahasa lisan secara
akurat, lancar, dan
tepat.
Mampu
mengungkapkan
makna gagasan
dalam teks lisan
fungsional pendek
berbentuk
peringatan
(warning) secara
lancar, akurat, dan
berterima.
Indikator
6. Menjawab pertanyaanpertanyaan yang

teks pada kegiatan
sebelumnya.
5. Melengkapi teks
dengan kata-kata yang
terdapat dalam kotak
dengan tepat.
3. Menyampaikan secara
lisan peringatan
berdasarkan situasi
soal dan petunjuk
yang tersedia.
2. Menyampaikan secara
lisan peringatanberdasar peringatan tulis
yang tersedia dengan
kata-katanya sendiri.
1. Menyampaikan
kembali peringatan
yang ada di Summary
dengan kata-katanya
sendiri.
Tes unjuk
kerja
Tes lisan
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes unjuk
kerja
Tes unjuk
kerja
Tes unjuk
kerja
Teknik
Unjuk kerja
Jawaban
singkat
Isian
Uraian
Unjuk kerja
Unjuk kerja
Unjuk kerja
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Tell your friends

how to make your
local food/drink. You
may put the picture
of the food/drink.
Answer the
questions based
on the text in
Task B.
Complete the text

with the words
from the box.
You will find the

following words in
the text in Task B.
Find their meanings.
Deliver warnings
based on the
following
situations and
clues.
Read the
following warning.
Retell it using
your own words.
Read the warning

in the Summary
section. Retell it
using your own
words.
Contoh
Instrumen
2 u 40'
2 u 40'
Alokasi
Waktu
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 7172.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 7778.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Sumber Belajar

26
11.1 Merespons
makna yang
terdapat dalam
teks tulis
fungsional
pendek sangat
sederhana
secara akurat,
lancar, dan
berterima yang
berkaitan
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.
Kompetensi
Dasar
Teks tulis
fungsional
pendek: tip.
Materi Pokok/
Pembelajaran
6. Melengkapi tip dengan

kata-kata yang
tersedia dengan tepat.

tepat berdasarkan teks
pada kegiatan
sebelumnya. keadaan
siswa, dan
membandingkannya
dengan siswa lain.
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes lisan
Non tes
Teknik
5. Menjodohkan katakata yang tersedia

dengan artinya yang
tepat.
Mampu merespons
makna gagasan
yang terdapat
dalam teks tulis
fungsional pendek
berbentu tip dengan
tepat.
Indikator
suatu pernyataan
benar atau salah
berdasarkan tip pada
2. Membaca nyaring tip

benar.
1. Membaca dan
memahami tip yang
tersedia.
Pilihan
ganda
Isian
Menjodohkan
Pernyataan
benar/salah
Uraian
Membaca
nyaring
Uraian
objektif
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Complete the
following text with
the correct words
from the box.
Choose the
correct words
based on the
complete text in
Task D.
Match the words

in column A with
their correct
meanings in
column B. You will
find the words in
Task D.
Are the following

statements
true (T) or false
(F) based on the
text in Task A?
Correct the false
ones.
Read the text with

proper
pronunciation.
Find the
meanings of the
words that follow.
Read the
following text.
Contoh
Instrumen
1 u 40'
Alokasi
Waktu
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 76, 78
80.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Sumber Belajar

27
11.3 Membaca
nyaring
bermakna teks
fungsional dan
esei pendek
dan sangat
sederhana
berbentuk
descriptive dan
procedure
dengan ucapan,
tekanan dan
intonasi yang
berterima.
11.2 Merespons
makna dan
langkah retorika
secara akurat,
lancar, dan
berterima
dalam esei
sangat
sederhana yang
berkaitan
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat dalam
teks berbentuk:
descriptive dan
procedure.
Kompetensi
Dasar
Teks procedure.
Kosakata yang
terkait topik yang
dipilih.
Tatabahasa yang
terkait, yaitu kata
keterangan
(adverb).
Materi Pokok dan

Uraian Materi
Tes tulis

prosedur yang urut.

tepat berdasarkan
teks pada kegiatan
sebelumnya.
Tes lisan
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Non tes
Non tes
Tes lisan
Teknik
14. Melengkapi kalimatkalimat soal dengan

kata keterangan yang
sesuai/cocok.
Membaca nyaring
secara bermakna
wacana procedure
dengan intonasi,
lafal, dan ejaan
yang benar dan
berterima.
Mampu merespons
makna gagasan
dalam wacana
procedure dengan
tepat.
Indikator
13. Menggarisbawahi kata

keterangan yang
terdapat dalam teks
pada kegiatan
sebelumnya.

tepat.
berdasarkan teks
tersebut.
10. Memahami penjelasan

tentang berbagai jenis
kata keterangan
(adverb).

tepat.
9. Memahami penjelasan
tentang struktur teks
tersebut.
Pilihan
ganda
Menyusun
kalimat
acak
Isian
Identifikasi
Jawaban
singkat
Membaca
nyaring
Uraian
objektif
Uraian
objektif
Membaca
nyaring
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Put the following

sentences in the
correct order to
get a good text.
Choose A, B, C or
D for the correct
answer based on
the text in Task D.
Complete the
sentences below
with suitable
adverbs.
Read the text in

Task A once
again. Underline
the adverbs in the
text.
Read the text

below. Answer the
questions based
on the complete
text.
Read the
following
sentences.
Read the
following text.
Contoh
Instrumen
Alokasi
Waktu
Sumber Belajar
28
Teks tulis
fungsional
pendek: tip.
Teks procedure.
Kosakata yang
terkait topik yang
dipilih.
12.2 Mengungkapkan makna

dan langkah
retorika dalam
esei pendek
sangat sederhana dengan
menggunakan
ragam bahasa
tulis secara
akurat, lancar,
dan berterima
untuk berinteraksi dengan
lingkungan
terdekat dalam
teks berbentuk
descriptive dan
procedure.
Materi Pokok/
Pembelajaran
12.1 Mengungkapkan
makna dalam
teks tulis
fungsional
pendek sangat
sederhana
dengan
menggunakan
ragam bahasa
tulis secara
akurat, lancar,
dan berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dengan
lingkungan
terdekat.
Kompetensi
Dasar
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Tes tulis
Teknik
7. Menyusun teks
procedure dengan
topik yang telah
ditentukan.
Mampu menulis
teks procedure
dengan struktur dan
langkah-langkah
retorika yang benar
dan berterima.
Mampu menulis tip

dengan akurat dan
berterima.
Indikator
6. Menyusun teks
procedure tentang
cara membuat pecel
lele atau resep
masakan yang lain.
5. Menulis prosedur
menggunakan katakata yang tersedia dan
berdasarkan bantuan
gambar.
4. Menulis tip yang

pernah diikuti.

tip yang benar.
2. Melengkapi
pernyataanpernyataan soal
berdasarkan tip pada
1. Menuliskan topik dari

setiap tip yang
tersedia dengan tepat.
Esai
Esai
Esai
Uraian
Menyusun
kalimat
acak
Isian
Uraian
Bentuk
Instrumen
Penilaian
Look at the
pictures. Write
a procedure based
on the pictures.
Look at the
pictures. It is called
pecel lele in some
regions. Write
down a procedure
to make it. Or,
write another
procedure of a
different recipe.
Write down
a procedure.
What tips do you

think work on
you? Write and
share the tips with
your friends.
Put the following

sentences in
a good order to
get a good tip.
Complete the
following statements
based on the tips in
Task A.
Here are some

tips. Write down
the suitable topic
for each of the
tips below.
Contoh
Instrumen
2 u 40'
2 u 40'
Alokasi
Waktu
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 7475.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Buku PR
Bahasa
Inggris SMP/
MTs VIIB
Intan
Pariwara
hal. 8081.
Kamus
Inggris
Indonesia dan
Indonesia
Inggris.
Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Sumber Belajar

Objectives:
At the end of this unit you will
be able to:
express likes and dislikes,
ask for and give opinions,
describe things or places
using spoken English,
deliver spoken
announcements,
create written descriptives,
write greeting cards, and
use prepositions and tell
the time correctly.
All people, including you, must have something they like and
dislike. Then, what would you say to express your likes or dislikes?
Furthermore, everyone has a right to speak about, such as giving
opinions toward something. What should you say if you want to ask
for or give opinions? Dont worry, you will learn about those
expressions in this unit.
In this unit you will also learn about family members. You will find
some vocabularies related to kinship. You will have a chance to study
and try to describe your family or other people and places, both using
spoken or written language, as well.
29
1.1 Expressions
Expressing Likes and Dislikes

Read the following dialog.
Do you like this
mobile phone?
Yeah. I like it. Dont

you feel the same?
Actually, I dont like

it. Its a secondhand
mobile phone.
In the dialog above, the girl likes the mobile phone by saying, I like it., while the boy doesnt
feel the same. He says, Actually, I dont like it. to express his dislikes.
Here are some other expressions you can use to express likes and dislikes.
Expressing Likes
30
I like/love . . . .
I like it so much.
I really like it.
Im really fond of . . . .
Im keen on . . . .
UNIT 1 Descriptives
Expressing Dislikes
I dont like it.

I hate it.
Im afraid I dislike it.
I cant stand . . . .
Asking for and Giving Opinions

Look at this! What do
you think of this
jacket?
I think its nice.

Its not expensive
either.
Pay attention to the bold-typed sentences above. The first boy says, What do you think of
this jacket? to ask his friends opinion about the jacket. Then, his friend gives his opinion by
saying, I think its nice.
Here are some other expressions to ask for and give opinions.
Asking for Opinions
What do you think of . . .?

Whats your opinion of . . .?
What would you say to . . .?
What about . . .?
Giving Opinions
I think its a good idea.

Well, I must say . . . .
I personally think that . . . .
In my opinion, . . . .
Answer the following questions.

1.
2.
3.
4.
What do you usually do at home when you have free time?

Contoh jawaban: I like listening to music.
What kinds of food or drink dont you like? Why?
Contoh jawaban: I dont like sea food because Im allergic.
When your friend asks your opinion about having a study club, what will you say?
Contoh jawaban: I will say, Thats a good idea! I like it.
When your friend asks your opinion about going to school by motorcycle, what will you say?
Contoh jawaban: I will say, I dont like your idea. Listen, you dont have a driving license.
31
A.
Listen to your teacher.

Write down his/her sentences.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:

1. I really love my house.
2. I personally think your idea is awful.
3. What do you think of our new teacher?
4. The students like Mr. Haryadi very much.
5. I hate if someone breaks his/her promise.
6. I think you should tell your parents about it.
7. Whats your opinion on Delias performance?
8. The girls dont like Sandra because she is arrogant.
9. My little brother dislikes eating spinach and carrots.
10. I must say that the students should join a camping activity.
Variasi:
Classify the sentences you have written in the correct column.
Expressing Likes
Expressing Dislikes
Asking for Opinions
Giving Opinions
________________
________________
________________
________________
________________
________________
________________
________________
________________
________________
________________
________________
_______________
_______________
_______________
_______________
Expressing Dislikes
Asking for Opinions
Giving Opinions
Jawaban:
Expressing Likes
I really love my
house.
The students like
Mr. Haryadi very
much.
32
UNIT 1 Descriptives
I hate if someone
breaks his/her
promise.
The girls dont like
Sandra because
she is arrogant.
My little brother
dislikes eating
spinach and
carrots.
What do you think

of our new
teacher?
Whats your
opinion on Delias
performance?
I personally
think your idea
is awful.
I think you
should tell your
parents about it.
I must say that
the students
should join
a camping
activity.
B.

Complete the following dialog based on what you have heard.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:

Rendy : Vika, what do you think of our new (1) house?
Vika : Well, its beautiful. I (2) like it.
Rendy : But . . . its smaller than our old one.
Vika : It is true. But I think, it is more (3) comfortable.
Rendy : What do you mean?
Vika : Its not (4) noisy here. We no longer hear cars or motorcycles blow their horns loudly.
Therefore, we can live (5) peacefully.
Rendy : Youre right.
Variasi:
A. Find the antonyms of the following words in the dialog.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. old
>< new
2. ugly >< beautiful
3. hate >< like
4. quiet >< noisy
5. noisily >< peacefully
B. Make sentences using the words in Task A.
Contoh jawaban:
1. a. There are some old buildings in my town, but they are well-preserved.
b. My parents bought me a new pair of shoes as my birthday gift.
2. a. I find my old shoes. They look ugly now.
b. The scenery from the top of the mountain is beautiful.
3. a. I hate spiders. I think they are disgusting.
b. We like English lesson because it is fun and attractive.
4. a. The class becomes quiet during the test.
b. The canteen becomes noisy during the breaks.
5. a. The cars blow their horns noisily.
b. My grandparents live in a small village peacefully.
C.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Answer the following questions based on the dialog in Task B.

Who are talking in the dialog?
Jawaban: They are brother and sister, Vika and Rendy.
What is the dialog about?
Jawaban: Its about Vika and Rendys new house.
How is the old house?
Jawaban: It is bigger than the new one.
What is Vikas opinion about the new house?
Jawaban: Its beautiful and comfortable.
Does Vika like the new house? Why?
Jawaban: Yes, she does. She likes it because its not noisy, so they can live peacefully.
33
D.

Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on what you have heard?
Correct the false ones.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:

Bobby : Wow! A new bicycle!
Indah : Yeah. Do you like it, Bobby?
Bobby : I do. I really like its color. You know, green is my favorite color.
Indah : I know. Its my favorite too.
Bobby : Anyway, where did you buy it, Indah?
Indah : In a bicycle shop near my house.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
______
______
______
______
______
The speakers are talking about Bobbys new bicycle.

The bicycle is green.
Bobby likes the bicycle.
Indah bought the bicycle in a bicycle shop far from her house.
Indahs favorite color is green.
Jawaban:
1. F (They are talking about Indahs new bicycle.)
2. T
3. T
4. F (She bought it in a bicycle shop near her house.)
5. T
Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberi latihan berikut.
Doni : Do you like rabbits, Puput?
Puput : I dont like them, but my brother does.
Doni : Your brother?
Puput : Yeah. He has some.
Doni : They must be nice. May I have a look?
Puput : Sure, Doni. You like rabbits, dont you?
Doni : Yes, I do. I really want to keep some.
1. ______ Doni and Puput are talking about rabbits.
2. ______ Puput likes rabbits.
3. ______ Puput has some rabbits.
4. ______ Doni wants to keep rabbits.
5. ______ They must be nice. The word they refers to Puput and her brother.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F (Puput dislikes them, but her brother does.)
3. F (It is Puputs brother who has some rabbits.)
4. T
5. F (It refers to Puputs brothers rabbits.)
34
UNIT 1 Descriptives
E.
Find the meanings of the following words.

You will hear them in the dialogs in Task F.

1. to paint
= mengecat
2.
3. surprised = terkejut
4.
5. lunch
= makan siang
6.
7. healthier = lebih sehat
8.
F.

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct
answer.
suitable
to bring
cheaper
absolutely
3.

This dialog is for questions 1 to 3.
Andika : Galih, I think our room needs
painting.
Galih : I think so. The color is not suitable
with our new pictures.
Andika : Yeah. What color do you suggest?
Galih : Um . . . I think blue is just perfect,
Andika.
Andika : Youre right. Lets make our room
blue.
Galih : Yeah, . . . and make our parents
surprised!
1.
2.
Where does the dialog happen?

A. In a classroom. B. At school.
C. In a library.
D. At home.
Jawaban: D
Dalam percakapan tersebut Andika
berkata, Galih, our room needs painting.
yang menjelaskan kalau kamar mereka
perlu dicat ulang. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan
bahwa percakapan tersebut terjadi di
rumah (at home).
A. Two brothers.
B. Two friends.
C. Two classmates.
D. Two old friends.
Jawaban: A
Galih berkata, Yeah, . . . and make our
parents surprised!. Jadi, dapat dipastikan
mereka berdua adalah dua saudara lakilaki.
=
=
=
=
cocok, sesuai
membawa
lebih murah
tentunya
What color do Andika and Galih choose to

paint their room?
A. Red.
B. Yellow.
C. Blue.
D. White.
Jawaban: C
Saat Galih mengusulkan untuk mengecat
kamar mereka dengan warna biru, kalimat
Um, . . . I think blue is just perfect,
Andika. Andika menyetujuinya dengan
berkata, Youre right.. Jadi, mereka akan
mengecat kamar mereka dengan warna
biru.

This dialog is for questions 4 and 5.
Jacky : What are you bringing, Hera?
A lunch box?
Hera : Yeah.
Jacky : Dont you like having lunch in the
school canteen?
Hera : Um, . . . actually I dont quite like it.
I prefer bringing my lunch from
home.
Jacky : Why?
Hera : Its cheaper and healthier.
Jacky : Are you sure?
Hera : Absolutely!
4.

A. Breakfast.
B. Lunch.
C. Dinner.
D. Supper.
Jawaban: B
Secara keseluruhan, percakapan tersebut
membicarakan tentang makan siang. Hera
berkata, I prefer bringing my lunch from
home..
35
5.
Where does the dialog happen?

A. In a restaurant.
B. At hospital.
C. At school.
D. At home.
A.
Jawaban: C
Isi percakapan tersebut adalah tentang
bekal makan siang Hera yang dibawanya
dari rumah. Tempat berlangsungnya
percakapan disimpulkan dari kalimat,
Dont you like going to the school
canteen?. Jadi, dapat dipastikan bahwa
percakapan terjadi di sekolah.
Read the dialog.

Answer the questions that follow.
Cindy : Ferdy, what do you like to do in your spare time?

Ferdy : I like fishing. Do you like it, Cindy?
Cindy : Fishing? Ugh, I dont like it.
Ferdy : Why?
Cindy : Its boring, you know. We need a long time to get a fish.
Ferdy : I dont think so. I enjoy the time when I am waiting for getting the fish.
Cindy : It needs much patience.
Ferdy : Youre right, but it trains us to be more patient.
Questions:
1. What is the dialog about?
Jawaban: It is about fishing.
2. Does Ferdy like fishing?
Jawaban: Yes, he does.
3. What does Ferdy say to express his likes/dislikes?
Jawaban: He says, I like fishing.
4. Why does Cindy dislike fishing?
Jawaban: Because fishing is boring. It needs a long time to get a fish.
5. What is Ferdys opinion about waiting for a long time while fishing?
Jawaban: It trains them to be more patient.
Variasi:
1. spare time = waktu senggang
2. to fish
= memancing
3. boring
= membosankan
4. to wait for = menunggu
5. patience = kesabaran
36
UNIT 1 Descriptives
B.
Complete the following dialog with the correct expressions from the box.
a.
c.
e.
she will like it

I hope
I think
b. A gift for my sister

d. What do you think
Gea : Yenni, what are you wrapping?

Yenni : (1) ________. The day after tomorrow is her birthday.
Gea : Oh. May I have a look?
Yenni : Sure. (2) ________, Gea?
Gea : Wow! (3) ________ its the nicest watch I have ever seen.
Yenni : Really? Thanks. (4) ________ my sister likes it.
Gea : Im sure (5) ________.
Jawaban:
1. b
2. d
3. e
4. c
5. a
C.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Answer the following questions based on the dialog in Task B.

What is Yenni doing?
Jawaban: She is wrapping a gift for her sisters birthday.
When will Yennis sister have a birthday?
Jawaban: The day after tomorrow.
What is the gift?
Jawaban: A watch.
In Geas opinion, how is the gift?
Jawaban: It is the nicest watch she has ever seen.
Does Gea think that Yennis sister will like the gift? How do you know?
Jawaban: Yes, she does. She says, Im sure she will like it.
Variasi:
A. Complete the following dialog with the correct words from the box.
a.
d.
entertaining
frightened
b. cinemas
e. pay
c.
prefer
Chika : Damar, what do you think of Indonesian horror movies in the (1) ________ recently?
I mean, do you like them?
Damar : Well, Id say I dont really like them, Chika. Id (2) ________ comedy.
Chika : Why? Horror movies are very (3) ________.
Damar : In my opinion, why do we (4) ________ just to be (5) ________?
Chika : And why do we pay just to laugh? Ha . . . ha . . . ha . . .
Source: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
Jawaban:
1. b
2. c
3. a
4. e
5. d
37
B.
1.
Answer the following questions based on the dialog in Task A.

Jawaban: Its about recent Indonesian horror movies.
Who likes comedy?
Jawaban: Damar does.
Damar says, Id say I dont really like them, Chika.
What does it mean?
Jawaban: He expresses his dislikes.
What is Chikas opinion about horror movies?
Jawaban: In her opinion, horror movies are very entertaining. She likes them.
. . . just to be frightened?
What is the synonym of the bold-typed word?
Jawaban: Afraid/scared.
2.
3.
4.
5.
D.
In turns, ask whether your friend likes or dislikes the activities in the table.
) in the right column.
Put a tick (
See the example.
Example:
Student A : Do you like planting flowers?
Student B : No, I dont. What about you?
Student A : I like it so much.
Name:
_______________________________
No.
Activities
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Plant flowers.
Eat fast food.
Clean the house.
Play chess.
Browse the Internet.
Talk with strangers.
Shop in a market.
Go swimming every weekend.
Play games in a computer.
Join a study club.
Like
Dislike
Contoh jawaban:
Rida : Do you like planting flowers?
Sita : No, I dont. What about you?
Rida : I like it so much. Anyway, what about eating fast food? Do you like it?
Sita : I dont. I think fast food is not good for our health.
Rida : I think so. Um . . . do you like cleaning your house?
Sita : Sure. My family and I clean our house every day. You know, we have no housemaid.
Rida : Thats great! By the way, what do you usually do in your spare time? Do you like playing
chess?
Sita : Yeah. I usually play chess with my brother.
Rida : What about browsing the Internet, go swimming every weekend or playing games in
a computer?
38
UNIT 1 Descriptives
Sita : I like browsing the Internet and go swimming, but I dont like playing games in a computer.
I think it is useless and just wastes my time.
Rida : I think so. Anyway, do you like talking to someone you havent known before?
Sita : Of course not. Its too dangerous to talk to strangers.
Rida : I see. Now, do you like go shopping in a market?
Sita : Absolutely. I always go shopping in a market with my mom every Sunday.
Rida : Good girl. Last question, do you like joining a study club?
Sita : Of course, I do.
Name:
Sita
No.
Asking for services
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Plant flowers.
Eat fast food.
Clean the house.
Play chess.
Browse the Internet.
Talk with strangers.
Shop in a market.
Go swimming every weekend.
Play games in a computer.
Join a study club.
E.
Dislike
Like
Put the following sentences in the correct order to get a good dialog.
Kalimat-kalimat acak yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

Desta :
Chika :
Desta :
Chika :
Desta :
Chika :
I see.
Tell me. Do you like her too?
No, I dont. She also has a beautiful voice. You must admit it.
Do you think Shanty will win the singing contest?
Yeah. She is beautiful.
I know that. However, I dont like her. I think she only concerns about her vocal and
the proper singing technique, but she ignores her performance on stage.
Desta : I do. She always gets the first rank in an SMS polling.
Chika : Ha . . . ha . . . . You just like her because she is beautiful, dont you?
8
3
6
1
4
7
2
5
Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut.
3
6
1
4
7
2
5
Lisa
Bunga
Lisa
Bunga
:
:
:
:
Ive never thought you like reading novels.

I see. By the way, I will go to the fiction section. See you.
Hi, Bunga. What are you doing here?
I like novels. I usually spend my spare time reading novels. What about you?
What are you doing here?
Lisa
: O.K., then. See you.
Bunga : Oh, hi, Lisa. Im looking for some novels.
Lisa
: I want to borrow some science books.
39
F.
Complete the following statements with the proper words based on the dialog in Task E.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The speakers are talking about ________.

Desta thinks that Shanty will win the singing contest because ________.
Desta likes Shanty because she is ________ and has ________.
Chika agrees that Shanty has a good voice, but still she ________ her.
Chika thinks that Shanty only pays attention to ________ and ________, but she ignores
________.
Jawaban:
1. Shanty, one contestant in a singing contest
2. she gets the first rank in an SMS polling
3. beautiful; a beautiful voice
4. dislikes
5. her vocal and proper singing technique; her performance on stage
G.
Make dialogs based on the following situations.
1.
Your mother bought you a pretty dress for your birthday party. You like the dress. How would
the conversation go?
2. Your friend is bringing some candies. He/she offers you some, but you say that you dont like
them. How would the conversation go?
3. You have a nice small garden in front of your house. You ask for your friends opinion about
the garden. How would the conversation go?
4. You and your friend are talking about a new student in your classroom. The new student
seems smart and kindhearted. How would the conversation go?
Contoh jawaban:
1. Mother : I have something for you, dear. Here you are.
Riana : What is it, Mom?
Mother : Open it yourself.
Riana : Wow! A beautiful dress! Is it for me, Mom?
Mother : Sure. Do you like it?
Riana : Yeah! I like it very much.
Mother : You can wear it on your birthday party.
Riana : I will. Thank you, Mom.
Mother : Youre welcome.
2. Kirana : Want some candies?
Anin : No, thanks.
Kirana : Why? Dont you like them?
Anin : I dont.
Kirana : I see.
3. Indah : Welcome to my garden. What do you think of it?
Tiara : Well, its very beautiful.
Indah : Really? Thanks.
Tiara : You have many flowers here.
Indah : Yeah. I like them. I like to see them, especially, when theyre blooming.
4. Rendra: Deryl, what do you think of our new classmate?
Deryl : Do you mean Rosa?
Rendra: Yeah.
Deryl : I think she is kindhearted.
Rendra: I think so. She also looks smart.
40
UNIT 1 Descriptives
1.2 Genre
Spoken Text
Read the following monolog.
Hello, friends. Let me tell you about my family.
There are five people in my family. I do love them. Well, my parents are Mr. and
Mrs. Hendi. They run a business in furniture.
I am the second child in my family. I have an elder brother and a younger sister. My
brothers name is Avian and my sisters name is Alya.
We live in a house situated in the center of the city. It is a big house with a swimming
pool and a small garden at the back yard. My parents make the garden as a playground for
their children. The swimming pool and the garden are my familys favorite places. We often
gather and spend our time there.
Please come to my house and lets enjoy our time together.
The text above is a spoken descriptive. It describes the speakers family and house.
Written Text
Read the following text.
Title
My Family
Identification
I live with my family. There are five people in my family who

I really love.
Description
My parents are Mr. and Mrs. Hendi. They run a business in

furniture. I am the second child in my family. I have an elder
brother and a younger sister. My brothers name is Avian and my
sisters name is Alya.
We live in a house in the center of the city. It is a big house
with a swimming pool and a small garden at the back yard. My
parents make the garden as a playground for their children. The
swimming pool and the garden are my familys favorite places. We
often gather and spend our time there.
Please come to my house and we can enjoy our time together.
41
The text is a written descriptive. It describes the writers family and house.
A descriptive is a text which describes a particular (specific) person, place or thing.
A descriptive has a schematic structure in the way to describe something or someone.
Those are:
1. Identification. It will say something interesting of the specific participation, so the
readers are convinced to read the text.
2. Description. It should be specific, in order to help the readers to build a visualization
image of whatever you are describing. You have to describe what you are going to tell
in a very detail description and explanation of parts of something, qualities,
characteristics of a person or a thing.
Grammar Section
Prepositions
Did you see my

mobile phone?
Yeah. It is on the dining

table. You left it there,
didnt you?
The bold-typed sentence above uses a preposition on meaning di atas.

Prepositions are little words whose job is to tell us about the position of someone or something.
There are many kinds of prepositions. Some of them are on, under, behind, in front of, in,
beside, and between.
Look at these pictures to get more information about prepositions.
The doll is on the box.
42
UNIT 1 Descriptives
The doll is under the box.
The doll is behind the box.
The doll is in front of the box.
The doll is in the box.
The doll is beside the box.
The doll is between the boxes.
Telling Time
What time do you
usually wake up,
Sari?
I usually wake
up at five
oclock.
At four thirty.
What about
you?
The sentence What time do you usually wake up? is an expression of asking the time.
The sentences At four thirty. and . . . at five oclock. are expressions of telling the time.
43
Look at these pictures for more information about telling the time.
The students start their lessons at

seven oclock.
Mr. Ardian has lunch at twelve

thirty/at half past twelve.
Sheila does her homework at fifteen

to eight/at a quarter to eight.
Edo watches television at ten past

six.

1.
2.
3.
44
Do you live with your family?

Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do.
How many people are there in your family? Who are they?
Contoh jawaban: There are four people. They are my father and mother, my elder sister and
me.
What is your opinion about your house?
Contoh jawaban: It is not big, but comfortable.
UNIT 1 Descriptives
A.
Read the following words.

Find out their meanings.

1. however
= namun, akan tetapi
2.
3. to spend
= menghabiskan
4.
5. doll
= boneka
6.
7. unique
= unik
8.
9. special
= khusus
10.
B.
busy
= sibuk
primary school = sekolah dasar
always
= selalu
shelf
= rak
abroad
= luar negeri

Complete the following text based on what you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:

Hello, everyone, I am Edo. Now, Id like to tell you about my (1) family. There are four people
in my family. My parents are Mr. and Mrs. Vicky. My father is about forty years old, and my mother
is five years younger than him. Both my parents are (2) busy. However, they always have time for
us. We often spend our spare time together.
I have a younger (3) sister named Sita. She is still in a primary school. She likes to play dolls.
She always gets (4) dolls on her birthdays. When my father goes abroad, he often buys her unique
dolls. No wonder, she has more than twenty dolls. She keeps the dolls on special shelves in her
room. However, her (5) favorite one is the barbie dolls. She says that she wants to be a barbie
someday. Ha . . . ha . . . a little girls dream.
Variasi:
Find the antonyms of the following words in the text in Task B.
1. busy
>< spare
2. to waste >< to spend
3. to come >< to go
4. seldom >< often
5. older
>< younger
6. to sell
>< to buy
7. to hate >< to like
8. common >< special
C.
Answer the following questions based on the text in Task B.
1. Who is delivering the monolog?

Jawaban: Edo is.
2. What is the monolog about?
Jawaban: It is about Edos family.
3. How old is Mrs. Vicky?
Jawaban: She is thirty-five years old.
4. How many children do Mr. and Mrs. Vicky have?
Jawaban: They have two children, Edo and Sita.
5. Who is Sita?
Jawaban: Edos younger sister.
6. Where does Sita study?
Jawaban: In a primary school.
45
7. When does Sita always get dolls?

Jawaban: On her birthdays.
8. Where does Sita keep her dolls?
Jawaban: On special shelves in her room.
9. What are Sitas favorite dolls?
Jawaban: The barbie dolls.
10. What is Sitas dream?
Jawaban: She wants to be a barbie someday.
Variasi:
A. Listen to your teacher.
Have you ever come to Bellas house? What does it look like? Let me tell you about it
then. Bellas house is very (1) nice. It is surrounded by many trees and (2) rice fields.
Bella lives in a big house with a large garden (3) at the front. The house has two floors
with a (4) balcony. She usually spends her afternoon activities, such as (5) reading comics,
in the balcony.
The house has a big (6) living room. About Bellas bedroom, it is also (7) big and clean.
I wonder who keeps that house clean. Well, Bella and her (8) family do it themselves. They
dont employ a (9) housemaid. Cant you believe that? But thats the (10) truth. So, if you
have time, lets go there together.
B. Answer the following questions based on the text in Task A.
Jawaban: Its about Bellas house.
2. What surrounds Bellas house?
Jawaban: Many trees and rice fields.
3. Where is the garden?
Jawaban: In front of the house.
4. How many floors does Bellas house have?
Jawaban: Two floors.
5. Where does Bella usually spend her afternoon activities?
Jawaban: In the balcony.
6. How is the living room?
Jawaban: It is big.
7. Who cleans Bellas house?
Jawaban: Bellas family themselves.
8. Does Bellas family have a housemaid?
Jawaban: No, they dont.
9. So, if you have time, lets go there together. (Paragraph 3)
What does the bold-typed word refer to?
Jawaban: Bellas house.
10. I wonder who keeps that house clean. (Paragraph 3)
What is the antonym of the bold-typed word?
Jawaban: Dirty.
46
UNIT 1 Descriptives
D.
Jawaban: C
Dalam monolog terdapat kalimat It has
a living room, a small kitchen and . . . . .
Jadi, dapur tersebut kecil, pilihan jawaban
(C) benar.

answer.
Teks yang dibacakan guru:

Now, let me tell you about my house.
It is situated at Jalan Kartini number 14. It is
big enough and nice.
My house has two floors. It has a living
room, a small kitchen and a bathroom on
the first floor. On the second floor there are
three bedrooms and a bathroom. My
parents bedroom is big. My brothers room
is next to my room.
Um . . . my room is small, but I like it.
It has light green wall. There is a desk with
a computer on it. I do my homework there.
You know, there is also a nice garden
in front of my house. I often play there with
my brother. Well, thats my lovely house.
3.
The following are the rooms on the first

floor, except ________.
A. a living room
B. a kitchen
C. a bathroom
D. bedrooms
Jawaban: D
Ruangan yang tidak terdapat di lantai satu
adalah kamar tidur (bedroom). Hal itu
sesuai dengan kalimat It has a living
room, a small kitchen and a bathroom on
the first floor.. Di samping itu, kamar tidur
terletak di lantai dua, sesuai dengan
kalimat On the second floor there are
three bedrooms . . . ..
4.
The speakers room is ________ his/her

brothers room.
A. in front of
B. beside
C. behind
D. inside
Jawaban: B
Kamar pembicara berada di samping
kamar saudara laki-lakinya. Hal itu sesuai
dengan kalimat, My brothers room is next
to my room.. Kata depan next to memiliki
makna yang sama dengan beside, yaitu
di samping/sebelah.
5.
The wall of the speakers room is ________.

A. red
B. pink
C. light blue
D. light green
Jawaban: D
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat It has
light green wall.. Kata it dalam kalimat
tersebut mengacu pada kamar pembicara.
Jadi, dinding kamar pembicara berwarna
hijau muda (light green).
Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High

School Student Grade VII
1.
2.
A.
The monolog is about the speakers

________.
A. house
B. room
C. bathroom
D. garden
Jawaban: A
Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai
dengan kalimat awal teks, yaitu Now, let
me tell you about my house.. Pilihan
jawaban yang lain salah karena hanya
merupakan bagian-bagian rumah.
The kitchen is ________.
A. big
B. wide
C. small
D. narrow

Retell it using your own words.
I have a favorite place at home. It is certainly my bedroom.

My bedroom is quite small, but the white color gives me a wider view. I really enjoy staying in
my room. You know what? To avoid boredom, I often change the arrangement of the things in my
room. I also put some pictures or decorations in it.
47
There is a small single bed in my room, where I always sleep on it at night. On the bed I put
a bed sheet, two blue pillows and a bolster. Beside the bed is a desk with some books on it.
I always write, read and study on the desk. Then, I put a round small clock on the wall to tell the
time.
Contoh jawaban:
Let me tell you about my bedroom. Um . . . it is my favorite room in my house.
Actually, my room is not big enough, but the white color makes the room look larger. I really
enjoy staying in my room. You know what? To avoid boredom, I often change the arrangement of
the things in my room. I also put some pictures or decorations in it.
My room has a small single bed where I always lay on it at night. On the bed I put a bed sheet,
two blue pillows and a bolster. There is a desk with some books on it beside the bed. I always
write, read and study on the desk. I also put a round small clock on the wall to tell the time.
Variasi:
Answer the following questions based on the text in Task A.
1. What is the purpose of the text?
Jawaban: To describe a particular place, i.e. the speakers bedroom.
2. How is the speakers bedroom?
Jawaban: It is quite small, but the white color makes the room look wider.
3. What does the speakers do to avoid boredom in his/her bedroom?
Jawaban: He/she often changes the arrangement of the things in his/her room.
4. What things are in the speakers bedroom?
Jawaban: A small single bed, a bed sheet, two blue pillows, a bolster, a desk with some
books on it and a round small clock on the wall.
5. Where is the desk?
Jawaban: It is beside the bed.
B.
Look at the picture.

Describe it briefly.
Contoh jawaban:
Look at the house. It is Mr. Wawans house.
Mr. Wawan and his family live in a small house. The
house is surrounded by white fences.
As you can see, there is a coconut tree in front of the
house. It is quite tall. Sometimes, Mr. Wawan picks the
young coconuts and makes es degan.
The house consists of some rooms. There are
a living room, three bedrooms, a dining room, a kitchen
and a bathroom. There is a veranda in front of the house.
Next to the veranda is a garage where Mr. Wawan keeps
his car.
48
UNIT 1 Descriptives
C.
Describe your house or one of the rooms in your house orally.
Contoh jawaban:
My family and I live in a lovely house. It is small but comfortable. It is situated in the countryside.
My house has some rooms. They are a living room, a dining room, four bedrooms, a bathroom
and a kitchen. There is also a veranda in front of my house and a garden beside it.
My favorite room is certainly my bedroom. Its a nice blue-painted room. I put some posters of
my favorite actors and singers on the wall. There is a shelf for my books and my CDs. I also put
a new desk with a yellow lamp. My room has two small windows, so I can get enough fresh air.
A.
Put the following paragraphs in the correct order to get a good text.
Paragraf-paragraf acak yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

3
My grandpas name is Mr. Surya. He has a restaurant near Kuta Beach. Do you know why
tourists like to visit my grandfathers restaurant? It faces directly to the beach, so the visitors of
the restaurant can enjoy the sunset.
My name is Kevin. I live with my parents and two elder sisters. My parents are Mr. and
Mrs. Steward, while my sisters are Jessica and Hanna.
Thats my family. I really love them.
All my family members, including me, like traveling. The place that we often visit is Bali
since my grandfather lives there. Almost every long holiday, we go to visit him.
Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
B.
Are the statements below true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task A?
1. ______ The writers name is Jessica.

2. ______ The text is about the writers relatives.
3. ______ The writers family likes traveling.
4. ______ Mr. Surya has a restaurant in Bali.
5. ______ People like to visit Mr. Suryas restaurant because they can see sunrise.
Jawaban:
1. F (The writers name is Kevin.)
2. F (The text is about the writers family.)
3. T
4. T
5. F (People like to visit Mr. Suryas restaurant because they can enjoy the sunset.)
49
C.
Complete the following family tree based on the text in Task A.
___________________
___________________
___________________
___________________
___________________
___________________
___________________
Jawaban:
Mr. Surya
Mrs. Surya
Mr. Steward
___________________
Jessica
Mrs. Steward
Kevin
Hanna
Variasi:
Look at the family tree below.
Complete the following statements with the words related to kinship based on the
family tree.
Mr. Gunawan
Mr. Hermawan
Luksita
Mrs. Septian Hermawan
Lusiana
Mrs. Hertiana Gunawan
Mrs. Berlina Budiman
Aditya
1. Mr. and Mrs. Gunawan are Lusianas ________.

2. Mr. Gunawan is Lusianas ________.
3. Mrs. Hertiana Gunawan is Lusianas ________.
4. Lusiana is Mr. and Mrs. Gunawans ________.
5. Aditya is Mr. and Mrs. Gunawans ________.
6. Lusiana is Mr. Hermawans ________.
7. Aditya is Mr. Hermawans ________.
8. Mrs. Berlina Budiman is Lusianas ________.
9. Lusiana is Mrs. Berlina Budiman ________.
10. Mr. Budiman is Lusianas ________.
11. Aditya is Mr. Budimans ________.
12. Reza is Lusianas ________.
Jawaban:
1. grandparents
2. grandfather
4. granddaughter
5. grandson
7. son
8. aunt
10. uncle
11. nephew
50
UNIT 1 Descriptives
Mr. Budiman
Reza
3.
6.
9.
12.
grandmother
daughter
niece
cousin
D.
Read the text.

My family and I live on a hill. It is far from the city, so we are still able to enjoy fresh air. We
always enjoy our spare time at home. We often sit at the veranda and see a mountain view. If we
want to see the green of rice fields, we go to the back yard.
My house is built with classic panggung design from Padang. All parts of the house are made
of wood. It has two small stairs, at the front and behind the house. It doesnt have a living room, but
it has a veranda that is full of wooden furniture decorations. The decorations make me wonder and
relax every time I sit there.
We have a very big dining room. We also use it as our family room. There are a small table
and some chairs in the dining room. On the table my mother always serves our meal. There is
a TV set and a square small carpet, where we usually eat our meal and watch TV programs.
I share my room with my little brother. We sleep on a big double bed. Our room is completed
with two desks and a big shelf. We usually use the desks to study and the self to keep our
properties.
The bathroom and kitchen are not in our main house. They are away at the back yard. I guess
it is good enough and suitable for our home design. We always clean the bathroom in turns.
Questions:
1. What is the text about?
Jawaban: The writers house.
2. Why is the writer able to enjoy fresh air?
Jawaban: Because his house is far from the city.
3. Where does the writer usually go if he wants to see the green of rice fields?
Jawaban: He goes to the back yard.
4. What is the house made of?
Jawaban: It is made of wood.
5. Which room is called the family room?
Jawaban: The dining room.
6. Where are the stairs?
Jawaban: At the front and behind the house.
7. How is the dining room?
Jawaban: It is big.
8. Who sleeps on a big double bed?
Jawaban: The writer and his little brother do.
9. Where is the bathroom?
Jawaban: In the back yard.
10. What does the writers family do to the bathroom?
Jawaban: They always clean it in turns.
Variasi:
Find the words in the text which have similar meanings as follows.
1. distant
= far
2. town
= city
3. terrace
= veranda
4. look at = see
5. traditional = classic
6. tiny
= small
7. huge
= big
8. own
= have
9. desk
= table
10. fit
= suitable
51
E.
Our school is on Jalan Sudirman. It has

eighteen classrooms, two laboratories, one
library, one principals room, one teachers
room, one staff room, one music room, one
computer room and one canteen. We always
hold a flag ceremony in our school yard.
Our school yard is not so big. Thats why, if
we have a PE lesson, we practice at the field
beside our school.
1.
What is the text about?

A. The writers house.
B. The writers school.
C. The writers classroom.
D. The writers room.
Jawaban: B
Pilihan jawaban ini benar yang
disimpulkan dari kalimat awal teks, yaitu
Our school is on Jalan Sudirman..
Kalimat-kalimat berikutnya menjelaskan
lebih lanjut tentang bagian-bagian sekolah
penulis.
2.
How many rooms are there in the school?

A. Twenty-seven.
B. Twenty-eight.
C. Twenty-nine.
D. Thirty.
Jawaban: A
Dalam teks terdapat kalimat It has
eighteen classrooms, two laboratories, one
library, one principals room, one teachers
room, one staff room, one music room, one
computer room and one canteen.. Jadi,
jumlah total ruangan dalam sekolah
tersebut ada 27 (twenty-seven).
3.
52
Jawaban: D
Pada kalimat ketiga disebutkan We
always hold a flag ceremony in our school
yard. yang artinya Kami selalu
mengadakan upacara bendera di halaman
sekolah kami.. Berdasarkan kalimat
tersebut, dapat disimpulkan bahwa
mereka selalu mengadakan upacara
bendera di halaman sekolah mereka (in
their school yard).

answer.
Where do they always hold a flag

ceremony?
A. In the room.
B. At the field.
C. Beside their school.
D. In their school yard.
UNIT 1 Descriptives
4.
The students dont practice their PE

lesson at the school yard because it is
________.
A. big
B. long
C. wide
D. small
Jawaban: D
Berdasarkan kalimat keempat dalam teks,
Our school yard is not so big, thats why
. . . . yang artinya Halaman sekolah kami
tidak terlalu besar sehingga . . . ., dapat
disimpulkan bahwa murid-murid tidak
melakukan pelajaran olahraga di halaman
sekolah karena halaman sekolah kecil
(small).
5.
We always hold a flag ceremony . . . .

(Sentence 3)
What does the underlined word refer to?
A. The writer and his teachers.
B. All the teachers of the school.
C. The students in the writers class.
D. The writer and his schoolmates.
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007
Jawaban: D
Kalimat soal mempunyai arti Kami selalu
mengadakan upacara bendera . . . .. Kata
we (kami) dalam kalimat tersebut
mengacu pada penulis dan teman-teman
sekolahnya (the writer and his/her
schoolmates).
F.
Read the following words and find their meanings.

) in the columns where you usually find such things.
Put a tick (
Thing
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
toaster
television
desk lamp
sofa
plate
water tap
bed
gas stove
glass
soap
pillow
painting
dipper
spoon
refrigerator
Meaning
In the
Living
Room
In the
Dining
Room
In the
Bedroom
In the
Kitchen
In the
Bathroom
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
Jawaban:
Thing
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
toaster
television
desk lamp
sofa
plate
water tap
bed
gas stove
glass
soap
pillow
painting
dipper
spoon
refrigerator
Meaning
alat pemanggang
televisi
lampu meja
sofa
piring
keran air
tempat tidur
kompor gas
gelas
sabun
bantal
lukisan
gayung
sendok
lemari es
In the
Living
Room
In the
Dining
Room
In the
Bedroom
In the
Kitchen
In the
Bathroom
53
G. Write sentences about the following pictures using proper prepositions.

See the example.
Example:
The dictionary is on the table.

1
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
Jawaban:
1. The mobile phones are in the drawer.
2. The shoes are under the cupboard.
3. The blackboard is in front of the class.
4. The rubbish bin is behind the door.
5. The book is beside the bag.
54
UNIT 1 Descriptives
________________________
H.
Look at the following time schedule.

Complete the text based on the time schedule.
Time
Activities
4:45 a.m
5:15 a.m
5:40 a.m
6 a.m
1:55 p.m
2:20 p.m
4 p.m
6:20 p.m
6:35 p.m
7:30 p.m
9:30 p.m
get up
take a bath
have breakfast
go to school
have lunch
take a nap
play football
have dinner
watch television
study
go to bed
Andra has regular habits. He usually gets up at

(1) ________. Then, at (2) ________ he takes a bath. He has
breakfast at (3) ________. After that, he goes to school and
studies until the class is over in the afternoon.
Arriving home from school, Andra usually has lunch at
(4) ________. Then, he takes a nap for about one hour. Three
times a week he plays football with his friends. In the evening,
he always has dinner with his family. Then, he usually
watches TV at (5) ________. After watching TV, he goes
studying. He usually studies for two hours. Finally, he goes to
bed.
Jawaban:
1. a quarter to five
3. twenty to six/five forty
5. six thirty-five/twenty-five to seven
A.
2.
4.
five fifteen/a quarter past five

five to two
Notice five things in your classroom.

Write the positions of the things using proper prepositions.
Contoh jawaban:
1. The bag is in the drawer.
2. The map and the calender hang on the wall.
3. The blackboard is in front of the class.
4. There is a duster behind the door.
5. The vase is on the teachers desk.
B.
Write five sentences telling the time when you do your daily activities.
Contoh jawaban:
1. I usually wake up at five oclock.
2. I go to school at six fifteen.
3. I have lunch at one thirty.
4. I usually watch television at five oclock.
5. I go to sleep at ten.
C.

Make a family tree based on the text.
My name is Clara. I live with my family. My family consists of five people. My fathers name is
Ferdi, and my mothers name is Rara. However, people usually call them Mr. and Mrs. Ferdi. My
parents like gardening very much. In their spare time they often plant new trees or flowers in the
garden. Those flowers and trees make our garden colorful. Thats why, the garden is our favorite
place to gather.
55
I have only an elder brother named Ardian. He is seventeen years old. He is interested in
computer and sports. He also likes to spend a lot of time with his friends.
My grandparents, Mr. and Mrs. Nugraha, live not far from my house. They are in good health
at the age of about sixty-five. My father has a sister named Cinthya. People usually call her
Mrs. Erwin because she married Erwin. My grandparents live with my aunt and uncle, Mr. and Mrs.
Erwin. My aunt and uncle have a daughter named Linda. Since I dont have a sister, Linda
becomes my dearest cousin.
Jawaban:
Mr. Nugraha
Mrs. Nugraha
Mr. Ferdi
Mrs. Erwin
Mrs. Ferdi
Ardian
D.
Clara
Mr. Erwin
Linda
Ask your close friend about his/her family.

Write a descriptive about his/her family.
Contoh jawaban:
I have a close friend named Tiara. She lives with her family.
Tiara lives in a small village. Her father, Mr. Iwan, is a farmer and her mother, Mrs. Iwan, is
a tailor. Tiara has a younger brother named Rio. He still studies in a primary school.
Tiara and her family lives in a big house. Her house is surrounded by rice fields. There is a big
garden in front of her house. The garden is very beautiful with many flowers in it. There are also
some trees in the garden. Thats why, it is very shady.
Tiara likes her house so much. Its far from the town, so its quiet. Furthermore, the air is still
fresh, and the water is very clear. Its really different from the condition in towns.
1.3 Short Functional Texts: Announcements and Greeting Cards
Spoken Text
Attention, please.
Our school will hold an English speaking contest at the school hall on January 20, 2010.
All students are invited to join the contest.
The text above is an announcement in spoken form.
An announcement is a spoken or written statement that informs people about something.
56
UNIT 1 Descriptives
Written Text
The text above is a greeting card. It is used to congratulate on someones birthday.

Greeting cards are illustrated cards featuring expressions of friendship or other
sentiment. Although they are usually given on special occasions, such as birthdays or
holidays, they are also sent to convey gratitude or express other feelings.

1.
2.
3.
4.
Can you hear any announcements at your school?

Contoh jawaban: Yes, I can.
What announcements do you usually hear at school?
Contoh jawaban: An announcement about a flag hoisting ceremony or a test.
Have you ever sent a greeting card?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have.
In what occasion do you usually send a greeting card?
Contoh jawaban: On my friends birthday.
57
A.
Read the following words.

Find out their meanings.

1. parking lot
= tempat parkir
2. bike
= sepeda
3. attention
= perhatian
4. to build
= membangun
5. language laboratory = laboratorium bahasa
B.


(1) Attention, students.
We have a new (2) parking lot beside the school canteen. From now on, you should park your
(3) bikes there. The old parking lot will be (4) built into a (5) language laboratory. Thank you.
C.
1.
Answer the questions based on the announcement in Task B.

Where can you hear such an announcement?
Jawaban: At school.
Who do you think delivers the announcement?
Jawaban: A teacher.
What is the announcement about?
Jawaban: Its about a new parking lot.
From now on, you should park your bikes there.
What does the word you refer to?
Jawaban: It refers to the students.
What happens with the old parking lot?
Jawaban: It will be built into a language laboratory.
2.
3.
4.
5.
A.
Make an announcement based on the following cue words.
What?
An extracurricular activity (a computer course).
Who?
All students.
When?
Once a week in the afternoon.
Where?
In the computer laboratory.
58
UNIT 1 Descriptives
Contoh jawaban:
Attention, please.
We will have a new extracurricular activity. It is a computer course. It will be held once a week
in the afternoon in the computer laboratory.
All students are invited to join. Each classroom will have their own turn. So please read the
schedule on the announcement board.
B.
Make announcements based on the following situations.
1.
Your school principal, Mr. Irwan, will be retired next month. His position will be replaced by
a new principal, Mr. Rizal. Your school will have a small farewell party for Mr. Irwan and
a welcoming party for Mr. Rizal.
2. There is a new rule in your school. Students must not stay in the classrooms during the break.
Contoh jawaban:
1.
Attention, please.
Our school principal, Mr. Irwan will be retired next month. He will be replaced by Mr. Rizal.
Therefore, the school committee will arrange a small party for them. Please join the party on
next Saturday morning at ten a.m. in the school hall. You may also show your performance in
the party. Thank you.
2.
Attention, please.
Our school has issued a new rule. Students must not stay in the classrooms during the
break. Thank you.
A. Read the following text.

What is it about?
Jawaban:
Its a greeting card to congratulate on someones graduation.
59
B.
1.
Answer the following questions based on the text in Task A.

What is the purpose of the text?
Jawaban: To congratulate someone on his graduation.
Who sends the card?
Jawaban: Ricos parents.
Whom is the card sent to?
Jawaban: Rico.
. . . until their son is grown.
What does the word their refer to?
Jawaban: It refers to Ricos parents.
Parents seldom realize . . . .
What is the synonym of the bold-typed word?
Jawaban: Aware.
2.
3.
4.
5.
C.
Match the following situations with the suitable greeting cards.
Source: August 6, 2009 <http://www.123greetings.com/

family/baby/baby7.html>
Source: October 5, 2009 <http://www.ckcpark.net>
1.
2.
3.
It is a new year. You want to say a happy new year to your pen friend.
Your cousin is in hospital. You hope he will get well soon.
Your aunt gives a baby birth. You want to congratulate her.
Jawaban:
1. b
60
2.
UNIT 1 Descriptives
3.
A.
Write greeting cards based on the following situations.
1.
Your close friend has won a competition.

Write a greeting card to congratulate him/her.
2. Your elder sister will get married next week.
Write a greeting card to congratulate the brides.
Contoh jawaban:
1.
2.
B.
Write a greeting card.

You are free to choose your own topic.
Contoh jawaban:
61
Write a descriptive about your bike.
Read and memorize the words.

Use them whenever you speak English.
bench
bolster
boredom
chess
to convey
directly
hill
62
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
bangku
guling
kebosanan
catur
menyampaikan
secara langsung
bukit
UNIT 1 Descriptives
in turns
:
to perch
:
pillow
:
playground :
ripe
:
to run
:
shady
:
square
:
state
:
to wonder :
secara bergantian
hinggap
bantal
tempat bermain
masak, matang
menjalankan
teduh
kotak
negara/negeri
merasa heran
A.

answer.
1. Tiara : Dewa, what do you think of my

performance last night?
Dewa : That was great! You danced
gracefully. I like it.
Tiara : Really? Thank you.
What did Tiara perform last night?
A. A play.
B. A song.
C. A dance.
D. A speech.
Jawaban: C
Dewa berkata, You danced gracefully..
Jadi, yang dipertunjukkan Tiara kemarin
malam adalah tarian (a dance).
2. Diana : Do you like this bag, Fariz?
Fariz : I do. What about you, Diana?
Diana : I like its model, but I dont like the
color.
What does Diana feel about the bag?
A. She likes its model and color.
B. She likes its color.
C. She dislikes its model.
D. She dislikes its color.
Jawaban: D
Dalam percakapan tersebut Diana berkata,
I like its model, but I dont like the color..
Jadi, Diana menyukai model tas tersebut,
tetapi tidak menyukai warnanya.
3. Alya : Rio, what do you think of my
sister?
Rio : Well, she is beautiful and friendly.
Alya : Youre right.
Who is beautiful and friendly?
A. Alya.
B. Rio.
C. Alyas sister.
D. Rios sister.
Jawaban: C
Alya berkata, Rio, what do you think of my
sister? dan dijawab Rio, Well, she is
beautiful and friendly.. Kata she dalam
kalimat tersebut mengacu pada saudara
perempuan Alya. Jadi, yang cantik dan
ramah adalah saudara perempuan Alya
(Alyas sister).
Read the text and answer questions 4 and 5.

My name is Aditya. Id like to tell you about
my family.
I have a small family. There are only four
people; my parents, my brother and me.
My father, Mr. Andika is forty years old, while
my mother, Mrs. Andika is thirty-eight years old.
My father is a doctor, and my mom is a teacher.
I have only an elder brother named Raka.
He is about sixteen years old. He studies in
SMAN 1. He lives in a boarding house because
his school is far from our house. He usually
comes home once a week.
A. Adityas brother.
B. Adityas family.
C. Adityas father.
D. Adityas mother.
Jawaban: B
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat
My name is Aditya. Id like to tell you
about my family.. Jadi, teks tersebut
menjelaskan keluarga Aditya. Pilihan
jawaban yang lain salah karena
merupakan gagasan pendukung teks.
5. Where does Raka study?
A. In a state university.
B. In a private university.
C. In a senior high school.
D. In a junior high school.
Jawaban: C
Dalam teks terdapat kalimat He studies in
SMAN 1.. Kata he dalam kalimat tersebut
mengacu kepada Raka. Jadi, Raka
menuntut ilmu di SMAN 1 (in a senior high
school).
Read the announcement and answer
questions 6 and 7.
Attention, please.
Due to the exhibition of the final exam for
the students grade IX, the students grade VII
and VIII do not need to go to school for three
days, starting from Monday, January 4, 2010.
In spite of having a holiday, dont forget to
study at home. Thank you.
63
6. What is the announcement about?

A. The test.
B. The mid semester test.
C. The final exam.
D. The holiday for the students grade VII
and VIII.
Jawaban: D
Inti dari pengumuman tersebut adalah
siswa kelas tujuh dan delapan tidak perlu
pergi ke sekolah (libur) karena ada
kegiatan uji coba ujian akhir untuk siswa
kelas sembilan (kalimat Due to the
exhibition of the final exam for the students
grade IX, the students grade VII and VIII
do not need to go to school . . . .). Pilihan
jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan
merupakan inti pengumuman tersebut.
7. Whom is the announcement aimed to?
A. The teachers.
B. The examiners.
C. The students grade IX.
D. The students grade VII and VIII.
Jawaban: D
Pengumuman tersebut ditujukan kepada
siswa kelas tujuh dan delapan. Hal itu
disimpulkan dari kalimat . . ., the students
grade VII and VIII do not need to go to
school . . . .. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks.
8. What is the purpose of the card?

A. To congratulate someone.
B. To show happiness.
C. To show sympathy.
D. To express gratitude.
Jawaban: C
Ucapan dalam kartu tersebut artinya Turut
berduka cita. Jadi, tujuan penulisan kartu
tersebut adalah untuk menunjukkan
simpati (ikut berduka cita). Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah; (A) artinya untuk memberi
ucapan selamat kepada seseorang,
(B) artinya untuk menunjukkan
kebahagiaan, dan (D) artinya untuk
mengungkapkan terima kasih.
9. Please accept our condolences.
The bold typed word has a similar meaning
to ________.
A. agree
B. receive
C. reject
D. like
Jawaban: B
Kata accept artinya menerima. Kata
tersebut memiliki makna yang sama
dengan kata receive. Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan
persamaan kata tersebut. Pilihan jawaban
(A) artinya menyetujui, (C) artinya
menolak, dan (D) artinya menyukai.
Read the text and answer questions 10 to 13.
Let me tell you about my family. My father
is fifty-four. He is a lot older than my mother.
Shes only forty-five. Dad has his own business.
He runs an export business. Mom helps him
with the business. I have a brother and a sister.
So there are five people in my house.
The oldest is my brother Toni. He is
twenty-one. He studies in a university. The next
is my sister Alda. She is seventeen. She is in
the second grade of senior high school. Then,
its me. Im the youngest child in my family.
Now, I am in the first grade of junior high
school.
We are all different. My father and I both
are interested in swimming. We often go to the
swimming pool together. Toni likes sports,
especially football. Meanwhile, Alda likes to
paint and draw.
Adapted from: American Breakthrough 2
64
UNIT 1 Descriptives

A. The writer.
B. The writers family.
C. The writers parents.
D. The writers brother and sister.
Jawaban: B
Secara keseluruhan teks tersebut
menjelaskan tentang keluarga penulis.
Paragraf pertama menjelaskan orang tua
penulis, paragraf kedua menjelaskan
saudara kandung penulis, dan paragraf
ketiga menjelaskan hobi anggota keluarga
penulis.
11. What does the writers father do?
A. He is a doctor.
B. He is a manager.
C. He is an importer.
D. He is an exporter.
Jawaban: D
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kelima
dan keenam paragraf satu, yaitu Dad has
his own business. He runs an export
business.. Jadi, ayah penulis adalah
seorang eksportir (pengusaha yang
mengekspor barang ke luar negeri).
12. What does Alda like to do?
A. She likes to paint.
B. She likes to swim.
C. She likes to play football.
D. She likes to do some sports.
Jawaban: A
Kalimat terakhir paragraf tiga tertulis
Meanwhile, Alda likes to paint and draw..
Jadi, kegiatan yang disukai Alda adalah
melukis dan menggambar. Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah; (B) merupakan
kegemaran penulis dan ayahnya,
sedangkan (C) dan (D) merupakan
kegemaran Toni.
13. My father and I both are interested in
swimming. (Paragraph 3)
The bold-typed phrase can be best
replaced by ________.
A. keen on
B. dislike
C. hate
D. proud of
Jawaban: A
Frasa interested in dan keen on memiliki
arti yang sama, yaitu tertarik pada. Pilihan
jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban
(B) artinya tidak suka, (C) artinya benci,
dan (D) artinya bangga dengan.
14. Vira : I am very tired. Where will we take

a shelter?
Rian : ________ the tree. I think it is shady.
A. In
B. On
C. Under
D. Beside
Jawaban: C
Vira bertanya di mana mereka akan
berteduh. Tempat yang sesuai untuk
berteduh adalah di bawah pohon. Jadi,
preposisi yang tepat adalah under (di
bawah). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
karena bukan merupakan preposisi yang
tepat; (A) artinya di dalam, (B) artinya di
atas, dan (D) artinya di samping.
15.
Adinda : What time will the course be

over?
Beni : It will be over at ________.
A. a quarter to five
B. a quarter past five
C. a half past five
D. a quarter to six
Jawaban: B
Gambar jam menunjukkan pukul 5:15.
Jadi, kursus akan berakhir pada pukul
5:15 (a quarter past five). Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah; (A) artinya pukul 4:45,
(C) artinya pukul 5:30, dan (D) artinya
pukul 5:45.
I have a garden at the back yard. It is big
and clean.
My family and I love gardening. In my
garden you can find some flowers, vegetables
and fruit trees. I myself plant the flowers. There
are roses, jasmines and sunflowers. When they
are blossoming, my garden looks so nice and
colorful. It also smells fragrant which attracts
many insects to perch on the flowers.
My mother plants some vegetables such
as chilies, spinach and eggplants. Besides, on
every corner, my father plants a fruit tree. We
65
have some fruit trees such as bananas,

mangoes and rambutans.
Let me tell you. The garden becomes one
of my familys favorite places. We like to sit on
the benches under the trees. We like to do it
because we can relax and get the fresh air. We
often have a chat or a small discussion there.
Furthermore, when the fruits are ripe, we can
enjoy them together.
We always keep the garden clean. We
always sweep the fallen leaves and water the
trees in turns. We also give the trees and plants
fertilizer so they grow well.
B. The writers garden.
C. The writers plants.
D. The writers flowers.
Jawaban: B
menjelaskan tentang kebun penulis (the
writers garden). Hal itu disimpulkan dari
kalimat awal teks I have a garden at the
back yard. yang dilanjutkan dengan
deskripsi tentang kebun tersebut dalam
paragraf-paragraf berikutnya.
17. Where is the garden?
A. In the house.
B. In front of the house.
C. Behind the house.
D. Beside the house.
Jawaban: C
Dalam kalimat pertama paragraf satu
terdapat kalimat I have a garden at the
back yard.. Kata back yard artinya
halaman belakang. Jadi, kebun tersebut
berada di belakang rumah. Pilihan
jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya di
dalam rumah, (B) artinya di depan rumah,
dan (D) artinya di samping rumah.
18. The following are the writers vegetations
in his/her garden, except ________.
A. herbs
B. vegetables
C. fruit
D. flowers
66
UNIT 1 Descriptives
Jawaban: A
Berdasarkan kalimat awal paragraf dua,
yaitu There are same trees and plants in
my garden, such as flowers, vegetables
and fruit trees., yang bukan merupakan
jenis tumbuhan yang ditanam di kebun
penulis adalah tanaman obat-obatan
(herbs). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
karena sesuai dengan teks, khususnya
paragraf dua dan tiga.
19. We like to do it because we can relax and
get the fresh air. (Paragraph 4)
A. Have a chat.
B. Plant the trees.
C. Enjoy the ripe fruit.
D. Sit on a bench under the tree.
Jawaban: D
Jawaban diketahui dari kalimat
sebelumnya We like to sit on the benches
under the trees.. Jadi, kata it dalam
kalimat tersebut mengacu pada duduk di
bangku di bawah pohon (sit on a bench
under the tree).
20. . . . which attracts many insects to perch
on the flowers. (Paragraph 3)
The opposite meaning of the bold-typed
word is ________.
A. invites
B. takes
C. repels
D. shows
Jawaban: C
Kata attracts artinya menarik. Kata
tersebut berlawanan makna dengan kata
repel yang artinya menolak. Pilihan
merupakan lawan kata dari kata attract.
Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya mengundang,
(B) artinya mengambil, dan (D) artinya
menunjukkan.
B.
Complete the following text based on the following family tree.

Mr. Arya
Mr. Rendi
Mrs. Rendi
Rony
Silvy
Mrs. Arya
Mrs. Galih
Mr. Galih
Mr. Guntur
Fariz
Let me tell you about Silvys family.

Silvy is Mr. and Mrs. Rendys (1) ________. She has a (2) ________ named Rony.
Mrs. Rendis (3) ________ is Mr. Arya. Therefore, Mr. Arya is Silvys (4) ________. Mr. Arya lives
together with his (5) ________ named Mrs. Arya in a village, far from their children.
Mr. and Mrs. Arya has three children, i.e. Mrs. Rendi, Mr. Galih and Mr. Guntur. So, Silvy has
two (6) ________, Mr. Galih and Mr. Guntur. Therefore, Silvy is Mr. Galihs (7) ________, while
Rony is Mr. Galihs (8) ________. Mr. and Mrs. Galih has one (9) ________ named Fariz. It means
that Fariz is Silvys (10) ________.
Jawaban:
1. daughter
2. brother
3. father
4. grandfather
5. wife
6. uncles
7. niece
8. nephew
9. son
10. cousin
Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 1:
Sebelum berpindah ke Unit 2, guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi siswa di Unit 1.
Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.
Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.
Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.
Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi
kelas di pojok kanan atas.
Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkannya kepada guru.
Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaaan mereka kepada guru.
Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.
67
A.

answer.
1. Chintya : Irwan, do you like reading

novels?
Irwan : I dont. You know, its boring,
Chintya. I prefer reading comics
to novels.
Chintya : Reading comics? But why?
Irwan : Comics are attractive with
many pictures on them.
What does Irwan like to read?
A. Novels.
B. Comics.
C. Short stories.
D. Poems.
2. Mr. Arif: Shanty, whats your opinion of
going to Bali next holiday?
Shanty : I think wed better not going
there, Dad. Its too far.
Mr. Arif : What about going to Puncak?
Shanty : I like that idea.
What are the speakers going to do next
holiday?
A. Go to Puncak. B. Go to Bali.
C. Go fishing.
D. Go camping.
3. Teddy : Niken, what do you think if we
have lunch in Bonita Restaurant?
Niken : I think its not a good idea.
Teddy : Why? The foods in that restaurant
are delicious.
Niken : Youre right, Teddy. However,
eating there will cost much. I think
it will only waste our money.
Why does Niken dislike to have lunch in
Bonita Restaurant?
A. The food is expensive.
B. The food is not delicious enough.
C. The restaurant is not comfortable to
eat.
D. The restaurants service is not
satisfying.
I am Reny. I am thirteen years old. Now, let
me tell you about my family.
68
UNIT 1 Descriptives
My father is Mr. Tio. He is forty years old.

My mother is Rida, but people usually call her
Mrs. Tio. She is thirty-seven. My father is
an accountant in a bank, and my mother is
a nurse.
I am the only child in my family. I have no
brothers or sisters. However, I am not lonely.
My parents always have times for me.
Whenever I have problems, I always share
them with my parents. They will help me solve
my problems and give me some advice or
solutions.
4. How old is Mrs. Tio?
A. 27
B.
C. 37
D.
30
40
5. What does Reny do if she has problems?

A. She keeps it herself.
B. She doesnt care for the problems.
C. She shares the problems with her
friends.
D. She shares the problems with her
parents.
Attention, please.
On Saturday morning, we will hold
a working bee. Every student should bring
cleaning tools. You can bring a broom, a duster,
a cleaning cloth and so on. After the working
bee, we will have some snacks and drinks
together. Please be informed.
6. What is the announcement about?
A. A working bee.
B. Cleaning tools.
C. Snacks and drinks.
D. Classroom activities.
7. Where can you hear such
an announcement?
A. In a hospital.
B. At home.
C. In a park.
D. At school.
11. How are the toilets?

A. They are big.
B. They are dirty.
C. They are clean. D. They are small.
12. Where is the library?
A. Next to the computer room.
B. Behind the computer room.
C. Beside the sports hall.
D. Beside the parking area.
Source: August 5, 2009 <http://

www.123greetings.com/congratulations/new_baby/
newbaby11.html>

A. To express sympathy.
B. To greet someone.
C. To express gratitude.
D. To congratulate on someones birth.
9. We are overjoyed at the arrival of the new
member!
word is ________.
A. delay
B. cancelation
C. farewell
D. departure
13. There is a large parking area beside the

sports hall. (Paragraph 3)
The similar meaning of the bold-typed
word is ________.
A. tiny
B. big
C. beautiful
D. comfortable
14. Zaskia : Where does Yenni sit?
Gea : She sits in front of me.
From the dialog we know that Gea sits
________ Yenni.
A. behind
B. beside
C. in front of
D. next to
15.

My school, SMPN 8 Yogyakarta, is located
at Jalan Diponegoro number 20 in the center of
the city.
My school is big. It has 18 clean
classrooms, ten clean toilets, three laboratories,
a big library, a teachers room and a principals
room. It has a beautiful school park in the
center of the school.
The computer room is next to the library,
and the sports hall is behind the computer
room. There is a large parking area beside the
sports hall. There are notice boards in every
classroom.
Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School
Students Grade VII

B. The writers school.
C. The writers classroom.
Joni : When do you usually have dinner,

Prita?
Prita : I usually have dinner at ________.
A. a quarter to six
B. six oclock
C. a quarter past six
D. a half past six
Mr. Jackson is an American teacher, but
he lives and works in Denpasar. He teaches
English at SMP 8. He is a very good teacher.
That is why his students like him.
Mr. Jacksons wife is an Indonesian. She
comes from Medan.The couples have one son
and one daughter. The children go to a primary
school.
69
Mr. Jacksons house is made of wood.

It has five rooms: a kitchen, a bathroom, a living
room and four bedrooms. The Jacksons have
a housemaid to help Mrs. Jackson do the
housework. She comes from Bantul.
Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High
School (SMP/MTs)

A. To entertain the readers.
B. To describe a particular person or place.
C. To show how to make something step
by step.
D. To tell a past experience.
17. Where does Mr. Jackson come from?
A. America.
B. Medan.
C. Bantul.
D. Indonesia.
18. How many children do Mr. and
Mrs. Jackson have?
A. One.
B. Two.
C. Three.
D. Four.
19. Which statement is NOT TRUE according
to the text?
A. Mrs. Jackson comes from Medan.
B. Mr. and Mrs. Jackson live in Bali.
C. Mr. Jacksons house is made of wood.
D. There are three bedrooms in
Mr. Jacksons house.
20. She comes from Bantul. (Paragraph 3)
A. Mrs. Jacksons mother.
B. Mrs. Jacksons wife.
C. Mrs. Jacksons housemaid.
D. Mrs. Jacksons daughter.
70
UNIT 1 Descriptives
B.
Complete the text based on the time

schedule.
Sunday
Time
4:30 a.m.
5 a.m.
6:15 a.m.
6:45 a.m.
7:10 a.m.
8:15 a.m.
9:20 a.m.
12:05 p.m.
Activities
wake up
jog
take a bath
have breakfast
prepare everything before
going to the zoo
go to the zoo
arrive at the zoo
have lunch
It is Sunday. My family and I have a plan to

go to the zoo. We wake up at (1) ________.
Then, at (2) ________ we jog together. We
always jog every Sunday morning.
After jogging and taking a rest for a while,
I take a bath at (3) ________, and then I have
breakfast with my family at (4) ________. After
that, at about (5) ________ we prepare
everything before going to the zoo.
After we have finished our preparation, we
are ready to go to the zoo at (6) ________. The
journey takes about one hour. We arrive at the
zoo at (7) ________.
We spend about two and a half hours in
the zoo. At about (8) ________ we have lunch
under a shady tree.
Jawaban Review Unit 1

A. Pilihan Ganda
1. B. Jawaban diketahui dari kalimat Irwan
I prefer reading comics to novels..
Jadi, Irwan suka membaca komik.
2. A. Dalam percakapan tersebut ayah
meminta pendapat Shanty tentang
tempat menghabiskan liburan. Ketika
ayah meminta pendapat Shanty untuk
berlibur ke Puncak, Shanty menyatakan persetujuannya dengan berkata
I like that idea.. Jadi, yang akan
dilakukan Shanty dan ayahnya adalah
pergi ke Puncak pada liburan
mendatang. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi
percakapan.
3. A. Meskipun makanan di rumah makan
Bonita lezat, Niken tidak suka karena
makanannya mahal (expensive). Hal
itu diketahui dari ucapan Niken
However, eating there will cost much.
I think it will only waste our money.
yang artinya Namun, makan di sana
mahal. Aku pikir itu hanya akan
menghamburkan uang saja.. Pilihan
merupakan alasan Niken tidak
menyukai makanan di rumah makan
Bonita.
4. C. Dalam teks terdapat kalimat-kalimat
My mother is Rida, but people usually
call her Mrs. Tio. She is thirty seven..
Jadi, usia Bu Tio adalah 37 tahun.
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.
5. D. Ketika mendapat masalah, Reny
membaginya dengan orang tuanya.
Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat
Whenever I have problems, I always
share them with my parents.. Kata I
dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu pada
Reny. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
6. A. Pengumuman tersebut berisi tentang
kerja bakti (a working bee). Hal itu
diketahui dari kalimat On Saturday
morning, we will hold a working bee..
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
karena bukan merupakan inti
7. D.
8. D.
9. D.
10. B.
11. C.
12. A.
pengumuman, hanya sebagai

informasi tambahan.
Dalam pengumuman tersebut
terdapat kalimat Every student
should bring cleaning tools.. Jadi,
dapat disimpulkan bahwa
pengumuman tersebut dapat didengar
di sekolah (at school).
Dalam kartu tersebut terdapat kalimat
We are overjoyed at the arrival of the
new member! yang artinya Kami
sangat bahagia menyambut
kedatangan anggota baru.. Jadi,
dapat disimpulkan bahwa kartu
tersebut bertujuan untuk memberi
ucapan selamat atas kelahiran
seseorang. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah karena bukan merupakan tujuan
kartu tersebut.
Kata arrival artinya kedatangan. Kata
tersebut berlawanan makna dengan
kata departure yang artinya
keberangkatan. Pilihan jawaban yang
lain salah; (A) artinya penundaan,
(B) artinya pembatalan, dan (C)
artinya perpisahan.
menjelaskan tentang sekolah penulis.
Hal itu diketahui dari kalimat awal
paragraf satu, yaitu My school, State
Junior High School 8 of Yogyakarta, is
. . . .. Deskripsi tentang sekolah
penulis dilanjutkan dalam paragrafparagraf berikutnya.
kedua paragraf dua, yaitu It has 18
clean classrooms, ten clean toilets,
. . . .. Jadi, toilet-toilet di sekolah
tersebut bersih (clean). Pilihan
jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak
sesuai dengan isi teks.
Kalimat pertama paragraf tiga tertulis
The computer room is next to the
library . . . .. Karena ruang komputer
berada di sebelah perpustakaan,
dengan kata lain perpustakaan
berada di sebelah ruang komputer
(next to the computer room). Pilihan
jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan
71
13. B.
14. A.
15. C.
16. B.
17. A.
72
jawaban (B) dan (D) merupakan letak

gedung olahraga, sedangkan (C)
merupakan letak tempat parkir.
Kata large dan big artinya sama,
yaitu besar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah; (A) artinya sangat kecil, (C)
artinya indah, dan (D) artinya nyaman.
Dalam percakapan tersebut Gea
mengatakan bahwa Yenni duduk di
depannya. Karena Yenni duduk di
depan Gea, itu berarti Gea duduk di
belakang (behind) Yenni. Pilihan
jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan
jawaban (B) dan (D) artinya di
samping/sebelah, sedangkan (C)
artinya di depan.
Gambar jam menunjukkan pukul 6.15.
Jadi, Prita biasanya makan malam
pada pukul 6.15 (a quarter past six).
Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya pukul 5.45,
(B) artinya pukul 6, dan (D) artinya
pukul 6.30.
Teks tersebut merupakan teks
deskriptif, yaitu menggambarkan
keluarga Pak Jackson dan tempat
tinggalnya. Jadi, tujuan teks tersebut
adalah menjelaskan seseorang atau
tempat tertentu. Pilihan jawaban yang
lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A)
merupakan tujuan teks naratif, (C)
merupakan tujuan teks prosedur, dan
(D) merupakan tujuan teks recount.
Pada kalimat pertama paragraf satu
tertulis Mr. Jackson is an American
teacher . . . . yang artinya Pak
Jackson adalah guru berkebangsaan
Amerika.. Jadi, kesimpulannya
adalah Pak Jackson berasal dari
Amerika. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) merupakan
asal istrinya, (C) merupakan asal
pembantu rumah tangganya, dan
(D) adalah negara tempat tinggalnya
sekarang.
UNIT 1 Descriptives
18. B. Pak Jackson memiliki dua anak (satu

anak laki-laki dan satu anak
perempuan). Hal itu diketahui dari
kalimat ketiga paragraf dua, yaitu
Mr. and Mrs. Jackson have one son
and one daughter..
19. D. Pernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan
teks adalah ada tiga kamar tidur di
rumah Pak Jackson. Hal itu tidak
sesuai dengan kalimat kedua paragraf
tiga, yaitu It has five rooms:
a kitchen, a bathroom, a living room
and four bedrooms.. Jadi, jumlah
kamar tidur di rumah Pak Jackson
adalah empat, bukan tiga. Pilihan
sesuai dengan isi teks. Pilihan
jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat
kedua paragraf dua, (B) sesuai
dengan kalimat pertama paragraf
satu, dan (C) sesuai dengan kalimat
pertama paragraf tiga.
20. C. Kata she dalam kalimat tersebut
mengacu pada pembantu rumah
tangga Pak Jackson (Mr. Jacksons
housemaid). Hal itu disimpulkan dari
kalimat sebelumnya The Jacksons
have a housemaid to help Mrs.
Jackson do the housework.. Pilihan
sesuai dengan teks.
B.
Isian
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
a half past four

five oclock
a quarter past six
a quarter to seven
ten past seven
a quarter past eight
twenty past nine
five past twelve
Petunjuk Umum:
Berikut ini disajikan beberapa bentuk descriptive yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti
kegiatan listening, reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun
kalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan mengidentifikasi noun
phrases dalam teks.
Text 1
My Bird
I have a pet. It is a bird and its name is Vorto.
Vorto is funny and nice. It has colorful feathers and a beautiful voice. I love it very much.
Every morning I clean Vortos cage. Then, I feed it some bananas, or sometimes I give it some
caterpillars. Actually Im afraid of caterpillars, but I try to do that for my lovely bird. Vorto itself likes
caterpillars very much. It sings louder than usual after I feed it.
Vorto becomes one of my friends at home. I like playing with it in my spare time. It is
enjoyable playing with it Vorto.
Text 2
The Mango Tree in Our School
There are some trees in our school. Among them, there is a mango tree. The tree is in front of
our classroom.
The mango tree is very old. Maybe, it is the oldest tree at school. The trunk is very big. It takes
two children with arms outstretched to completely circle it. Surprisingly, it still bears a lot of fruit.
No wonder, when mango season comes, my friends and I get excited. We all like to come to school
really early so we can pick all the good ones. Before going home, we cant help taking a look at the
mouth watering sight on the tree, hoping that we might climb it again the next day.
Source: New Lets Talk Grade VII for Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
Text 3
Our School
Our school has two parking lots. One of them is near the front yard. The students should park
their bicycles there. The other parking lot is for the staffs motorcycles. It is next to the staffs room,
opposite Class IXC. The principals room is between the staffs room and the school office.
There are six toilets in the school. Four of them are in the corner, at the back. They are for
students. And the other two are next to Class IXD. They are for the staff and guests.
We have a sports hall at the back, behind classrooms VIIIA, B and C. Next to the sports hall
are two small dressing rooms. The science lab is between Class IXA and the library. If we want to
have snacks and drinks, we can go to the school cafeteria near Class VIID.
73
Text 4
My Grandmothers House
I like to go to my grandmothers house. It is situated on the hill. It has a very beautiful green
rice field scenery. At the backyard there is a chicken farm. My grandma really loves and keeps the
chicken well.
My grandmothers house is not big, but it is lovely and clean. I love staying there. This is the
place where my grandmothers family spends most of their time together.
The house has three bedrooms, a living room, a dining room, a kitchen and two bathrooms. At
the front, there is a living room. Next to this room is a dining room. My grandmothers bedroom is
near the dining room. There is a toilet inside the room. There is a kitchen and two bathrooms at the
back part of the house.
Each room has some furniture. My grandmother arranges the furniture properly. They are not
expensive, but she always keeps them clean from dust. She does this because she wants to make
her house the nicest place to live in.
Text 5
My Family
My family consists of four people. They are my father whose name is Jan, my mother whose
name is Airin, my brother Ruly and of course me. The four of us live together in our apartment.
My father is forty-seven years old. He likes gardening very much. Besides, he also likes
listening to music and reading books about political science. His special hobbies are bird watching
and traveling. My mother is forty-three. She also has similar hobbies as my father does.
My brother is seventeen. He attends high school. He is interested in computers and sports like
football and hockey. He also spends a lot of time with his friends.
My parents have assigned me certain duties around the house. I dont mind helping out
because everyone in a family should contribute in some way. I help with the washing up, the
vacuuming and the shopping. Of course, I also have to keep my room tidy as well.
My brother is responsible for the dusting and the mopping. He also has to clean his own room.
Sometimes my brother and I fight about who has to do what job. However, we are still very close.
I am very close to my parents. I can rely on them and they will always try to help me.
My parents work together to keep our home well.
Adapted from: August 6, 2009 <http://www.maturita.cz/anglictina/myfamily.htm>
74
UNIT 1 Descriptives
Objectives:
At the end of this unit you
will be able to:
ask for and give things,
deliver the description of
a particular person using
spoken English,
create short functional
texts (announcements),
write descriptives properly,
write short functional texts
(notices),
use the simple present
tense, and
mention parts of the
body, human physical
appearances and peoples
jobs correctly.
Perhaps one day someone asks you, How does your sister/
brother look like? How will you answer the question? Perhaps
another day you should meet a person whom you dont know. You just
know how he/she is like. Can you quickly find him/her among other
people? In conclusion, describing people is really important. This unit
gives you vocabulary dealing with physical description, and how to
describe people properly.
75
2.1 Expression
Asking for and Giving Things

Read the following dialogs.
Please bring me
the screwdriver.
Um . . . the eggs you

are frying smell very
delicious, Mom. May
I have one?
Yes, of
course.
Sure. Here
you are.
The sentences, Please bring me the screwdriver. and May I have one? are used to
ask for things. The sentences Sure. Here you are. and Yes, of course. are used to give
things.
Here are some other expressions used to ask for and give things.
Asking for Something
Could you please . . .?

Would you kindly give me . . .?
May I have it, please?
Can I have one?
Can you give me . . .?
Please take me that . . . .
Please give me one.
Give me some envelopes, please.
Id like a glass of tea, please.
Pass me the chili, please.
Giving Something
76
UNIT 2 Descriptives
Sure.
Yes, of course.
Certainly, here it is.
Sure. Here you are.
No problem.
Please do so.
Its O.K. I give you one.
Certainly.
Yes, here it is.
Help yourself.
Yes, please.

1.
2.
3.
A.
What expressions have you learned in Unit 1?

Jawaban: Asking for and giving opinions, expressing likes and dislikes.
Suppose you want to ask for your friends opinion about todays English test. What will you say?
Contoh jawaban: I will say, What do you think about the English test today?
Suppose you want to say that you like certain food. What would you say?
Contoh jawaban: I will say, Fried rice is my favorite food.

Complete the following dialogs based on what you have heard.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:

Dialog 1
Nia
: We have arrived in Jogja. We need to call Rina to make sure (1) where her house is.
Ratno : You are right. But (2) my mobile phone is broken.
Danny : Well, just use mine. (3) Here it is.
Ratno : Thanks.
Dialog 2
Old man : Please have a pity on me. I havent eaten for days.
Ria
: Oh, sorry to hear that. Please wait for a moment. I have some food for you.
Old man : Thank you.
A moment later . . . .
Ria
: Here you are, Sir. I hope (4) it is enough for you.
Old man : Thank you, Miss. (5) You are very kind.
Variasi:
Complete the following dialogs based on what you have heard.
1. Mr. Hasan : Please pass me the sugar.
Mrs. Hasan : Sure. Here you are.
2. Ida : Could I borrow the magazine?
Ima : Sorry. My father is going to read it.
3. Manager : Could you please bring the document here?
Secretary : Yes, Sir.
4. Adi
: May I have a glass of coffee, please?
Waiter : Sorry, we dont serve coffee here.
5. Mrs. Janssen : Please take the cheese in the refrigerator, Tommy.
Tommy
: O.K., Mom. Here it is.
77
B.
Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialogs in Task A?
1. ______ For dialog 1. The speakers are visiting Yogyakarta.

2. ______ Danny offers Ratno to use his mobile phone.
3. ______ Ratno is going to phone Danny.
4. ______ For dialog 2. The dialog happens between a waiter and a customer.
5. ______ Ria gives some food to the old man.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. T
3. F (Ratno is going to phone Rina.)
4. F (The dialog happens between a girl and an old beggar.)
5. T
C.

Repeat after him/her.
What is each dialog about?
Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru:

Dialog 1
Aldo : Ouch, . . . it is very painful!
Mother : What happens, Aldo?
Aldo : Oh, my tooth. I think I get a cavity or something.
Mother : How poor you are. Do you want to take medicine to reduce the pain?
Aldo : I think so.
Mother : Let me take it. . . . Here you are.
Aldo : Thanks, Mom.
Mother : Youre welcome.
Dialog 2
Mrs. Harry :
Andre
:
Mrs. Harry :
Andre
:
Mrs. Harry :
Andre
:
Mrs. Harry :
Andre
:
Andre, why dont you have lunch now? I have fried some chicken meat for you.
Really? Oh, thank you very much, Mom.
Youre welcome. Here it is.
Oh, the chicken meat looks very delicious. Mom, may I give some to Mr. Ronny?
Mr. Ronny . . . who?
The pedicab driver. He said that he hadnt eaten since yesterday.
Of course you can, Andre. You are a kind boy. I am proud of you.
Thanks, Mom.
Jawaban:
Dialog 1 is about Aldo who gets a toothache.
Dialog 2 is about giving some food to a starving pedicab driver.
D.
Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task C.
Dialog 1
1. Whats wrong with Aldo?
Jawaban: He has got a toothache.
2. What does Mother offer to give him?
Jawaban: Medicine to reduce the pain.
78
UNIT 2 Descriptives
Dialog 2
1. Mrs. Harry says, Here it is.
What does it mean?
Jawaban: She gives something.
2. What does Andre want to do?
Jawaban: He wants to give some of the fried chicken to Mr. Ronny.
3. Who is Mr. Ronny?
Jawaban: A pedicab driver who hasnt eaten since yesterday.
Variasi:
A.

Repeat after him/her.

1. Mr. Toms family is in a restaurant. They want to order some food.
Waiter
: Are you ready to order, Sir?
Mr. Tom : Yes, please. Sigit, what do you want?
Sigit
: I want chicken noodles.
Mrs. Tom : No, you may not. Thats too spicy, right?
Sigit
: O.K., Id like gudeg, please.
Mr. Tom : Thats good for you. And you, Haidar?
Haidar : I want gado-gado.
Mrs. Tom : My husband and I want meatballs, please. One more thing, please give us
four glasses of iced-tea. O.K., thats all our order.
Waiter
: Yes, Maam. Right away.
2.
Dany and Eki are in the laboratory. Dany is doing an experiment and Eki is assisting him.
Dany : Give me a magnifying glass, please.
Eki
: Here you are.
Danny : Thanks, Ki. Look! The object is very clear. Now, draw the object for our report.
Eki
: Thats easy. It will not take a long time.
Danny : That sounds good. Hurry up! The time is limited.
B. Answer the following questions based on the dialogs in Task A.

Dialog 1
1. Where does the dialog take place?
Jawaban: In a restaurant.
2. What is the relationship between the speakers?
Jawaban: They are customers and a waiter.
3. What does Sigit want at first?
Jawaban: He wants chicken noodles.
4. Why doesnt Mrs. Tom agree with Sigits order?
Jawaban: Because its too spicy.
5. What do Mr. and Mrs. Tom order?
Jawaban: They order meatballs.
79
Dialog 2
1. In your opinion, what are the speakers doing?
Jawaban: They are observing an object under a microscope.
2. Where do you think the dialog happens?
Jawaban: In a school laboratory.
3. What does Danny need at first?
Jawaban: A magnifying glass.
4. Danny said, Now, draw the object for our report. What does it mean?
Jawaban: He asks someone to do something (an order).
5. What did Eki say to give services for Danny?
Jawaban: He said, Thats easy. It will not take a long time.
E.
Recall the names of these parts of the body you learned last semester.
Mention the names.
1
2
15
F.
4
14
13
12
11
10
5
7
6
8
9
Jawaban:
1. hair
3. eyebrow
5. nose
7. mouth
9. beard
11. tongue
13. nostril
15. ear
The words below can be used to describe parts of the body.

Find their meanings in the dictionary.

1. chubby
= gemuk
2. slim
= langsing
3. curly hair
= rambut keriting
4. straight hair
= rambut lurus
5. wavy hair
= rambut bergelombang
6. blond hair
= rambut pirang
7. bald
= gundul
8. slanted eyes
= mata sipit
9. hooked nose
= hidung melengkung
10. wide mouth
= mulut lebar
11. light eyebrows
= bulu mata tipis
12. prominent/pointed nose = hidung mancung
13. oval face
= wajah oval
14. round face
= wajah bulat
15. fair complexion
= kulit putih
80
UNIT 2 Descriptives
2.
4.
6.
8.
10.
12.
14.
forehead
eye
tooth
lip
chin
moustache
cheek
G.
Match the following descriptions with the correct pictures.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
The woman has long and curly hair.

The man has an oval face and thick eyebrows.
The man is bald and fat.
The woman has straight black hair and slanted eyes.
The man is old and uses a stick when walking.
The woman has big eyes and wavy hair.
The man is thin and tall.
The woman is slim. She has long and straight hair.
Jawaban:
1. c
2.
A.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Complete the following dialogs with the suitable expressions from the boxes.
Dialog 1
a.
c.
e.
I think my mother also needs to buy glasses b.

Here it is
d.
the styles are fashionable
Nessya :
Irma
:
Nessya :
Irma
:
Nessya :
Irma
:
Nessya :
Where did you buy them

comfortable to wear anymore
New glasses, huh?

Yeah. My old ones are not (1) ________.
(2) ________?
In Rama optic. The prices there are affordable, and (3) ________.
Please tell me where it is. (4) ________.
Sure. If you want, I have the name card of the owner. (5) ________.
Thank you very much.
81
Jawaban:
1. d
2.
3.
4.
5.
Dialog 2
a.
c.
e.
a pot of black coffee

Id like to order some breakfast
Thats right
Room service
Mary Jones
Room service
Mary Jones
Room service
Mary Jones
b.
d.
Great
How long will it take
:
:
:
:
:
:
Room service. Good morning.

Good morning. This is room 113. (1) ________, please.
Right. Excuse me, am I talking with Mrs. Jones?
(2) ________.
What can I do for you, Maam?
Id like to have two glasses of grapefruit juice, marmalade, two scrambled eggs
with two sausages, toast and (3) ________, please. (4) ________?
Room service : Just a few minutes, Maam.
Mary Jones : (5) ________! Thank you.
Room service : Youre welcome.
Source: August 4, 2009 <http://www.audioenglish.net/english-learning/english_dialogue_hotel_room_service_1.htm>
Jawaban:
1. c
2.
B.
3.
4.
5.
Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A.
Dialog 1
1. Whats wrong with Irmas old glasses?
Jawaban: They are not comfortable to wear anymore.
2. What does Irma like from Rama optic?
Jawaban: The prices there are affordable, and the styles are fashionable.
3. Why does Nessya ask Irma the address of the optic?
Jawaban: Because her mother may need to buy glasses there.
4. What does Irma give to Nessya?
Jawaban: The name card of Rama optics owner.
5. What does she say when giving the thing?
Jawaban: She says, Here it is.
Dialog 2
Jawaban: In a hotel.
2. When does the dialog happen?
Jawaban: In the morning.
3. Mrs. Jones says, Id like to order some breakfast, please.
What does it mean?
Jawaban: She wants to ask for something.
4. What juice does she order?
Jawaban: Grapefruit juice.
5. How many scrambled eggs does she want?
Jawaban: Two.
82
UNIT 2 Descriptives
Variasi:
A.
a.
d.
Complete the following dialog with the suitable words from the box.
the final exam
my school project
b.
e.
for your final exam

Yes, of course
c.
that newspaper
Uncle Ferdi : Hello, Risa. Where have you been?

Risa
: Oh, hello, Uncle Ferdi. Im very busy with (1) ________.
Uncle Ferdi : Oh, I see. By the way, Risa, can you give me (2) ________? I havent read it yet.
Risa
: Sure, Uncle. Here you are.
Uncle Ferdi : Hows your school anyway?
Risa
: Everythings fine, Uncle. Only I will have (3) ________ next month. By the way,
would you please pass me the magazine, Uncle?
Uncle Ferdi : (4) ________. O.K., just study hard (5) ________.
Risa
: Yes, Uncle. Thank you very much.
Jawaban:
1. d
2.
B.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
C.
3.
4.
5.
Answer the following questions based on the dialog in Task A.

What makes Risa busy?
Jawaban: Her school project.
Uncle Ferdy says, Can you give me that newspaper?
What does it mean?
Jawaban: He wants to ask for something.
When will Risa face the final exam?
Jawaban: Next month.
What does Risa ask her uncle to do?
Jawaban: To pass her the magazine.
Are there any expressions of giving something in the dialog?
Jawaban: Yes, there are. They are: Here you are. and Yes, of course.
Put the following sentences in the correct order to get good dialogs.

Dialog 1
3 Ryan : Well, just open the envelope.
2 Linda : What is it?
5 Ryan : Youre welcome.
4 Linda : Oh, the photos when we were in Prambanan Temple. Thanks, Ryan. They are very
beautiful.
Ryan
:
Linda,
I have something for you.
1
Dialog 2
5 Lina : Please take some more.
6 Eny : Thanks. Er . . . may I ask for the recipe? I want to make it myself.
3 Lina : How does it taste?
83
2
7
4
1
Eny :
Lina :
Eny :
Lina :
D.
Are the following statements true (T) or false based on the dialogs in Task C?
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
______
______
______
______
______
O.K.
Sure. Let me look for my recipe book first.
Hmm . . . very delicious.
Please taste the cheese stick I have made.
For dialog 1. Linda gives Ryan some photos.

The photos were taken when they visited Prambanan Temple.
For dialog 2. Linas mother has made the cheese stick.
Eny thinks that the cheese stick is delicious.
Eny wants to buy the cheese stick.
Jawaban:
1. F (It is Ryan who gives Linda some photos.)
2. T
3. F (Lina has made the cheese stick, not her mother.)
4. T
5. F (Eny wants to ask for the recipe of the cheese stick.)
Variasi:
Dengan kegiatan pembelajaran yang sama guru dapat memberikan soal berikut di kelas lain.
1. ______ For dialog 1. Ryan gives some articles about the Prambanan Temple.
2. ______ Ryan puts the things in an envelope.
3. ______ For dialog 2. Eny offers Lina some cheese stick.
4. ______ Lina gets the cheese stick by buying it.
5. ______ Eny asks for the recipe from Lina.
Jawaban:
1. F (Ryan gives Linda some photos when they were in Prambanan Temple.)
2. T
3. F (Lina offers Eny some cheese stick.)
4. F (She gets the cheese stick by making it herself.)
5. T
E.
Read the dialogs and repeat after your teacher.
1
Nia
:
Henky :
Nia
:
Henky :
Nia
:
Henky :
Picture source:
August 5, 2009 <http://
www.s.bebo.com--Roy_'Chubby'_Brown.jpg>
84
UNIT 2 Descriptives
Where does Mr. Greg work?

He works in a circus.
Is he an animal trainer?
No. He is a clown.
What does he look like?
He is chubby, wears glasses, and looks friendly.
2
Julie
Andrew
Julie
Andrew
Julie
Andrew
:
:
:
:
:
:
What does Mr. Budi do?

He works as an entertainer.
What does he do in his job?
He acts in films and makes people laugh.
What does he look like?
He is fat and has curly hair.
Picture source:
August 5, 2009 <http://
www.facebook.com--Budihanduk>
F.
Work in pairs.
Complete the following dialogs based on the pictures.
Use the words given.
Mrs. Harris veterinarian hospital slim, short and blond
hair
Adi :
Dina :
Adi :
Dina :
Adi :
Dina :
Where does Mrs. Harris work?

________________.
Is she ________________?
No. ________________.
What does she look like?
She is ________________.
Picture source: August 27, 2009

<http://z.about.com---VeterinarianCatiStock_000005354260.jpg>
Ms. Tina singer oval face, long and black hair
Titi
Robert
Titi
Robert
Titi
Robert
Picture source:
September 30, 2009
<http://globalonlinez.
fileswordpress.com--tina_toon001.jpg>
:
:
:
:
:
:
What does Ms. Tina do?

________________.
What does she do in her job?
________________.
________________.
Contoh jawaban:
1. Adi : Where does Mrs. Harris work?
Dina : She works in a hospital.
Adi : Is she a nurse?
Dina : No. She is a veterinarian.
Adi : What does she look like?
Dina : She is tall, slim, and has short and blond hair.
2.
Titi
Robert
Titi
Robert
Titi
Robert
:
:
:
:
:
:
What does Ms. Tina do?

She is a singer.
What does she do in her job?
She sings on stages and makes albums.
She has an oval face, and long and black hair.
85
G.
Make dialogs based on the following pictures.

Use expressions of asking for and giving something.
Contoh jawaban:
1. Robby : I bought two glasses of iced orange. Here is one for you.
Ryan : Oh, thank you. You are very kind.
Robby : Dont mention it. Well, just drink it before the bell rings.
Ryan : Sure.
2.
Rina :
Asih :
Rina :
Asih :
Rina :
Asih :
Hi, Asih. What are you doing?

Hi, Rin. Oh, just looking at this book.
What book is it? It looks interesting.
Oh, it is a visual dictionary. I think it is good to learn English vocabulary using this book.
I see. May I borrow it?
Sure. Here you are.
2.2 Genre
Spoken Text
Listen, everyone. Id like to tell you about
Mr. Satria. Mr. Satria is a truck driver. Every day
he drives a large vehicle, a truck. He is thin and
always wears a T-shirt when he works.
You know, he often has to drive great
distances which can take him away from his
home for days at a time. Sometimes he also has
to eat anywhere or has a very little time to eat.
Do you know why? Because he has to arrive
to his destination on time. Furthermore,
86
UNIT 2 Descriptives
to anticipate there is a flat tire or the truck runs out of gas, he also has to bring extra money.
Mr. Satria certainly knows that his job is not easy, but he never complains. He loves his job.
Adapted from: August 5, 2009 <http://esl.about.com/od/engilshvocabulary/ig/
Visual-DictionaryWork/Truck-driver.htm>
The text above is a descriptive, but in spoken form. A spoken text is also called a monolog.
In delivering a spoken text, you can use some expressions to interact with the audience,
such as Listen, everyone., May I have your attention, please? and Attention, all..
Besides, you can also use some fillers in it, such as well, you know, um . . ., er . . ., etc.
Written Text
Identification
Description
Mr. Satria is a driver. He drives a large vehicle, called a truck,

every day. He is thin and wears a T-shirt when he works.
Mr. Satria generally has to drive great distances which can take
him away from his home for days at a time. Sometimes he also has
to eat anywhere or has a very little time to eat because he has to
arrive to his destination on time. He also has to bring extra money in
case there is a flat tire or he runs out of petrol. Although he has to
face difficulties, Mr. Satria really loves his work.
Adapted from: August 5, 2009 <http://esl.about.com/od/engilshvocabulary/ig/
Visual-DictionaryWork/Truck-driver.htm>
The text above is a descriptive in written form. A descriptive functions to describe

a particular thing, place or person.
A descriptive consists of:
Identification : identifies the person, place or thing to be described.
Description : describes parts, qualities and characteristics of the person, place or

thing.
In a descriptive, you usually use the simple present tense.
87
Grammar Section
The Simple Present Tense
Read the following sentences.
1
My father jogs every morning.
The girl is slim.
The sentences above use the simple present tense. You use the simple present tense to
express habitual or every day activities (sentence 1). You also use it to say that something
was true in the past, is true in the present, and will be true in the future (sentence 2). In other
words, you use it to express general truth.
Patterns:
(+) S + V(-s/-es) + (O)
Subject
I
Ani and Aldo
Mr. Janseen
Ms. Lusy
Verb (-s/-es)
like
study
works
sells
(Object)
(Adverb)
mangoes.
in SMPN 2.
in a shop.
vegetables.
() S + do/does + not + Vbase + (O)

Subject
I
Ani and Aldo
Mr. Janseen
Ms. Lusy
88
UNIT 2 Descriptives
Do/Does
Not
Verb base
do
do
does
does
not
not
not
not
like
study
work
sell
(Object)
(Adverb)
apples.
in SMPN 4.
in a factory.
fruits.
(?) Do/Does + S + Vbase + (O) + . . .?

Do/Does
Do
Do
Does
Does
Subject
you
Ani and Aldo
Mr. Janseen
Ms. Lusy
Verb base
like
study
work
sell
(Object)
(Adverb)
mangoes?
in SMPN 2?
in a shop?
vegetables?
Note:
1. You use V(-s/-es) in positive statements. The subject of this verb is the third singular
person (he, she, it, Mr. Arman, the cat, etc).
2. In negative and interrogative sentences, you use:
do o I/You/We/They/People/The children (plural subjects)
does o He/She/It/Mr. Arman/The man (singular subjects)

Here are some other examples:
Lia works in an office.
Saptono doesnt like his present job.
Do you always attend a computer fair?

1.
2.
3.
4.
In Unit 1, you have learned about a descriptive. What is a descriptive?

Jawaban: It is a text which describes a particular person, place or thing.
What is the purpose of a descriptive?
Jawaban: To describe a particular person, place or thing.
What is the structure of a descriptive?
Jawaban: Identification and description.
Mention some topics which you can use to describe something.
Contoh jawaban: My rabbit, my school, the lion I saw in the zoo.
89
A.

Answer the questions based on the text you have heard.

Lidya is a nurse. She works in a hospital in Surabaya. She helps the doctors and looks after
the patients. She gives the patients the medicines, and she often talks to them and listens to
their problems. Sometimes, she talks to the patients families. She always wears his nurses
uniform.
1.
What does Lidya do?

Jawaban: She is a nurse.
Where does she work?
Jawaban: She works in a hospital in Surabaya.
What are her duties?
Jawaban: Her duties are to help the doctors and look after the patients.
Whom does she often talk to?
Jawaban: To the patients and sometimes their families.
What does she give to the patients?
Jawaban: Medicines.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Variasi:
A.

What does he/she tell you about?

Hello, everybody. Do you have a brother or a sister? Please tell me, what he or she
looks like.
Now, Ill tell you about my only one brother. His name is Hendi. He is quite young, about
seventeen years old. He is tall and energetic. He has dark skin, big eyes and a pointed nose.
Different from me, he has dark straight hair and an oval face. He is also pretty handsome,
you know. In his daily life, he prefers wearing a T-shirt and jeans.
My brother is an OSIS chairperson in his school. He is smart. He is also friendly. No
wonder that he has many friends.
O.K., thats all about my brother.
Jawaban:
The text is about the description of the speakers brother named Hendi.
B.
1.
2.
90
Answer the following questions based on the text you have heard in Task A.
How old is Hendi?
Jawaban: He is about seventeen years old.
How is Hendis hair?
Jawaban: It is dark and straight.
UNIT 2 Descriptives
3.
4.
5.
C.
What does Hendi prefer wearing in his daily life?

Jawaban: A T-shirt and jeans.
What position does Hendi have in his school?
Jawaban: He is an OSIS chairperson.
Why does Hendi have many friends?
Jawaban: Because he is smart and friendly.
Listen to the text in Task A once again.
Complete the following table based on the text.
Name
________________________________
Age
________________________________
Height
________________________________
Skin
________________________________
Eyes
________________________________
Nose
________________________________
Hair
________________________________
Face
________________________________
Characteristics
________________________________
Jawaban:
Name
Hendi
Age
about 17 years old
Height
tall
Skin
dark
Eyes
big
Nose
pointed
Hair
dark and straight
Face
oval
Characteristics
handsome, energetic, smart, friendly
B.

Complete the text based on what you have heard.

Let me introduce you my friend who sits next to me. Her name is Ita. She is beautiful. What
I like from her is that she has long (1) black hair and thick (2) eyebrows. Although her nose is
(3) hooked, it is small and looks (4) proportional with her face. She is not so tall, about (5) 1.50
meters tall. She is also a (6) nice friend to talk with. Thats why, I like (7) to talk with her very
much. We often (8) discuss our school problems together. Sometimes we also (9) study together
at her house. I am (10) happy to have her as a friend.
91
C.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the complete text in Task B?
______
______
______
______
______
Ita is the speakers friend.

Ita has thin eyebrows.
Ita has a pointed and small nose.
Her height is 1.50 meters.
The speaker likes to discuss her school problems with Ita.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F (She has thick eyebrows.)
3. F (She has a hooked and small nose.)
4. T
5. T
Variasi:
Complete the following statements based on the text you have heard.
Hello, my name is Zakia Arsita. My friend tells me that I am beautiful with my oval face.
I live at Jalan Merdeka Raya number 34 Medan. I was born on March 23, 1995. I like my hair
very much. It is long straight black hair. I usually wash it three times a week. Well, my eyes
are small. It makes me look calm, said my friend. I also have a pointed nose.
You know what! My favorite person is Michael Schumacher. He was a Formula One
racer. I admire him very much and always like to watch his races on TV. I have learned from
him that I should never easily give up. How about you?
1. The text describes ________.
2. The speaker has a/an ________ face.
3. The speaker lives at ________.
4. The speaker is ________ years old now.
5. The speaker likes her ________ very much.
6. The speaker hair is ________.
7. The speaker washes her hair ________.
8. The speaker has ________ eyes and a ________ nose.
9. The speaker idol is ________.
10. The speaker has learned from her idol that ________.
Jawaban:
1. the speaker herself named Zakia Arsita
2. oval
3. Jalan Merdeka Raya number 34 Medan
4. nearly fifteen
5. hair
6. long, straight and black
7. three times a week
8. small; pointed
9. Michael Schumacher
10. she should never easily give up
92
UNIT 2 Descriptives
A.
Look at the pictures and read the data.

Describe the people based on the data.
You may add other information you know about the people.
Picture source: August 27, 2009

<http://www.rujakmanis.com---Aduh Kasian
Lagi Pusing Ya__ Choky Sitohang.jpg>
Name
:
Nickname
:
Place and Date of Birth
:
Occupation
:
First Career
:
Presenter of TV Programs :
Physical Appearance
Dreams
Choky Sitohang
Choky
Bandung, July 10, 1982
Sports and Music Presenter
News reader in a private company in 2002
Happy Song (Indosiar 2009)
Take Me Out (Indosiar 2009)

: Oval face, short hair, pointed nose
: To have a management office in entertainment.
To have a broadcasting school.
Sources: August 27, 2009 <http://indonesiafirst.com/2009/06/choky-sitohang/>

September 29, 2009 <http://vibizlife.com/
success_details.php?pg=achievements&id=3967&sub=success&awal=60&page=7>
Picture source: September 29, 2009

<http://www.chelseaolivia.alixwijaya.com>
93
Name
:
Place and Date of Birth :
Parents
:
Occupation
:
Hobby
:
Favorite Food
:
Favorite Drink
:
Physical Appearance :
Chelsea Olivia Wijaya

Jakarta, July 29, 1992
Jacob Wijaya and Yuliana Agustine
An actress
Sleeping, listening to music, shopping
Fried chicken, roasted gurami
Sekoteng
Oval face, pointed nose, long black hair
Source: August 27, 2009 <http://indonesiafirst.com/2009/03/chelsea-olivia-wijaya/>
Contoh jawaban:
1.
This young man is Choky Sitohang. You can call him Choky. He was born in Bandung,
27 years ago, precisely on July 10, 1982. He is quite handsome, with an oval face, short hair
and a pointed nose. He works as a presenter. Now, he becomes the presenter of Happy Song
and Take Me Out. Both are broadcast by Indosiar. You know, he works hard every day. He
wants to have a management office in entertainment and a broadcasting school. He thinks that
he can be successful because of Gods blessing, besides trying to have integrity and be
humble.
2.
Let me tell you about Chelsea Olivia Wijaya. You must be familiar with her name, right?
Chelsea, was born in Jakarta, July 29, 1992. It means she is seventeen years old now. Her
parents are Jacob Wijaya and Yuliana Agustine. She is well-known as a young talented
actress. Talking about her interest, she likes sleeping, listening to music and shopping. Her
favorite foods are fried chicken and roasted gurami, while her favorite drink is sekoteng.
I think, as an actress, Chelsea has many activities to do, like starring in films and
advertisements. However, she can manage her time well.
Variasi:
Describe the person based on the following data.
Birth Name
:
Famous Name :
Date of Birth :
Place of Birth :
Parents
:
Siblings
:
Genre(s)
Occupation(s) :
Instrument(s) :
Website
Avril Ramona Lavigne

Avril Lavigne
September 27, 1984
Belleville, Ontario, Canada
Judy and John Lavigne
An elder brother (Matthew) and a younger
sister (Michelle)
Modern rock, pop punk, pop rock, power
pop, teen pop, alternative rock
Singer, songwriter, actress, model
Vocals, electric guitar, acoustic guitar,
piano, drums
www.avrillavigne.com
Picture source:
<http://www_celebritycd_com.tif>
Source: September 22, 2008 <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Avril_Lavigne>
Contoh jawaban:
Do you know Avril Lavigne? Im sure, some of you do. She is a famous singer from
Canada. Now, Ill tell you about her.
94
UNIT 2 Descriptives
Avril Ramona Lavigne is better known by the name of Avril Lavigne. She was born in
Belleville, Ontario, Canada on September 27, 1984. She is the second daughter of Judy and
John Lavigne. She has an elder brother named Matthew and a younger sister named Michelle.
Avril Lavigne is not only a singer but also a songwriter, an actress and a model. In music,
Avril Lavigne plays many music genres, such as modern rock, pop punk, pop rock, power pop,
teen pop and alternative rock. Besides singing, she is also skillful in playing some instruments
such as electric guitar, acoustic guitar, piano and drums.
Like other stars, Avril Lavigne has a website. So, if you want to get further information
about her, you can visit www.avrillavigne.com.
B.
Find out one of your relatives or neighbors jobs.

Tell your friends about what he/she does in his/her job.
Contoh jawaban:
Mrs. Haryono, my next-door neighbor, is a grocer. She sells many things in her shop, like
household items, food and other things. I think her shop is a complete one in my neighborhood.
Besides, the things sold have quite reasonable prices and the service is quite satisfying.
To help her run the shop, she employs two assistants. There are many buyers shopping there,
especially on the weekend or at the beginning of a month. The shop opens at 9 a.m. and closes at
8 p.m. As a matter of fact, I am happy because there is Mrs. Haryonos shop near my house.
So, everytime I need something, I can directly go there and get what I need. I like shopping in
the shop.
A.
Read the text.

Mr. Kartolo is very happy. The rainy season of this year makes the farm beautiful. It is a planting
time! Rice fields become fresh and green during this season, and by the end of this season
Mr. Kartolo is ready to harvest his crops.
Mr. Kartolo ploughs the land at the beginning of the rainy season. He usually works early and
finishes at noon. Milking the cows, feeding the livestock and cleaning the barns are among
Mr. Kartolos duties before breakfast. He does most of the hard outdoor work himself.
Questions:
1. What does Mr. Kartolo do?
Jawaban: He is a farmer.
2. Why is Mr. Kartolo happy?
Jawaban: Because the rainy season of the year makes the farm beautiful and it is the
planting time.
3. How do the rice fields look like during the season?
Jawaban: They become fresh and green.
4. What does Mr. Kartolo do at the beginning of the rainy season?
Jawaban: He ploughs the land.
5. What does Mr. Kartolo usually do before having breakfast?
Jawaban: He milks the cow, feeds the livestock and cleans the barns.
95
Variasi:
Complete the following text with the words from the box.
a.
e.
i.
loud
the morning
walks
b.
f.
j.
exercise
fast
chat
c.
g.
enjoys
stadium
d.
h.
joggers
healthy
Mr. X, the Jogger

There is a man who always jogs in the (1) ________. I usually call him Mr. X.
He is the oldest man on the stadium track. However, he is also the most energetic-looking
man there. I meet him whenever I jog at the stadium in (2) ________. This man; however,
would be finishing the last bit of his (3) ________. He is always there earlier than I.
The man looks like in his sixties. He is lean and tall. He does not jog but (4) ________.
However, he walks at such a (5) ________ speed that I cannot catch up with him; even though,
I jog. Many younger (6) ________ would look at him in admiration. Some younger men even
ask him to show them how he does it.
The man has a (7) ________ voice. After his exercise, he usually sits at the spectator
stand to (8) ________ with some of his friends for a while before making his way home. I could
hear his voice as I jog past the spectator stand. I think his lungs are really (9) ________!
Maybe this man really knows that it is important to exercise. Or maybe he just
(10) ________ exercising. Whatever it is, I must say that he is somebody the joggers at the
stadium notice and even look up to.
Adapted from: Primary English Cloze Passages 4
Jawaban:
1. g
2. e
B.
3. b
4. i
5. f
6. d
7. a
8. j
9. h
10. c
Change the words in brackets into their correct forms.

My Geography Teacher
I [1. have] ________ a new geography teacher. Her name is Miss Andita. She is pretty with
her short black hair. She [2. be] ________ still young, about 27 years old. She usually [3. walk]
to school because her boarding house is quite near from school. Sometimes I [4. meet] ________
her on the way to school. When she [5. pass] ________ me in the street, she always [6. greet]
________ me.
Miss Andita is a patient teacher. She seldom [7. get] ________ angry; although, my
classmates and I are naughty. Sometimes I [8. find] ________ that she is nervous. But its O.K.,
for she is still new. Above all, she is clever and understandable. Thats why, we often [9. visit]
________ her to ask about something we [10. not know] ________.
Jawaban:
1. have
2. is
3. walks
4. meet
5. passes
6. greets
7. gets
8. find
9. visit
10. do not know
96
UNIT 2 Descriptives
C.
Look at the picture and read the text.

Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the text?
Look at the man. He is Mr. Katsuo Imakyure, a Japanese man.

Like a typical Japanese, he has slanted eyes. However, he has thick
eyebrows. He is tall and thin.
Mr. Katsuo works as a waitperson at Terrace Garden Restaurant at
the Sulgrave Hotel, Park Avenue, New York. He waits on customers in
the restaurant. Although he just gets low wages, he is always happy. He
always serves his customers well. Thats why, he often gets tips from his
customers for his good service. He always wears a white coat, grey vest
and long black trousers while serving his customers. He doesnt forget
to wear his bowtie when working.
Adapted from: September 17, 2009 <http://www.content.cdlib.org/ark:/13030/
ft0h4n99h3&brand=oac/>
Statements:
1. ______
2. ______
3. ______
4. ______
5. ______
Picture source:
<http://www.esl.about.com--katzuo>
Mr. Katsuo works in a Japanese restaurant.

He is tall and has slanted eyes and thick eyebrows.
He gets a high salary for his job.
He can make money from tips.
He always wears different types of clothes while serving his customers.
Jawaban:
1. F (Mr. Katsuo works in a New York restaurant.)
2. T
3. F (He gets a low salary for his job.)
4. T
5. F (He always wears a white coat, gery vest and long trousers while serving his customers.)
Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan soal berikut di kelas lain.
1. ______ Mr. Katsuo serves his customers well.
2. ______ His customers are satisfied with his service.
3. ______ He always wears a bowtie while working.
4. ______ He seldom gets tips from his customers.
5. ______ He always wears a white T-shirt while working.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. T
3. T
4. F (He often gets tips from them.)
5. F (He always wears a white coat while working.)
97
A.

Answer the following questions based on the picture.
Picture source: September 17, 2009 <htttp://

www.momtahan.com---Photo_MM_3.jpg>
Questions:
1. Is the woman old or young?
Jawaban: She is old.
2. In your opinion, how old is she?
Contoh jawaban: Around 50 years old.
3. What does she look like?
Jawaban: She has an oval face, a pointed nose, blond short hair.
4. In your opinion, what are her characteristics?
Contoh jawaban: She is patient and careful.
5. What is her job?
Jawaban: She is a pediatrician.
6. What does she do in her job?
Jawaban: She examines and treats children who are sick.
7. What does she wear every time she works?
Jawaban: She wears a white uniform.
8. Do you think she has an assistant when she works?
Jawaban: Yes, she does.
B.
Write the description of the person in Task A based on your answers.

You may add additional information you like.
Contoh jawaban:
This is Ms. Manuela Martinez. She is a pediatrician. She examines and treats sick children.
She likes her job because she loves children. I think she is in her fiftieth now. She looks patient and
careful while examining the children. I think she is a beautiful woman. She has blond short hair and
a pointed nose. She usually wears white uniform while working. And there is
an assistant who helps her do the job.
Adapted from: September 17, 2009 <http://www.momtahan.com/mmartinez>
98
UNIT 2 Descriptives
Variasi:
Develop the following paragraph into a good descriptive.
You may use the following information.
Garage
People have their cars serviced.
Make sure the engine is running smoothly.
Change the oil and other lubricants.
Check filter and spark plugs.

Last holiday, I went to visit my uncle who lives in a neighboring town. My uncle is a mechanic.
His job is to repair cars and other vehicles. ___________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Contoh jawaban:
Last holiday, I went to visit my uncle who lives in a neighboring town. My uncle is
a mechanic. His job is to repair cars and other vehicles.
My uncle is a busy person I think. Every day, many people come to his garage to
have their cars serviced. He works on the engine to make sure it is running smoothly.
He also changes the oil and other lubricants, checks filters and spark plugs to see that
they are working properly. Usually, he works from 8 a.m to 4 p.m. Because he has many
customers, he has two assistants to help him. My aunt helps him in preparing the things
they need.
Adapted from: September 18, 2009 <http://esl.about.com/od/engilshvocabulary/ig/Visual-Dictionary
Work/Mechanic.htm>
C.
Write a descriptive about one of the school staff members.
Dont forget to mention:
what he/she does,
what he/she looks like,
what he/she does in his/her job.

Contoh jawaban:
Mr. Harsono is my school librarian. He is a friendly person. Almost all students and teachers
like him. I always talk a lot with him everytime I go to the library. He often asks about my family,
my daily activities, etc. He is also a strict person. When students study in the library and get noisy,
he always shouts, Please keep silent, wont you? You will disturb others! Because of this attitude,
some naughty students often laugh at him. But some others respect him. He is also a tidy person.
I often see him tidy the books, especially after the students have read them.
99
2.3 Short Functional Texts: Announcements and Notices
Spoken Text
Attention for all zoo visitors,
Thank you for visiting the zoo. After you buy the tickets, please enter the zoo through the west
gate because the usual gate is under construction. Thank you.
The text above is an announcement. An announcement is a spoken or written statement
that informs people about something.
Written Text
Read the following texts.
NO LATE COMERS
DONT LEAVE THE DOOR OPEN
The texts above are called notices. A notice is a board or a sign displaying information or
a warning.

1.
2.
3.
4.
100
What announcement do you often hear at school?

Contoh jawaban: An announcement that there will be a flag ceremony every Monday or on
special days.
Who announced it?
Contoh jawaban: My school teacher.
Have you ever seen a notice?
What did it say?
Jawaban: No littering.
UNIT 2 Descriptives
A.

Answer the questions below.
Pengumuman yang dibacakan guru:

Ladies and gentlemen,
To celebrate the Valentine Day, Shinning Department Store offers you chocolate with special
prices. And if you buy items more than 50,000 Rupiah in total, you can exchange the receipt
with a flower gift in the information desk. Thank you.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Whom is the announcement for?

Jawaban: The department stores visitors.
What is the name of the department store?
Jawaban: Shinning Department Store.
What does the store offer?
Jawaban: Chocolate with special prices.
What can we get if we buy items more than Rp50,000 in total?
Jawaban: A flower gift.
Where can we exchange our receipt with the gift?
Jawaban: In the information desk.
Variasi:
Guru dapat memberikan pertanyaan-pertanyaan berikut di kelas lain.
1. During what occassion can we hear the announcement?
Jawaban: On the Valentine Day.
2. What does the store offer with special prices?
Jawaban: Chocolate.
3. How can we get a gift?
Jawaban: If we buy items more than Rp50,000 in total.
4. What gift will we get?
Jawaban: A flower.
5 . What should we do to claim the gift?
Jawaban: By exchanging the receipt in the information desk.
B.

Complete the following announcement based on what you have heard.
Pengumuman yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:

To celebrate (1) the thirty seventh anniversary of this town, there will be a (2) bicycle riding
next Sunday. By just paying Rp30,000, you will get a T-shirt, (3) snacks and soft drink. There are
also many (4) door prizes waiting. So, dont (5) miss this event.
101
C.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the announcement
in Task B?
______
______
______
______
______
The event is held to celebrate the 13th anniversary of the town.

The event will be conducted on Sunday.
Each participant should pay Rp13,000.
Each participant should buy a T-shirt.
There will be door prizes available in the event.
Jawaban:
1. F (It is to celebrate the 37th anniversary.)
2. T
3. F (Each participant should pay Rp30,000.)
4. F (The participant will get it free of charge.)
5. T
A.
Complete the following announcement with the suitable words or phrases from the
box.
a.
c.
e.
fashion show competition

celebrate
students
b.
d.
announcement board
school
Attention, please. To (1) ________ the Kartini Day, there will be a (2) ________ for
(3) ________ of our (4) ________. The competition will be held next Monday. Please see the
details on the (5) ________ near the teachers office. Thank you.
Jawaban:
1. c
2.
B.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
102
3.
4.
5.
Answer the following questions based on the announcement in Task A.

Where can you hear the announcement?
Jawaban: At school.
What event will be held?
Jawaban: A fashion show competition.
Who can join the competition?
Jawaban: The students of the school.
When will the event be held?
Jawaban: Next Monday.
Where can we see the announcement in detail?
Jawaban: On the announcement board near the teachers office.
UNIT 2 Descriptives
C.
Suppose you were in charge of a book fair.

Make an announcement that there would be a talk show in the fair.
Contoh jawaban:
Attention for all book fair visitors. Today, at 11 a.m, there will be a talk show with Mr. Danu
Haryonegoro, the writer of How to Write Effectively which has become a best-seller. The topic of
the talk show is What is a good novel? It is free of charge. Please join us at the hall. See you
there.
A.
Look at the following notices.

Complete them with the correct words from the box.
a.
d.
limit
ladies
b.
e.
clean
door
c.
f.
go ahead
littering
1.
2.
For ________ only.
3.
Speed ________ 60 km/h.

4.
No ________.
5.
Turn left, ________.
Keep the room ________.
Jawaban:
1. d
2.
3.
4.
5.
Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberi bentuk latihan berikut di kelas lain.
a.
d.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
swimming
smoking
b.
e.
in progress
Park
c.
pedestrian
________ your bike here.

No ________ in the lavatory.
No ________ here. Dangerous!
For ________ only.
Be quiet. The exam is ________.
Jawaban:
1. e
2.
3.
4.
5.
103
B.
What should/should not we do according to each notice in Task A?
Jawaban:
1. We should not enter the place if we are men.
2. We should drive our vehicles not more than 60 km/hour.
3. We should not throw garbage in the place.
4. We should drive a car or ride a motorcycle ahead if we want to turn left.
5. We should keep the room clean.
Variasi:
Find the meanings of the notices in Task A.
1. Hanya untuk wanita.
2. Batas kecepatan 60 km.
3. Jangan membuang sampah sembarangan.
4. Belok kiri, jalan terus.
5. Jagalah kebersihan ruangan ini.
C.
Jawaban: C
Notice Turn left, go ahead. artinya Belok
kiri, jalan terus.. Notice ini biasa kita temui
di jalan raya, di dekat belokan. Pilihan
jawaban yang lain salah karena biasa kita
temukan di toko. Pilihan jawaban (A)
artinya maksimum (mencoba) dua potong
dan (B) yang artinya dilarang mencoba
biasa ditemukan di bagian pakaian. Pilihan
jawaban (D) artinya mengutil adalah suatu
kejahatan.

answer.
1.
Keep the door closed

What does the notice mean?
A. We should keep the door carefully.
B. We should always shut the door.
C. We should not close the door.
D. We should not leave the door closed.
Jawaban: B
Notice tersebut artinya Jagalah pintu
selalu tertutup. Kalimat tersebut memiliki
arti yang sama dengan kita harus selalu
menutup pintu (we should always shut
the door).
Keep off the grass

3.
The notice means that ________ the grass.

A. we are allowed to cut
B. we are allowed to pick up
C. we must not walk on
D. we must not clean
Jawaban: C
Kalimat soal Keep off the grass artinya
Dilarang menginjak rumput. Hal itu berarti
kita tidak boleh menginjak rumput (we
must not walk on the grass). Jadi, pilihan
jawaban yang benar adalah (C).
4.
Where do you usually find the sign

above?
A. In the classroom. B. On the bus.
C. In the garden.
D. On the train.
2. Which of the following notices we may

NOT find in a shop?
A.
Maximum two pieces
B.
C.
D.
Do not try the item on

Turn left, go ahead
Shoplifting is a crime
104
UNIT 2 Descriptives
Jawaban: C
Kalimat soal Keep off the grass artinya
Dilarang menginjak rumput. Dari kata
kunci rumput kita dapat menyimpulkan
bahwa peringatan itu dapat kita temukan
di kebun (in the garden). Jadi, pilihan
jawaban yang benar adalah (C).
5.
What is the purpose of the notice?

A. To warn people about something.
B. To clarify about something.
C. To show something.
D. To describe something.
A.
1.
2.
Jawaban: A
Pesan singkat tersebut adalah tentang
peringatan untuk tidak menginjak rumput.
Jadi, tujuan notice tersebut adalah untuk
memperingatkan orang tentang sesuatu
(to warn people about something), yaitu
untuk tidak menginjak rumput.
Write notices based on the following situations.

Suppose you are a teacher. You want your students to be quiet while doing their tasks. What
should you write?
Suppose you are a librarian. You want the library to be tidy. You want the students to always
return the books on the shelves after they are reading them. What should you write?
Contoh jawaban:
1.
Keep silent!
2.
Return the books back on the shelves
B.
1.
2.
Write down notices you can find in the following places.

At school.
In a department store.
Contoh jawaban:
1.
Be quiet! The examination is in progress
No cheating!
2.
Be careful! Breaking the items means buying them
Staff only!
105
Write a descriptive about your father/mother.

Mention what he/she does, and what he/she looks like.

Use the words whenever you speak English.
to accompany
amateur
anniversary
boarding house
to broadcast
current
destination
duty
to examine
fishmonger
in charge
to keep
106
UNIT 2 Descriptives
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
menemani
amatir
peringatan, hari jadi
rumah kos
menyiarkan
sekarang, mutakhir
tujuan
tugas
memeriksa
penjual ikan
yang bertugas
menjaga, memelihara,
menyimpan
to look after
musician
optician
outdoor
pediatrician
to plant
to proclaim
proportional
to switch off
to switch on
to treat
typical
understandable
vehicle
violinist
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
merawat
pemain musik
ahli kacamata
di luar rumah
dokter anak
menanam
menyatakan
sebanding, seimbang
mematikan
menyalakan
mengobati, merawat
khas
dapat dimengerti
kendaraan
pemain biola
A.

answer.
Read the dialog and answer questions

1 and 2.
Lukis mother is cooking for the dinner now.
Mrs. Anwar : Luki, come here, please.
Luki
: Yes, Mom. Whats the matter?
Mrs. Anwar : Can you get me some chilies
from the refrigerator, please?
Luki
: Sure, Mom. What are you
making anyway, Mom?
Mrs. Anwar : I am making rendang, dear. Your
father likes it very much.
Luki
: Um . . . it sounds delicious.
Source: English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School
(SMP/MTs)
1. Mrs. Anwar says, Can you get me some

chilies from the refrigerator, please?
What does it mean?
A. She wants to give things.
B. She wants to ask for things.
C. She wants to ask for facts.
D. She wants to ask about Lukis
competence.
Jawaban: B
Arti kalimat yang dikatakan Bu Anwar
adalah Dapatkah kamu mengambilkan
beberapa cabai dari lemari es?.
Pertanyaan ini digunakan untuk meminta
sesuatu (ask for things).
2. Which statement is NOT TRUE about
Mrs. Anwar?
A. She is cooking dinner.
B. She is cooking rendang.
C. She likes rendang very much.
D. She asks Luki to get her some chilies.
Jawaban: C
Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena tidak
sesuai dengan kalimat yang dikatakannya,
yaitu I am making rendang, dear. Your
father likes it very much. yang artinya Ibu
sedang membuat rendang, sayang.
Ayahmu sangat menyukainya.. Jadi, yang
sangat menyukai rendang bukanlah Bu
Anwar, tetapi Pak Anwar.
Read the dialog and answer questions 3 to 5.

Lisa
: Do you have some books on
descriptive?
Mr. Iwan : Yes, we do. What descriptive books
do you need? About people,
animals or plants?
Lisa
: About people, please. Peoples
jobs.
Mr. Iwan : Here you are.
Lisa
: It looks good. How much is it?
Mr. Iwan : Twenty-five thousand Rupiah.
Lisa
: O.K. Here is the money.
Mr. Iwan : Thank you. And here is your
change, fifteen thousand Rupiah.
Lisa
: Thank you.
3. In your opinion, who are talking in the
dialog?
A. A daughter and her father.
B. A girl and a shop assistant.
C. A student and her teacher.
D. A secretary and her boss.
Jawaban: B
Dalam percakapan tersebut terlihat
adanya transaksi jual beli antara Lisa dan
Pak Anwar, yang diketahui dari kalimat
Lisa,How much it is? dan O.K. Here is
the money.. Jadi, percakapan tersebut
terjadi antara seorang gadis (Lisa) dan
seorang penjaga toko.
4. What book does Lisa need?
A. A book about peoples jobs.
B. A book about peoples hobbies.
C. A book about peoples daily activities.
D. A book about peoples physical
appearance.
Jawaban: A
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat About
people, please. Peoples jobs.. Jadi, buku
yang Lisa perlukan adalah buku tentang
deskripsi pekerjaan.
5. How much money does Lisa give to the
shop assistant?
A. Fifteen thousand Rupiah.
B. Twenty-five thousand Rupiah.
C. Thirty-five thousand Rupiah.
D. Forty thousand Rupiah.
107
Jawaban: D
Dalam percakapan tersebut penjual
mengatakan harga buku itu,Twenty-five
thousand Rupiah. yang artinya Dua puluh
lima ribu Rupiah.. Ketika Lisa memberikan
uangnya, penjual tersebut mengatakan,
And here is the change, fifteen thousand
rupiah. yang artinya Dan ini
kembaliannya, lima belas ribu Rupiah..
Jadi, uang yang Lisa berikan adalah
Rp25.000,00 + Rp15.000,00 =
Rp40.000,00 (forty thousand Rupiah).
For all villagers, there will be a cooking
demo in Mrs. Yanuars house at two oclock this
afternoon. The demo is from the university
students who do the KKN program in this
village. So, for all women and girls, please
come and see the demo. Thank you.
to the announcement?
A. The demo is held in the speakers
village.
B. The demo will be done at three oclock.
C. Some university students will do the
demo.
D. The demo will be done in Mrs. Yanuars
house.
Jawaban: B
sesuai dengan kalimat . . . there will be
a cooking demo in Mrs. Yanuars house at
two this afternoon. yang artinya . . . akan
ada demo memasak di rumah Bu Yanuar
pukul dua sore..
7. The following people may come to the
demo, except ________.
A. women
B. girls
C. university students
D. the head of the village
Jawaban: D
Dalam teks tersebut dikatakan,The demo
is from the university students who do the
KKN program in this village. So, for all
women and girls, please come and see the
demo. yang artinya Demo ini diadakan
oleh mahasiswa-mahasiswa yang
melakukan program KKN di desa ini. Jadi,
108
UNIT 2 Descriptives
semua wanita dan anak gadis, silakan

datang dan saksikan demo itu.
Dari sini, disimpulkan bahwa orang-orang
yang datang adalah mahasiswa KKN,
wanita, dan remaja putri. Jadi, yang
mungkin tidak datang adalah kepala desa,
sesuai pilihan jawaban (D). Pilihan
merupakan orang-orang yang mungkin
datang.
Switch off all the electronic appliances
when you dont need them.
8. We will find such kind of instruction in
the following places, except ________.
A. at home
B. at school
C. in the office
D. along the street
Jawaban: D
Arti notice itu adalah Matikan semua alat
elektronik ketika kamu tidak menggunakannya.. Kita dapat menemukan
notice tersebut (A) di rumah, (B) di
sekolah, (C) di kantor. Jadi, tempat yang
kita tidak dapat menemukan notice itu
adalah (D) yang artinya di sepanjang jalan.
9. What does the notice mean?
A. We should switch off the electronic
appliances when using the room.
B. We should switch off the electronic
appliances when we finish using
them.
C. We should switch on the electronic
appliances when we start using them.
D. We should switch on the electronic
appliances when we finish using
them.
Jawaban: B
Arti notice itu adalah Matikan semua alat
elektronik ketika kamu tidak menggunakannya.. Dari sini disimpulkan bahwa
kita sebaiknya mematikan (switch off)
semua alat elektronik ketika kita selesai
menggunakan alat-alat tersebut.

Mr. Danu is my uncle. He lives in a country
and is a farmer. He is 50 years old. He is tall
and well-built. He has round eyes, a pointed
nose and thick lips. He has straight hair. He is
very strong. His arms and legs are strong. His
skin is brown. He is very diligent. He is also
smart and honest. He is a good person, and we
love him very much.
Students Grade VII
10. Which of the following statements is TRUE

about the description of Mr. Danu?
A. He has a hooked nose.
B. He has thick lips.
C. He has wavy hair.
D. His skin is fair.
Jawaban: B
Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat
He has . . . thick lips. yang artinya Ia
mempunyai . . . bibir tebal.. Pilihan
sesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban (A)
salah karena ia memiliki hidung mancung
(a pointed nose), (C) salah karena ia
memiliki rambut lurus (straight hair), dan
(D) salah karena kulitnya berwarna coklat
(brown skin).
11. What does Mr. Danu do?
A. He is a farmer.
B. He works hard.
C. He is a good person.
D. He is diligent.
Jawaban: A
Pertanyaan What does Mr. Danu do?
artinya Apa pekerjaan Pak Danu?. Jadi,
pilihan jawaban yang tepat adalah jenis
pekerjaan, yaitu petani.
12. Mr. Danu has straight hair. It means that
his hair is not ________.
A. short
B. long
C. blond
D. curly
Jawaban: D
Kata straight artinya lurus. Kata ini
berlawanan artinya dengan kata curly
yang artinya keriting. Pilihan jawaban yang
lain salah karena seorang yang berambut
lurus rambutnya juga dapat (A) pendek,
(B) panjang, atau (C) pirang.
13. When was Mr. Danu born?

A. In 1950.
B. In 1960.
C. In 1970.
D. In 1980.
Jawaban: B
Dalam teks tersebut disebutkan bahwa
Pak Danu berusia 50 tahun. Jadi, ia lahir
pada tahun 1960 (2010 50 = 1960).
For questions 14 and 15, choose the correct
words to complete the paragraph.
Look at the woman on
the right. What does
she do? She is
an (14) ________. She
(15) ________ peoples
eyes.
14. A. optician
B. magician
C. technician
Picture source: August 26,
2009 <http://www.
D. pediatrician
sciencemuseum.org.uk--Jawaban: A
OPTICIAN.jpg>
Dalam gambar
terlihat wanita yang sebelah kanan sedang
memeriksa mata wanita tua dalam gambar.
Jadi, ia adalah seorang optician (ahli
kacamata). Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya tukang
sulap, (C) artinya teknisi, dan (D) artinya
dokter anak.
15. A. examine
B. examines
C. is examining
D. examination.
Jawaban: B
Kalimat tersebut menunjukkan kebiasaan,
dengan pola kalimat the simple present
tense, dengan subjek orang ketiga tunggal
(she). Jadi, kata kerja yang tepat
digunakan berbentuk V + -s/-es, yaitu
(B) examines.
Vanessa Mae Vanakorn Nicholson is
a musician. She is only nineteen years old,
but she is a world-famous violinist. When
she plays classical violin concertos on her
electric violin, the world listens.
109
Vanessa Mae is Thai-Chinese. Her

mother is Chinese and her father is Thai.
She is from Singapore, but she now lives
in London with her mother and her English
stepfather. Shes got cousins, aunts, uncles
and grandparents in Thailand, Singapore,
China and England.
Adapted from: Snapshot, Starter page

A. A violinist.
B. A musician.
C. A pianist.
D. An artist.
Jawaban: A
Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat
pertama paragraf dua, She is only nineteen years old, but she is a world-famous
violinist. yang artinya Ia baru berusia
sembilan belas tahun, tetapi ia adalah
seorang pemain biola terkenal.. Pilihan
(B) artinya seorang pemusik (terlalu
umum), (C) artinya orang yang ahli
bermain piano, dan (D) artinya pekerja
seni.
17. Vanessa plays violin ________.
A. badly
B. carefully
C. classically
D. wonderfully
Jawaban: D
Dalam paragraf dua terdapat kalimat
When she plays classical violin concertos
on her electric violin, the world listens.
yang artinya Ketika ia memainkan biola
listriknya di konser-konser biola klasik,
dunia mendengarkan.. Klausa the world
listens menunjukkan bahwa Vanessa
bermain dengan sangat menakjubkan
(wonderfully).
18. From the text we know that people
________.
A. in the world are interested in all
violinists
B. like to listen to Vanessas playing
violin
C. are eager to play violin with
Vanessa
D. play the violin very well in a concert
110
UNIT 2 Descriptives
Jawaban: B
dengan kalimat kedua paragraf dua,
When she plays classical violin concertos
on her electric violin, the world listens.
Yang berarti semua orang suka
mendengarkan permainan biola Vanessa.
Pilihan jawaban (A) dan (C) salah karena
tidak sesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban
(D) salah karena yang bermain biola
dengan bagus dalam suatu konser yang
dimaksud dalam teks ini adalah Vanessa,
bukan people (orang-orang).
19. . . ., but she now lives in London with
her mother and her English stepfather.
(Paragraph 3)
The word stepfather means a male
whos married to ________.
A. ones aunt
B. ones sister
C. ones mother
D. ones daughter
Jawaban: C
Kata stepfather artinya ayah tiri. Itu
berarti seorang laki-laki yang menikah
dengan ibu seseorang (ones mother).
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena
tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
20. Where is Vanessa Mae from?
A. China.
B. London.
C. Thailand.
D. Singapore.
Jawaban: D
She is from Singapore. yang artinya Ia
berasal dari Singapura.. Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah karena merupakan tempat
tinggal saudara-saudaranya, seperti
tertulis pada akhir paragraf dua.
II.
Write a descriptive of the person in

the picture based on the following
data.
Picture source:
October 2, 2009 <http://
www.pangeran229.files.
wordpress.com--SHIREEN1.jpg>
Name
Parents
: Shireen Sungkar
: Mark Sungkar and
Fanny Bauty
Siblings
: Zaskia (elder sister),
Yusuf (younger
brother)
Date of Birth
: January 28, 1992
Place of Birth
: Jakarta, Indonesia
Physical Appearance : Oval face, long and
black hair, thick
eyebrows
Job
: Actress, singer
Active from
: 2006present
Famous for her film : Cinta Fitri
Contoh jawaban:
This person in the picture is Shireen
Sungkar. We can see her every day on
television. Shireen as shes usually called, is
the second child in her family. Her father is
Mark Sungkar and her mother is Fanny Bauty,
both are also artists.
Shireen has an elder sister, Zaskia, and
a younger brother, Yusuf. Shireen was born on
January 28, 2009 in Jakarta, Indonesia.
Talking about her physical appearance,
she has an oval face, long and black hair and
thick eyebrows. She has been active as an
actress since 2006. She also works as a singer.
Shireen becomes famous because of her film,
Cinta Fitri.
Source: October 2, 2009 <http://id.wikipedia.org/wiki/

Shireen_Sungkar>
Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi siswa setelah mempelajari Unit 2. Bagian ini
bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.
Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru.
Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru.
111
A.

answer.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 and 2.

Anna : What are you looking for, Anto?
Anto : My black-ink pen. I need it to write
a letter. Do you see it?
Anna : No, I dont. Well, why dont you just use
mine?
Anto : Id love to, if you dont mind.
Anna : Of course not. Here you are.
Anto : Thanks.
5. What is Irna and her classmates plan?

A. To give money to Ms. Sandy.
B. To buy a baby doll for Ms. Sandy.
C. To give something to Ms. Sandy.
D. To look for donations for Ms. Sandy.
6.
USE THE HAND DRYER
What does the notice above mean?
A. We dont have to dry our hands.
B. We cant use our hand to dry
something.
C. We should use the dryer to dry our
hands.
D. We should use our hand to dry
something.
1. What does Anna offer Anto?

A. To use Antos blue-ink pen.
B. To use Antos black-ink pen.
C. To use her blue-ink pen.
D. To use her black-ink pen.
2. Anna says, Here you are.
What does it mean?
A. She wants to give something.
B. She wants to ask for something.
C. She wants to ask for facts.
D. She wants to tell facts.
Irna
: Dad, may I ask for some money?
Mr. Haryanto : What for?
Irna
: Ms. Sandy, one of my teachers,
has just got a baby. Our class
plan to visit her and share money
to buy her baby something.
Mr. Haryanto : Thats good idea. How much?
Irna
: Rp20,000, Dad.
Mr. Haryanto : O.K. Here it is.
Irna
: Thanks, Dad.
Mr. Haryanto : Youre welcome.
3. Who is Ms. Sandy?
A. Irnas friend.
B.
C. Irnas mother. D.
Irnas teacher.
Irnas principal.
4. Irna says, Dad, may I ask for some money?

What does it mean?
A. She gives something.
B. She gives a fact.
C. She asks for something.
D. She asks for a fact.
112
UNIT 2 Descriptives
7.
NO SMOKING
We can find such a notice in the following
places, except ________.
A. in an office
B. in a gas station
C. along the street
D. in an air conditioned room
The youths in this neighborhood are
planning to collect money, clothes and food for
the earthquake victims in Padang. If you want
to donate, please contact Ms. Amara or Mr.
Iwan before the end of this month. Thank you
for your attention.
A. To announce something.
B. To advertise something.
C. To describe something.
D. To tell news about something.
to the text?
A. The youths in the neighborhood are
the planners of the donation.
B. The donation can be in the from of
clothes, money or food.
C.
D.
People should donate before the end

of the month.
The donation is for Ms. Amara and
Mr. Iwan.
For questions 10 to 12, choose the correct

words to complete the text.
I have a neighbor. His name is Reno. He is
a clown. He (10) ________ in a carnival. His
job is to (11) ________ people. He makes
people laugh. He (12) ________ a very colorful
costume. He also wears a colorful wig and he
paints his face. He is very funny and kind.
(SMP/MTs)
10. A.
C.
studies
goes
B.
D.
works
likes
11. A.
C.
take care of
entertain
B.
D.
laugh at
ridicule
12. A.
C.
designs
takes
B.
D.
uses
wears
Read the jumbled sentences and answer

questions 13 to 15.
(1) He then gives them a menu.
(2) Afterward he takes the food to the customers.
(3) He is a waiter.
(4) Ernesto takes the order and gives it to the
chef.
(5) Ernesto Pierce works in a restaurant.
(6) His job is to show people to their tables.
(7) Customers choose their food from the menu.
Sourc: Easy Does It
13. The correct order of the text is ________.

A. (5)(6)(1)(3)(4)(7)(2)
B. (5)(3)(6)(1)(7)(4)(2)
C. (5)(3)(7)(4)(6)(4)(2)
D. (5)(3)(6)(2)(1)(7)(4)
14. Which statement is TRUE according to the
text?
A. Ernesto works as a chef.
B. Ernesto chooses food for the
customers.
C. The chef receives the order from
Ernesto.
D. The customers take the food
themselves.
15. Ernesto takes the order . . . .

The antonym of the underlined word is
________.
A. sell
B. give
C. buy
D. receive
16. I ________ [have] a sister. Her name is
Arnita. She ________ [study] in the same
school as I do. We often [go] to school
together.
The correct words in brackets are
________.
A. have, study, go
B. has, studies, go
C. have, study, goes
D. have, studies, go
Yohannes Christian
John or Chris John was
born on September 14,
1979 in Banjarnegara,
Central Java, Indonesia.
He is the current WBA
featherweight boxing
super champion.
John started boxing
in his early childhood.
Picture source:
October 2, 2009
He was trained by his
<http://www.iwandahnial.
father Johan Tjahjadi,
files.wordpress.com--a former amateur boxer.
chris-john1.tif>
Now, his trainer is Craig
Christian, who has trained him since 2005.
John is the third Indonesian to win
a boxing world title, following Ellyas Pical and
Nico Thomas. Before he turned professional in
1997, John was an amateur boxer since 1995
when he was only 15 years old. People used to
know him as The Indonesian Thin Man.
In February 2006, he proclaimed his new nick
name The Dragon that he uses until today.
Sources: October 1, 2009
<http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chris_John_(boxer)>;
<http://www.chrisjohnboxing.com/biography.php>
17. When did John become a professional boxer?

A. In 1995.
B. In 1996.
C. In 1997.
D. In 1998.
113
18. How long has Craig Christian trained John?

A. For four years.
B. For five years.
C. For six years.
D. For seven years.
19. The following statements are TRUE about
Johan Cahyadi, except ________.
A. he is Chris Johns father
B. he is Chris Johns first trainer
C. he is a former amateur boxer
D. he is the winner of a boxing world title
20. In February 2006, he proclaimed his
new nickname The Dragon that . . . .
(Paragraph 3)
The underlined word can best replaced by
________.
A. replied
B. performed
C. declared
D. called
114
UNIT 2 Descriptives
II.

Describe the person in the picture.
Picture source:
October 2, 2009
<http://www.z.about.com--AlessandroMontinituna>
You may use the following words:
fishmonger
accompany my mother
loyal customer
fresh fish

A. Pilihan Ganda
1. D. Dalam percakapan tersebut Anto
mengatakan,My black-ink pen. yang
artinya Pulpen hitam saya., dan
Anna menanggapinya dengan
berkata, Well, why dont you just use
mine? yang artinya Mengapa kamu
tidak memakai kepunyaanku?.
Karena yang diperlukan Anto adalah
pulpen hitam, dapat disimpulkan
bahwa Anna menawarkan Anto untuk
menggunakan pulpen hitamnya.
2. A. Arti kalimat yang dikatakan Anna
adalah Ini dia. Pernyataan ini
digunakan untuk memberi sesuatu
(to give something).
3. B. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat
yang dikatakan Irna, yaitu Ms. Sandy,
one of my teachers . . . .. Jadi,
Ms. Sandy adalah salah seorang
guru Irna.
4. C. Kalimat yang dikatakan Irna itu artinya
Ayah, bolehkah saya minta uang?.
Kalimat ini digunakan untuk meminta
sesuatu (to ask for something).
5. C. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan
kalimat Our class plan . . . to buy her
baby something. yang artinya Kelas
kami merencanakan . . . membeli
sesuatu untuk bayinya.. Dengan kata
lain, mereka berencana untuk
memberi sesuatu kepada Ms. Sandi
atas kelahiran putranya.
6. C. Notice tersebut artinya Gunakan
pengering tangan.. Dengan kata lain,
kita sebaiknya menggunakan
pengering itu untuk mengeringkan
tangan kita. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah.
7. C. Arti kalimat itu adalah Dilarang
merokok.. Kita dapat menemui notice
tersebut (A) yang artinya di kantor,
(B) yang artinya di stasiun pengisian
bensin, dan (D) yang artinya di
ruangan ber-AC. Jadi, tempat kita
tidak dapat menemukan notice itu
adalah (C) di sepanjang jalan.
8. A.
9. D.
10. B.
11. C.
12. D.
13. B.
Teks tersebut berbentuk pengumuman,

sehingga tujuannya adalah untuk
mengumumkan sesuatu.
Pilihan jawaban ini salah karena tidak
sesuai dengan kalimat . . . to collect
money, clothes and food for the
earthquake victims in Padang. yang
artinya . . . untuk mengumpulkan
uang, pakaian dan makanan untuk
korban gempa di Padang., dan
kalimat If you want to donate, please
contact Ms. Amara or Mr. Iwan . . . .
yang artinya Jika Anda ingin
menyumbang, silakan hubungi Amara
atau Bapak Iwan.. Jadi, bantuan
tersebut untuk korban gempa,
sementara Amara dan Bapak Iwan
adalah orang-orang yang
mengumpulkan bantuan tersebut.
Kalimat sebelunya menjelaskan kalau
Reno adalah seorang badut (clown).
Berdasarkan konteks kalimat, kata
kerja yang tepat melengkapi soal
adalah works yang artinya bekerja.
Jadi, kalimat soal artinya Ia bekerja
di pasar malam.
Berdasarkan konteks kalimat, kata
kerja yang tepat melengkapi kalimat
soal adalah entertain (menghibur),
sehingga kalimat lengkapnya berarti
Pekerjaan seorang badut adalah
untuk menghibur (entertain) orang..
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;
(A) artinya merawat, sedangkan
(B) dan (D) artinya menertawakan.
Arti kalimat soal adalah Ia . . . kostum
warna-warni.. Kata yang sesuai untuk
costume (kostum yang dikenakan
saat bekerja) adalah wears
(mengenakan). Pilihan jawaban yang
lain salah; (A) artinya merancang,
(B) artinya menggunakan, dan
(C) artinya mengambil.
Teks diawali dengan kalimat
perkenalan mengenai Ernesto (5) dan
pekerjaannya sebagai pelayan rumah
makan (3), tugas yang dikerjakannya,
yaitu menunjukkan kepada pelanggan
meja mereka (6), memberikan mereka
115
14. C.
15. B.
16. D.
17. C.
116
daftar menu (1), dan pelanggan

memilih makanan yang akan mereka
pesan dari daftar menu tersebut (7).
Ernesto kemudian mengambil
pesanan tersebut dan memberikan
kepada koki (4), setelah itu, ia
menyajikan makanan yang dipesan itu
kepada pelanggan (2).
Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena
sesuai dengan kalimat Ernesto takes
the order and gives it to the chef.
yang artinya Ernesto mengambil
pesanan dan memberikannya kepada
koki.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) salah
karena ia adalah seorang waiter
(pelayan rumah makan), (B) salah
karena pelanggan memilih sendiri
makanan yang mereka pesan, dan
(D) salah karena Ernesto
mengambilkan makanan untuk
pelanggan.
Kata take artinya mengambil. Kata
ini berlawanan artinya dengan kata
give yang artinya memberi. Pilihan
jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya
menjual, (B) artinya membeli, dan
(D) artinya menerima.
Kata have tidak berubah karena
subjeknya orang pertama tunggal (I).
Kata study seharusnya studies
karena subjeknya orang ketiga
tunggal (she), dan kata go tetap
karena subjeknya adalah kata benda
jamak (we).
Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan
kalimat Before he turned professional
in 1997, . . . . yang artinya Sebelum
ia menjadi petinju profesional pada
tahun 1997, . . . .. Jadi, John menjadi
petinju profesional pada tahun 1997.
UNIT 2 Descriptives
18. B.
19. D.
20. C.
Dalam teks terdapat kalimat Now, his

trainer is Craig Christian, who has
trained him since 2005. yang artinya
Sekarang, pelatihya adalah Craig
Christian, yang telah melatihnya sejak
tahun 2005.. Jadi, Craig Christian
telah melatihnya selama lima tahun
(2010 2005 = 5).
sesuai dengan kalimat John is the
third Indonesian to win a boxing world
title, following Ellyas Pical and Nico
Thomas. yang artinya John adalah
orang Indonesia ketiga yang
memenangkan gelar tinju dunia,
mengikuti Ellyas Pical dan Nico
Thomas.. Jadi, yang memenangkan
gelar tinju dunia adalah Chris John,
Ellyas Pical, and Nico Thomas, bukan
Johan Cahyadi.
Kata proclaimed memiliki arti yang
sama dengan kata declared, yaitu
menyatakan. Pilihan jawaban yang
lain salah karena memiliki makna
yang berbeda. Pilihan jawaban
(A) artinya menjawab/membalas,
(B) artinya mementaskan, dan
(D) artinya memanggil.
B. Esai
Contoh jawaban:
Alessandro Montituna is a fishmonger.
He works hard every day from early in the
morning until afternoon. I dont know how he
gets the fish he sells, but all the fish are fresh.
They smell good. He sells many kinds of fish,
from the smallest one until the biggest one, just
like what he carries in the picture. I often
accompany my mother to buy fish there.
My mother is his loyal customer I think.
My mother likes to buy fish there because the
price is cheap, and Mr. Montituna is friendly to
his customers.
Petunjuk Umum:
Berikut ini disajikan beberapa bentuk descriptive yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan,
seperti kegiatan listening, reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled
exercises (menyusun kalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur
teks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks.
Text 1
My sister is a student of grade XI. She is tall enough for a girl, about 165 cm. She is also
pretty. She has large eyes and a prominent nose. People often say that she can be a model.
However, it seems that she is not interested in the profession.
Now she is quite busy, I think. Besides studying, she also browse the Internet every day. She
joins a social networking site called Facebook. She has got many friends by joining the cite. Almost
200 I think. She says that having many friends is an advantage. Now she teaches me how to
operate it. Thanks God I have got eight friends. Three of them are Rika herself, my father and my
mother. Both my father and mother are able to operate facebook because of her also. Oh,
I am proud of my sister.
Text 2
There is a new teacher in my school. His name is Peter. He is Dutch. He comes from
Amsterdam, Holland.
Peter is married and has two children. His wife, Jane, is an American. She is from Boston,
the United States of America. Her family is still in Boston, but she now works and lives with Peter in
Indonesia. They speak English, Dutch, German and Italian! Their children are pupils at a local
primary school. The children go to school with other children from all over the world. Flora, their
daughter, has friends from France, Switzerland, Austria and Sweden. Hans, their son, goes to
school with students from South Africa, Portugal, Spain and Canada. Of course, there are many
children from Italy. Imagine, French, Swiss, Austrian, Swedish, South African, American, Italian,
Spanish and Canadian children all learning together in Italy!
Adapted from: August 5, 2009 <http://esl.about.com/library/beginner/bl_beginner_read_pete.htm>
Text 3
I have a new classmate named Dwinda. She uses a wheelchair to get about. Two of my
friends and I often help Dwinda. We help to carry her bag and push her wheelchair. We help her to
the canteen and the toilet. The four of us are often together. Some people call us the gang of four.
You know, Dwinda is very good at her studies. She often helps us with our homework. As a result,
our grades in school have also improved. I feel that Dwinda is a very special girl. Although she is
handicapped in her movements, she never complains. In fact, she is always cheerful. My friends
and I learn a lot from her.
Source: Primary English Cloze Passages
Text 4
My grandfather is quite old. In fact, as he has a pension, he is an old age pensioner, or
a senior citizen.
My grandfather has bushy eyebrows (he has lots of hair!), a hooked nose and high cheekbones.
His eyes are large and set quite far apart.
117
His daughter, my aunt, is 55 and middle-aged. She has three sons. One is a young adult, at
24 years of age, and the other two are both teenagers. They are 16 and 17.
My grandfather is fit for his age and takes plenty of exercise. He doesnt want all his muscles
to get flabby.
Source: August 4, 2009 <http://www.english-at-home.com/vocabulary/describing-people-in-english/>
Text 5
Let me describe my parents. My father is tall and leanwith very little fat. My mother looks like
a 1940s film star. She is curvaceous, with an hour-glass figure. My mother is blonde, also with
a fair complexion. I am a red-headwith red hair. Like many other people with a pale complexion,
I get freckles from the sunsmall brown dots on my face and arms. In contrast, my father has
dark-brown hair and he is quite dark-skinned. My mother has a broad nose, which she hates, as
she prefers narrow noses. But she is lucky to have even or regular teeth. My mothers hair is
wavyin between straight and curly. Its cut in a bob and she also has a short fringe, where it is cut
horizontally across her forehead. My father is losing his hairin fact he is going bald, which makes
him very sad.
Source: August 4, 2009 <http://www.english-at-home.com/vocabulary/describing-people-in-english/>
Text 6
Mr. Karta is a potter. He creates pottery on pottery wheels for a wide range of uses. He creates
mugs, bowls, dishes, vases as well as pieces of art. After he has created a new piece of pottery, he
burns it in a pottery kiln to harden the clay so that it can be used every day.
Adapted from: September 18, 2009 <http://esl.about.com/od/engilshvocabulary/ig/Visual-DictionaryWork/Potter.htm>
Text 7
I have a neighbor named Mr. Hadi.
Mr. Hadi is a postman. He is diligent. He always delivers mails and packages every day. He
usually delivers them by riding his motorcycle. He never forgets to wear a safety helmet while riding
his motorcycle. He always wears orange uniforms and black shoes in his work.
Mr. Hadi never complains in doing his daily work. As a friendly man, he always gives his smile
to all people. He never feels tired delivering mails and packages.
118
UNIT 2 Descriptives
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Read the following text and answer questions

3 and 4.
1.
NO ENTRANCE
To: Ruth
The sign means ________.
A. we may come in
B. we can come in
C. we are allowed to come
D. we are forbidden to come in
Jawaban: D
Notice itu artinya Dilarang masuk. Pilihan
jawaban yang sesuai dengan maksud
peringatan tersebut adalah pilihan jawaban
(D) yang artinya kita dilarang masuk.
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan
jawaban (A) artinya kita boleh masuk,
(B) artinya kita bisa masuk, dan (C) artinya
kita diizinkan masuk.
2.
Beware of Pickpockets
What does the text mean?
A. We must make a pocket.
B. We must be careful of pickpockets.
C. We must have a pocket.
D. We must be friendly to pickpockets.
Jawaban: B
Notice itu artinya Waspadalah terhadap
Pencopet, yang berarti kita harus selalu
berhati-hati terhadap keberadaan
pencopet (we must be careful of
pickpockets). Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya kita
harus membuat saku, (C) artinya kita
harus memiliki saku, dan (D) artinya kita
harus bersahabat dengan pencopet.
Id like to congratulate you

on passing your exam.
I do hope that you are always
successful.
Love
Joshua
3. Why does Joshua send the card?
Because _______.
A. he wants to tell Ruth about his exam
B. he wants to congratulate Ruth
C. his exam is difficult to do
D. he wants to be successful
Jawaban: B
Alasan Joshua mengirimkan kartu itu
kepada Ruth adalah untuk memberi
ucapan selamat kepada Ruth (to
congratulate Ruth) karena lulus ujian.
Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat Id like to
congratulate you on passing your exam.
yang artinya Saya ingin mengucapkan
selamat atas keberhasilanmu lulus ujian..
4. I do hope that you are always successful.
The opposite meaning of the underlined
word is _______.
A. wrong
B. confident
C. diligent
D. fail
Jawaban: D
Kata successful artinya berhasil. Kata ini
berlawanan makna dengan kata fail yang
artinya gagal. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya salah,
(B) artinya percaya diri, dan (C) artinya rajin.
119
5. Cindy : Dad, tomorrow is Mothers Day.

What are we going to buy for
Mommy?
Father : Lets go to the optician after
school. We can buy her a new
pair of glasses.
Cindy : Thats good. I think she needs
new ones.
What does the underlined sentence mean?
A. Cindy is asking for something.
B. Cindy is expressing her opinion.
C. Cindy is informing something.
D. Cindy is expressing her certainty.
Jawaban: B
Kalimat yang digaris bawah artinya Saya
pikir ibu memang butuh kacamata baru..
Berdasarkan frasa I think, dapat
disimpulkan kalau Cindy bermaksud
mengungkapkan pendapatnya (expressing
her opinion). Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah karena bukan merupakan maksud
kalimat yang diucapkan oleh Cindy.
6. Aziz : I dont see your old computer.
Youve sold it, havent you?
Wira : Yes. Heres the new one.
________?
Aziz : I think it looks great.
A. What about yours
B. Can you operate it
C. What do you think
D. Will you buy a similar computer
Jawaban: C
Berdasarkan kalimat respons yang
diucapkan Aziz yang menggunakan
I think, dapat disimpulkan kalau ia
bermaksud mengungkapkan pendapatnya.
Jadi, kalimat yang tepat diucapkan Wira
adalah kalimat meminta pendapat, yaitu
pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya
bagaimana menurutmu. Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan
ungkapan meminta pendapat.
7. Sisca : Id like to watch the Indonesian
Idol program.
Ranti : So do I. I think it is the most
interesting one among the similar
programs.
Sisca : I agree with you.
120
From the dialog, it can be concluded that

________.
A. Sisca dislikes watching the Indonesian
Idol program
B. the Indonesian Idol is the most boring
program
C. both girls like watching the Indonesian
Idol program
D. Sisca disagrees with Rantis opinion
about the program
Jawaban: C
Dalam percakapan tersebut, Sisca dan
Ranti membicarakan tentang acara
Indonesian Idol dan ternyata keduanya
suka menonton acara tersebut (both girls
like watching the Indonesian Idol program).
Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat Sisca, Id
like to watch the Indonesian Idol program.
yang artinya Aku ingin menonton acara
Indonesian Idol., dan kalimat Ranti, So
do I. yang artinya Aku juga.. Pilihan
bertentangan dengan isi percakapan.
Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya Sisca tidak
suka menonton acara Indonesian Idol,
(B) artinya Indonesian Idol adalah acara
yang membosankan (bertentangan dengan
kalimat Ranti, I think it is the most
interesting one . . . . yang artinya Saya
pikir itu (Indonesian Idol) adalah acara
yang paling menarik . . . .), dan (D) artinya
Sisca tidak setuju dengan pendapat Ranti
tentang acara itu (bertentangan dengan
kalimat Sisca terakhir yang menyatakan
persetujuannya terhadap pendapat Ranti).
8 to 11.
Mr. Darmawan is a financial advisor. He
works at a private bank. Meanwhile, his wife is
a doctor. She works at Harapan Hospital.
Mr. Darmawan usually goes to work at
6 a.m., and arrives home in the evening at
7 p.m. He goes to his office early because he
wants to avoid the traffic jams. However,
Mrs. Darmawan goes to work at 6:30 a.m.
together with her children. She works twentyfour hours a day. She is always ready to help
other people.
8. What do Mr. and Mrs. Darmawan do?

A. A financial advisor and a doctor.
B. A husband and a wife.
C. A financial advisor and a nurse.
D. A doctor and a financial advisor.
Jawaban: A
Kalimat soal menanyakan tentang
pekerjaan Pak dan Bu Darmawan.
Pekerjaan Pak Darmawan adalah seorang
penasihat keuangan, sesuai dengan
kalimat awal teks Mr. Darmawan is
a financial advisor., sedangkan istrinya
(Bu Darmawan) adalah seorang dokter,
sesuai dengan kalimat Meanwhile, his
wife is a doctor.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
9. How many hours does Mr. Darmawan
leave the house to work a day?
A. Twelve hours. B. Thirteen hours.
C. Fourteen hours. D. Fifteen hours.
Jawaban: B
Pak Darmawan biasanya berangkat kerja
pada pukul 6 pagi, dan tiba kembali di rumah
pada pukul 7 petang (Mr. Darmawan
usually goes to work at 6 a.m., and arrives
home in the evening at 7 p.m.). Dengan
demikian, lama Pak Darmawan meninggalkan rumah untuk bekerja tiap hari adalah
13 jam (thirteen hours).
10. The following statemens are TRUE about
Mrs. Darmawan, except _______.
A. Mrs. Darmawan goes to work alone
B. Mrs. Darmawan works for 24 hours
a day
C. Mrs. Darmawan will always be ready
to help others
D. Mrs. Darmawan goes to work thirty
minutes later than her husband does
Jawaban: A
Pernyataan yang tidak benar tentang Bu
Darmawan adalah pilihan jawaban (A)
yang artinya Bu Darmawan pergi bekerja
sendirian. Hal ini bertentangan dengan
kalimat However, Mrs. Darmawan goes
to work at 6:30 a.m. together with her
children.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
karena sesuai dengan isi teks. Pilihan
jawaban (B) sesuai dengan kalimat kedua
terakhir teks, yaitu She works twenty-four
hours a day., (C) sesuai dengan kalimat

terakhir teks She is always ready to help
other people., dan (D) benar karena Bu
Darmawan pergi ke rumah sakit pukul 6.30
dan Pak Darmawan pergi bekerja pukul 6,
yang berarti Bu Darmawan berangkat
30 menit lebih siang daripada Pak
Darmawan.
11. He works at a private bank. (Sentence 2)
word is _______.
A. general
B. exclusive
C. state
D. abroad
Jawaban: C
Dalam konteks kalimat itu, kata private
artinya swasta, sehingga kata ini
berlawanan makna dengan kata state
yang artinya negara. Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah karena bukan lawan kata
yang sesuai. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya
umum, (B) artinya untuk kalangan tertentu,
dan (D) artinya luar negeri.
12. Doni : Tita, what does your sister do?
Tita : She is a ________.
Doni : Thats an interesting job. I bet she
travels a lot.
Tita : She does.
A. firefighter
B. secretary
C. flight attendant
D. journalist
Jawaban: C
Kalimat Tita merupakan respons atas
pertanyaan Doni yang menanyakan
pekerjaan saudara perempuan Tita.
Berdasarkan gambar, pekerjaan saudara
perempuan Tita adalah seorang pramugari
(a flight attendant). Pilihan jawaban yang
lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya
petugas pemadam kebakaran, (B) artinya
sekretaris, dan (D) artinya wartawan.
13. Ari : Dian, do you know what time is it?
Dian : Um its _______.
Ari : O gosh. Dian, Im really sorry,
I have to go home now.
Dian : Why are you in such a hurry?
Ari : Well, I have to pick up my little
sister now.
Dian : I see.
121
A. fifteen to four
B. fifteen past four
C. forty to three
D. twenty past three
Jawaban: D
Ari bertanya, Dian, tahukah kamu pukul
berapa sekarang?. Berdasarkan gambar
jam, waktu menunjukkan pukul 3 lebih
20 menit atau twenty past three. Pilihan
jawaban yang lain salah.
14. Mother : Dear,
do you
know where
father is?
Wendy : Yeah, he is
going to the
toilet, Mom. And he asked us to
wait for him in the car.
Mother : O.K., but where does your father
park the car?
Wendy : He parks the car ________ the
building.
Mother : All right then, lets go there.
A. in front of
B. behind
C. next to
D. beside
Jawaban: A
Kalimat soal artinya Ayah memarkir mobil
. . . gedung.. Kata yang tepat melengkapi
kalimat soal berupa preposisi/kata depan.
Berdasarkan gambar, mobil tersebut
diparkir di depan sebuah gedung,
sehingga kata depan yang tepat adalah
in front of. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.
Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya di belakang,
(C) artinya di sebelah, dan (D) artinya
di samping.
15 to 17.
I have a friend named Candra. He is very
fat because his hobby is eating. He likes all
kinds of foods. He eats everything which is
served for him. His weight is 95 kilograms.
He has a very chubby cheek. He is a funny and
friendly person. That is why, his family and
friends like him very much.
122

A. Candras physical appearance.
B. The hobby of the writers friend.
C. The family of the writers friend.
D. The description of the writers friend.
Jawaban: D
Teks tersebut tentang deskripsi teman
penulis (the description of the writers
friend) yang bernama Candra, yang
meliputi penampilan fisiknya yang gemuk
karena kesukaannya adalah makan, serta
karakternya yang lucu dan ramah
sehingga keluarga dan temannya
menyukainya. Jadi, pilihan jawaban (D)
benar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
karena hanya sebagai pendukung dari
gagasan utama teks.
16. The following are TRUE about Candra,
except ________
A. he likes eating
B. his cheeks are cubby
C. no one likes him
D. he is not thin
Jawaban: C
Pernyataan yang salah tentang Candra
adalah pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya
tidak seorang pun menyukainya. Pilihan
jawaban ini bertentangan dengan kalimat
terakhir yang menyatakan kalau keluarga
dan teman-temannya menyukainya.
sesuai dengan isi teks. Pilihan jawaban (A)
sesuai dengan kalimat . . . his hobby is
eating. yang berarti kalau ia suka makan,
(B) sesuai dengan kalimat He has a very
chubby cheek. yang menjelaskan kalau
pipi Indra tembem, dan (D) sesuai dengan
kalimat He is very fat . . . . (ia gemuk)
yang memiliki arti sama dengan
ia tidak kurus.
17. His hobby is eating.
The underlined word can be best replaced
by ________.
A. concern
B. interest
C. activity
D. priority
Jawaban: B
Kata hobby artinya kesukaan. Kata ini
memiliki persamaan makna dengan kata
interest yang artinya ketertarikan atau minat.

memiliki makna yang berbeda. Pilihan
jawaban (A) artinya perhatian, (C) artinya
kegiatan, dan (D) artinya prioritas.
C. Nia is Martins sister

D. Nia has two children
Jawaban: B
Pernyataan yang salah tentang Nia Irwan
adalah (B) yang artinya Nia adalah sepupu
Sonia. Sonia adalah istri Martin dan Martin
adalah saudara kandung Nia, sehingga
Nia adalah saudara ipar Sonia (Sonias
sister-in-law). Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah karena sesuai dengan silsilah
keluarga. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya Nia
adalah istri Irwan, (C) artinya Nia adalah
saudara perempuan Martin, dan
(D) artinya Nia memiliki dua anak
(Amelia dan Arman).
Read the following family tree and answer

questions 18 to 20.
Burhan + Dewi Burhan
Irwan
Amelia
Nia Irwan
Arman
Martin
Sonia Martin
Yoga
18. Irwan is Yogas ________.

A. father
B. nephew
C. uncle
D. brother
Jawaban: C
Berdasarkan silsilah keluarga itu, Yoga
adalah anak saudara laki-laki Nia, yaitu
Martin, sedangkan Irwan adalah suami
Nia. Dengan demikian, hubungan antara
Irwan dan Yoga adalah paman dan
keponakan. Dengan kata lain, Irwan
adalah paman Yoga (Yogas uncle). Pilihan
(A) artinya ayah, (B) artinya keponakan
laki-laki, dan (D) artinya saudara laki-laki.
19. Yoga and Amelia are ________.
A. brother and sister
B. aunt and nephew
C. nieces
D. cousins
Jawaban: D
Berdasarkan pohon keluarga itu, Yoga
adalah anak Martin, dan Amelia adalah
anak Nia, sedangkan Martin dan Nia
adalah saudara kandung. Dengan
demikian, hubungan antara Yoga dan
Amelia adalah sepupu (cousins). Pilihan
(A) artinya saudara laki-laki dan saudara
perempuan, (B) artinya bibi dan
keponakan laki-laki, dan (C) artinya
keponakan perempuan.
20. The following statements are TRUE about
Nia Irwan, except ________.
A. Nia is Irwans wife
B. Nia is Sonias cousin
21.
Speed Limit 80 KM
What does the notice mean?
A. We should drive more than 80 km/hour.
B. We should drive exactly at 80 km/hour.
C. We should not drive less than 80 km/
hour.
D. We should not drive more than 80 km/
hour.
Jawaban: D
Notice itu berarti Batas kecepatan 80 km.
Hal ini berarti kita tidak boleh mengendarai
kendaraan lebih dari 80 km/jam (not more
than 80 km/hour), sehingga pilihan
jawaban yang tepat adalah (D). Pilihan
(A) artinya kita seharusnya mengendarai
kendaraan lebih dari 80 km/jam, (B) artinya
kita seharusnya mengendarai kendaraan
persis 80 km/jam, dan (C) artinya kita tidak
boleh mengendarai kendaraan kurang dari
80 km/jam.
22. Irna : Eka, do you like to read comics?
Eka : Yes, ________. What about you?
I guess you dont like them.
Irna : That is right. I prefer science books
than comics.
A. I think so
B. I dont know
C. I dont like it
D. I like it a lot
Jawaban: D
Pada awal percakapan, Irna bertanya
kepada Eka apakah ia suka membaca
komik. Berdasarkan kata sebelumnya
123
Yes yang artinya Ya, kalimat Eka

berikutnya menyatakan kalau ia memang
suka membaca novel. Kalimat yang
mengungkapkan kesukaan adalah pilihan
jawaban (D) yang artinya saya sangat
menyukainya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks
percakapan.
Read the following dialog and answer
questions 23 and 24.
Anto : What is your hobby?
Rian : My hobby is riding a bicycle. And yours?
Anto : I like jogging. When do you ride your bike?
Rian : I usually do it on Sundays.
Anto : Is it good for us?
Rian : Yes, of course. Riding a bicycle can
strengthen the heart and lungs.
Anto : I see.
23. What is Antos hobby?
A. Riding a bike. B. Jogging.
C. Walking.
D. Running.
Jawaban: B
dengan kalimat yang diucapkan Anto
untuk menjawab pertanyaan Rian yang
menanyakan hobinya, yaitu I like
jogging.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
karena tidak sesuai dengan isi
percakapan.
24. Rian said, I usually do it on Sundays.
A. Riding a bike. B. Jogging.
C. Walking.
D. Talking.
Jawaban: A
Kalimat itu diucapkan Rian untuk
merespons pertanyaan Anto sebelumnya,
yaitu When do you ride your bike?.
Dengan demikian, kata it mengacu pada
hal yang disebutkan pada kalimat Anton,
yaitu naik sepeda (ride a bike). Pilihan
sesuai dengan isi percakapan.
25 to 29.
My Home Bali
Bali is an island in the Indonesian
archipelago. It is in the south of the equator
and has warm weather all the year. The rainy
124
season is November to April, but it can rain

anytime. Bali is 120 kilometers wide from
east to west and 80 kilometers from north to
south, so everyone is quite close to the sea.
Bali is shaped like a diamond. Mount
Agung, a volcano, is 3,142 meters high and
is visible from far away. Most of the people
are Hindus. There are many temples and
many religious festivals.
Tourism is the most important industry.
Many tourists visit Bali to see the beautiful
scenery and interesting festivals, to swim in
the warm seas, to look at the beautiful
mountains and valleys, and to shop for
inexpensive and beautiful clothes, paintings
and wood crafts.
25. Where is Bali located?
A. It is along the equator.
B. In the south of equator.
C. 120 km east to west.
D. Close to many temples and Mount
Agung.
Jawaban: B
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kedua
paragraf 1, It is in the south of the equator
. . . . (subjek it mengacu pada subjek
kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu Bali) yang
artinya Pulau ini (Bali) terletak di selatan
garis khatulistiwa . . . .. Jadi, pilihan
jawaban (B) benar. Pilihan jawaban yang
lain salah karena tidak sesuai teks. Pilihan
jawaban (A) artinya ada di sepanjang garis
khatulistiwa, (C) artinya 120 km dari timur
ke barat, dan (D) artinya dekat dengan
banyak pura dan Gunung Agung.
26. The last paragraph is about ________.
A. the location of Bali
B. the most important industry in Bali
C. the most popular things in Bali
D. beautiful mountains in Bali
Jawaban: B
Gagasan utama paragraf terakhir terdapat
pada kalimat awal paragraf, yaitu Tourism
is the most important industry in Bali. yang
artinya Pariwisata adalah industri yang
paling penting di Bali.. Gagasan utama ini
didukung dengan kalimat Many tourists
visit Bali to see the beautiful scenery and
interesting festivals, to swim in the warm
seas, to look at the beautiful mountains

and valleys, and to shop . . . wood crafts.
yang artinya Banyak wisatawan asing
mengunjungi Bali untuk menikmati
pemandangan yang indah dan upacaraupacara yang menarik, berenang di laut
yang hangat, melihat gunung dan bukit
yang indah, dan berbelanja . . . kerajinan
kayu.. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa
paragraf tersebut tentang industri paling
penting di Bali (the most important industry
in Bali), yaitu pariwisata. Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai
dengan isi teks. Pilihan jawaban (A)
artinya letak Bali, (C) artinya yang paling
popular di Bali, dan (D) artinya gunung
yang indah di Bali.
27. The tourism industry in Bali offers us
the following things, except ________.
A. culture and nature
B. belief and religion
C. handicraft and tradition
D. wood crafting and painting
Jawaban: B
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kedua
paragraf dua, yaitu Many tourists visit Bali
to see the beautiful scenery and interesting
festivals, to swim in the warm seas, to look
at the beautiful mountains and valleys, and
to shop for inexpensive and beautiful
clothes, paintings and wood crafts. yang
artinya Banyak wisatawan asing
mengunjungi Bali untuk menikmati
pemandangan yang indah dan upacaraupacara yang menarik, berenang di laut
yang hangat, melihat gunung dan bukit
yang indah dan berbelanja pakaian,
lukisan, dan kerajinan kayu yang tidak
mahal dan indah.. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan
bahwa wisata yang ditawarkan di Bali
adalah wisata budaya (culture), wisata
alam (nature), wisata adat-istiadat
(tradition), wisata hasil karya (handicraft,
wood carving, painting). Jadi, yang bukan
termasuk industri pariwisata di Bali adalah
kepercayaan dan agama (belief and
religion), pilihan jawaban (B) benar. Pilihan
jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai
dengan isi teks.
28. Which one of the following statements

is NOT TRUE according to the text?
A. Bali has four seasons.
B. Bali is beautiful and interesting.
C. Bali is surrounded by the sea.
D. Bali is one of the tourist destinations
in Indonesia.
Jawaban: A
Pernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teks
(not true) adalah (A) yang artinya Bali
memiliki empat musim. Pernyataan ini tidak
benar karena letak Bali di dekat garis
khatulistiwa, sehingga Bali memiliki dua
musim, yaitu musim hujan (rainy season)
dan musim kemarau (dry season). Pilihan
dengan isi teks. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya
Bali indah dan menarik, (C) artinya Bali
dikelilingi oleh lautan, dan (D) artinya Bali
adalah salah satu tujuan wisata di Indonesia.
29. Mount Agung, a volcano, is 3,142 meters
high and is visible from far away.
(Paragraph 1)
The underlined word means that something
can be ________.
A. heard
B. seen
C. tasted
D. touched
Jawaban: B
Kata visible artinya dapat dilihat (can be
seen). Jadi, pilihan jawaban (B) benar.
jawaban (A) artinya didengar, (C) artinya
dirasa, dan (D) artinya disentuh.
30. Thats very dangerous! The children
should not play
________ the street.
A. on
B. in
C. across
D. near
Jawaban: A
Preposisi/kata depan yang tepat
melengkapi kalimat soal untuk
menunjukkan keterangan tempat the
street adalah on yang artinya di. Pilihan
sesuai dengan konteks kalimat. Pilihan
jawaban (B) artinya di dalam, (C) artinya
di seberang, dan (D) artinya di dekat.
125
31. Ramli : Did you watch the match last

week?
Yusran: Yes. Our class team lost the
game.
Ramli : Why?
Yusran: Most of them played ________.
A. quickly
B. strongly
C. carelessly
D. carefully
Jawaban: C
Karena tim kelas Yusran kalah dalam
pertandingan, dapat dipastikan bahwa
mereka bermain dengan ceroboh
(carelessly). Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah karena adverb of manner tersebut
memiliki makna positif, yang dapat
menyebabkan mereka menang dalam
pertandingan. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya
dengan cepat, (B) artinya dengan kuat,
dan (D) artinya dengan hati-hati.
32. Look at the picture.
It means ________.
A.
B.
C.
D.
the road is winding

the road is slippery
the car may not enter this street
there are a lot of winding turns
Jawaban: C
Tanda lalu lintas tersebut artinya dilarang
masuk. Jadi, tanda lalu lintas tersebut
menunjukkan bahwa mobil tidak boleh
memasuki jalan tersebut. Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A)
artinya jalan berkelok-kelok, (B) artinya
jalan licin, dan (D) artinya ada banyak
tikungan.
33 to 35.
Attention please,
There will be an English conversation
class tomorrow. Please make groups of four.
Each group should bring a hat, a rope and
an old magazine to play a game.
126
33. Who do you think delivers the announcement?

A. A student.
B. A class leader.
C. The principal.
D. An English teacher.
Jawaban: D
Berdasarkan frasa kunci an English
conversation class yang artinya kelas
percakapan bahasa Inggris, dapat
disimpulkan kalau yang menyampaikan
pengumuman tersebut adalah guru
bahasa Inggris (an English teacher).
tidak sesuai dengan konteks teks.
34. What will there be in the English
conversation class tomorrow?
A. A discussion.
B. A game.
C. A debate.
D. A competition.
Jawaban: B
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat terakhir
teks, yaitu . . . to play a game. yang
artinya . . . untuk bermain.. Jadi, pada
kelas bahasa Inggris besok akan ada
permainan (a game).
35. What should the students do?
A. Bring a rope.
B. Make groups of three.
C. Bring a new magazine.
D. Conduct a debate.
Jawaban: A
Jawaban diketahui dari kalimat Each
group should bring a hat, a rope and
an old magazine to play a game. yang
artinya Tiap kelompok harus membawa
sebuah topi, tali, dan sebuah majalah
bekas untuk bermain.. Jadi, salah satu
barang yang harus dibawa adalah tali.
36. I spend 5 hours at school. Arriving
home from school at one p.m., I have
lunch. After that I _______ for an hour.
I need it, otherwise I would be sleepy to
do my homework in the evening.
A. go to bed
B. take a nap
C. close my eyes
D. sleep on the bed
Jawaban: B
Paragraf tersebut menjelaskan kegiatan
penulis sepulang sekolah. Frasa yang
tepat melengkapi kalimat soal adalah
pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya tidur
siang. Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat
sesudahnya yang menjelaskan bahwa
penulis perlu melakukan itu (tidur siang)
karena kalau tidak ia akan mengantuk saat
mengerjakan pekerjaan rumah pada
petang hari. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang
artinya pergi tidur salah karena frasa ini
untuk menunjukkan saat seseorang
hendak pergi tidur pada malam hari.
Sementara itu, pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks;
(C) artinya menutup mata, dan (D) artinya
tidur di ranjang.
37. Molly : Look, Mom! These trousers
are too tight.
Mother: Oh dear, the trousers have
turned out to be too small for
you.
Molly : So, you have to buy new
bigger ones.
Mother: I think so.
word is _______.
A. small
B. big
C. loose
D. short
Jawaban: C
Antonim kata tight (sempit) adalah loose
(longgar). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.
Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya kecil,
(B) artinya besar, dan (D) artinya pendek.
38. Look at the picture and complete the
dialog.
Picture source:
<http://www.deniek
sukarya.com>
Azizah : Hi, Maridi. How are you?

Maridi : Fine. Did you join the study
tour to Bali last month?
Azizah : Sure. I went to an art center.
I met a ________.
Maridi : Did he make many statues?

Azizah : Yes. And you know, his work
is so amazing.
A. sculptor
B. painter
C. curator
D. orator
Jawaban: A
Kalimat soal bermaksud menyatakan
pekerjaan laki-laki yang ditemui Azizah.
Berdasarkan gambar yang tersedia dan
frasa kunci make many statues yang
artinya membuat banyak patung, dapat
disimpulkan kalau pekerjaan laki-laki
tersebut adalah seorang pematung
(a sculptor). Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya pelukis,
(C) artinya kolektor barang-barang antik,
dan (D) artinya orang yang pandai
berpidato.
Margarita lives at
Baliem Valley in Papua
Province. Look at her
house! It is called
honai. The wall is
made of wood and the
roof is made of sali,
a kind of grass.
Margaritas skirt is
made of sali too. There
are two floors inside the honai. The first
floor functions as the source of heat.
Margaritas father puts some firewood on
the floor. It keeps the house warm because
the temperature is very cold. It is about 18
Celcius. There isnt any furniture on the first
floor. There is only some grass and a ladder.
Margarita sleeps on the second floor. She
sleeps with her sisters and her mother. She
calls her mama. Her father and her
brothers do not sleep in the same honai.
They sleep in a bigger honai. It is near
Margaritas honai.

A. The description of Margarita.
B. The description of Margaritas family.
C. The description of Papua Province.
D. The description of Margaritas house.
127
Jawaban: D
Teks tersebut merupakan teks deskriptif
yang mendeskripsikan rumah Margarita.
Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat Look at
her house! It is called honai. yang
didukung dengan kata-kata kunci seperti
roof, two floors, furniture. Pilihan
40. What is the wall of honai made of?
A. Grass.
B. Sali.
C. Soil.
D. Wood.
Jawaban: D
Dinding rumah honai terbuat dari kayu. Hal
ini sesuai dengan kalimat keempat, yaitu
The wall is made of wood . . . . yang
artinya Dinding rumah itu terbuat dari
kayu . . . ..
41. Which of the following statements is NOT
TRUE according to the text?
A. There is a cupboard on the first floor.
B. Baliem Valley is situated in Papua
Province.
C. Margarita sleeps with her sisters and
her mother on the second floor.
D. Margaritas father puts some firewood
on the first floor.
Jawaban: A
Pernyataan yang salah adalah pilihan
jawaban (A) yang artinya di lantai satu ada
lemari. Pernyataan ini bertentangan
dengan kalimat There isnt any furniture
on the first floor. There is only some grass
and a ladder. yang artinya Di lantai satu
tidak ada perabotan. Di sana hanya ada
rumput dan sebuah tangga.. Pilihan
jawaban yang lain sesuai dengan isi teks.
Pilihan jawaban (B) sesuai dengan kalimat
Margarita lives at Baliem Valley in Papua
Province., (C) sesuai dengan kalimat
Margarita sleeps on the second floor. She
sleeps with her sisters and her mother.,
dan (D) sesuai dengan kalimat Margaritas
father puts some firewood on the floor..
42. They sleep in a bigger honai. It is near
Margaritas honai. (The second last
sentence)
128

A. Margarita and her mother.
B. Margaritas parents.
C. Margaritas father and brother.
D. Margarita and her brother.
Jawaban: C
Kata ganti orang ketiga jamak they
mengacu pada orang yang telah
disebutkan pada kalimat sebelumnya,
yaitu ayah dan saudara laki-laki Margarita
pada kalimat Her father and her brothers
do not sleep in the same honai.. Pilihan
orang yang dimaksud.
For questions 43 and 44, choose the option
which is closest in meaning to the
underlined words.
The Baduys community is a (43) unique
society. The people live in Banten. We can
(44) reach the place via a 10 km village road
from Cibungur village in Leuwidamar
district. It is a steep road.
43. A. unusual
B. very old
C. very strange
D. underdeveloped
Jawaban: A
Kata unique dalam konteks kalimat soal
artinya unik/tidak seperti biasanya. Kata
tersebut memiliki persamaan arti dengan
kata unusual yang artinya tidak seperti
biasanya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.
Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya sangat tua
(kuno), (C) artinya sangat aneh, dan
(D) artinya terbelakang.
44. A.
C.
gain
arrive
B.
D.
achieve
find
Jawaban: C
Kata reach dalam konteks kalimat soal
artinya mencapai/menjangkau. Kata
tersebut memiliki persamaan arti dengan
kata arrive yang artinya tiba/sampai.
jawaban (A) artinya memperoleh,
(B) artinya mencapai sesuatu (tujuan),
dan (D) artinya menemukan.
For questions 45 and 46, choose the suitable

words to complete this passage.
Andika is an SMP student. He wears
a school (45) ________. The shirt is white
and his (46) ________ are blue. He also
wears a blue hat on his head.
45. A. uniform
B. custom
C. dress
D. fashion
Jawaban: A
Kalimat soal Andika is an SMP student.
He wears a school . . . . artinya Andika
adalah siswa SMP. Ia memakai . . .
sekolah.. Kata yang tepat untuk
melengkapi konteks kalimat adalah
seragam (uniform). Jadi, pilihan jawaban
(A) benar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.
Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya adat-istiadat,
(C) artinya baju, dan (D) artinya yang
berkaitan dengan pakaian.
46. A.
C.
shirts
shorts
B.
D.
socks
shoes
Jawaban: C
Kalimat soal The shirt is white and his . . .
are blue. artinya Kemejanya berwarna
putih dan . . .-nya berwarna biru.. Telah
dijelaskan bahwa Andika adalah siswa
SMP, sehingga yang berwarna biru adalah
celana pendeknya (shorts). Jadi, pilihan
jawaban (C) benar. Pilihan jawaban yang
kemeja, (B) artinya kaus kaki, dan
(D) artinya sepatu.
For questions 47 and 48, rearrange the
jumbled words into a good sentence.
47. there is where a way a will there is
1
The correct arrangement of the words

to make a sentence is ________.
A. 25134
B. 12354
C. 25413
D. 12453
Jawaban: D
Kalimat tersebut adalah sebuah idiom,
yaitu Where there is a will, there is a way
yang artinya Di mana ada kemauan, di
situ pasti ada jalan. Jadi, pilihan jawaban

(C) 25413 benar. Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah karena bukan kalimat yang
runtut.
48. afternoon the please flowers
1
water this
5
A.
B.
C.
D.
123546
254613
352461
325461
Jawaban: C
Urutan kata yang tepat adalah (3) Please
(5) water (2) the (4) flowers (6) this
(1) afternoon. Kalimat tersebut artinya
tolong sirami bunga sore nanti. Pilihan
kalimat yang logis.
sentences below into a good text.
49. (1) Mr. Stevens wife, Rebecca, is from
Australia. She has blonde hair. Shes
beautiful.
(2) Bagas has a new neighbor. They just
moved from Papua.
(3) Mr. and Mrs. Steven have two nice
children. They are Willy and Lola.
(4) What a happy family!
(5) Thats the Steven family. Mr. Steven is
a soldier. He moves there because of
his duty.
(6) Willy is six years old, while Lola is
eleven years old.
A. (1)(5)(3)(2)(6)(4)
B. (2)(5)(1)(3)(6)(4)
C. (3)(6)(2)(5)(1)(4)
D. (6)(4)(2)(5)(1)(3)
Jawaban: B
Urutan teks yang benar adalah dimulai dari
kalimat pembukaan yang mengenalkan
tokoh yang akan dideskripsikan, yaitu
tetangga baru Bagas yang pindah dari
Papua (kalimat nomor 2). Kemudian,
kalimat berikutnya menjelaskan tentang
tetangga baru itu, yaitu keluarga Pak
Steven lengkap dengan profesinya dan
alasan kepindahan mereka dari Papua
129
(kalimat nomor 5). Kalimat berikutnya

menjelaskan tentang istri Pak Steven yang
berasal dari Australia lengkap dengan ciri
fisiknya (kalimat nomor 1). Setelah itu,
kalimat berikutnya yang sesuai adalah
kalimat yang menjelaskan anak dari Pak
dan Bu Steven (kalimat nomor 3), yang
kemudian diikuti keterangan tentang usia
kedua anak mereka (kalimat nomor 6).
Teks ditutup dengan kalimat yang
menyatakan bahwa mereka adalah
keluarga yang bahagia (kalimat nomor 4).
50. (1) My grandpa lives in a village. He is
really a diligent person.
(2) However, he remains strong and
healthy because he always keeps his
health and stamina.
(3) He is happy with his life. In his spare
time, sometimes he invites me to fish.
(4) Let me introduce my grandfather. His
name is Mr. Jaya.
(5) We often get many big fish and cook
them.
(6) My grandpa is tall and thin. He is old
enough, about 60 years old.
(7) As a farmer, he works hard in the field
every day. He never feels bored with
his work.
A. (2)(1)(7)(4)(6)(3)(5)
B. (3)(5)(4)(6)(2)(1)(7)
C. (4)(6)(2)(1)(7)(3)(5)
D. (4)(6)(3)(5)(2)(1)(7)
130
Jawaban: C
Urutan teks yang benar adalah dimulai dari
kalimat pembukaan yang mengenalkan
tokoh yang akan dideskripsikan (kalimat
nomor 4). Kemudian, kalimat berikutnya
menjelaskan tentang ciri fisik tokoh
tersebut (kalimat nomor 6) dan penjelasan
bahwa meskipun tokoh itu sudah tua, ia
tetap tampak kuat dan sehat (kalimat
nomor 2). Kalimat berikutnya menjelaskan
tempat tinggal dan sifat tokoh itu (kalimat
nomor 1), yang diikuti dengan penjelasan
tentang sifat itu bahwa ia bekerja keras
setiap hari di sawah dan ia tidak pernah
merasa bosan dengan pekerjaannya
(kalimat nomor 7). Malahan tokoh itu
merasa hidupnya bahagia dan pada saat
senggang ia sering mengajak penulis pergi
memancing (kalimat nomor 3). Kalimat
ditutup dengan penjelasan kalau mereka
sering mendapat ikan besar, lalu
memasaknya (kalimat nomor 5).
Objectives:
At the end of this unit you will
be able to:
ask for and give facts,
ask for and give services,
ask for clarification,
respond interpersonally,
deliver procedures using

spoken English,
create short functional

texts (warnings),
write procedures,
write short functional

texts (tips), and
use adverbs of time, place

and manner.
There are many English expressions used in

daily conversations. Each of them has its own use.
In this unit you will learn some expressions of asking
for and giving facts, asking for and giving services, asking
for clarification and responding interpersonally. Then, you will
study the uses of the expressions in some conversations provided
in this unit. At last, there are some exercises to do so you can prove
that you understand those expressions well.
Furthermore, you will also study one type of text. But first, do you
ever read a recipe book or paper folding book? If you do, do you
remember how the text is arranged? Does it consist of ingredients/
materials and steps/methods to make/do it? This kind of text is called
a procedure. Its purpose is to tell how to do or make something step
by step. You will learn more about procedures in this unit.
131
3.1 Expressions
Asking for and Giving Facts

Sinta, who drove you to

school this morning?
I never see him before.
Oh, he is my uncle.
Hes just come from
Denpasar for a holiday.
Pay attention to the bold-typed sentences in the dialog above. Sintas friend asks, Sinta,
who drove you to school this morning? The sentence is used to ask for a fact about the
man who drove her friend to school this morning. Then, Sinta replied, Oh, he is my uncle.
which is used to give a fact about the man.
Here are some other expressions you can use to ask for and give facts.
Asking for Facts
132
I need to know the facts.

Id like to know more about it.
Tell me more about it.
Can you tell me whats going on?
How did it happen?
How come?
What does your brother look like?
How is your room like?
Where do you live?
UNIT 3 Procedures
Giving Facts
Fine. The fact is . . . .

O.K. Ill tell you everything I know.
Heres the fact/story . . . .
Well, the story is like this . . . .
Let me tell you the fact . . . .
The truth is . . . .
He is tall and handsome.
It is not too big, but comfortable.
I live at Jalan Semar number 19.
Asking for and Giving Services

Dion, can you help me
dry the car, please?
My pleasure,
Dad.
Thank you, son.
Youre welcome.
In the dialog above, the man asks his son to help him dry the car by saying, Dion, can you
help me dry the car, please? His son replies, My pleasure, Dad. It means that the boy
gives the service that his father has asked for.
Here are some other expressions to ask for and give services.
Asking for Services
Would you pass me that (pen), please?

Would you like to help?
Could you . . .?
Can you . . . ?
Is it possible that you help me . . .?
Will you help me . . .?
Pass me (the pencil), please.
Please help me lift the table.
Giving Services
Sure. Here you are.

Yes, let me handle it for you.
No, problem.
Sure, I can.
It is not a big deal.
Right away.
O.K. Here it is.
Oh, certainly.
133

I heard that you have
won a writing contest.
Is that right?
Thats right.
The sentence Is that right? is used to ask for clarification.

Thats right. is the response.
Here are some other expressions to ask for clarification and their proper responses.
Responding
Did you break my vase?

Is it the book youre looking for?
I heard that you lost your key. Is it true?
Did you play badminton an hour ago?
No, I didnt.
Youre right.
Yeah.
No, I didnt. Ive just played football.
You know what! I will move
to Medan next month.
Really? I will
miss you, then.
I will miss you too.
The girl says, I will move to Medan next month. Her friend responds to the news by saying,
Really? I will miss you, then. The response is an expression of responding to a statement
interpersonally.
134
UNIT 3 Procedures
Here are some other expressions of responding interpersonally.

Questions/Statements
Are you going to Nias house after school?

Can you pick me up at seven oclock?
This novel is very interesting.
Mr. Jaya will move out to Surabaya next week.
I couldnt sleep well last night.
I will go to Denpasar to visit my uncle this holiday.
I can play drums and keyboards.
This soup is salty.
These shoes arent expensive.
Yeah./Yup./Hmm.
Absolutely!
Is it?
Really?
Couldnt you?
Will you?
Can you? Thats very nice.
Is it?
Is that so?

1.
2.
3.
A.
1.
What expressions have you learned in Unit 2?

Jawaban: Asking for and giving something.
Suppose you feel thirsty after joining a PE class. Luckily, one of your friends brings a bottle of
orange juice. You want to ask some. What would you say?
Contoh jawaban: I would say, May I ask some of your juice, please?
Suppose your friend wants to borrow your homework because he/she hasnt done it. What
would you say?
Contoh jawaban: I would say, Sorry, I cant. You should do it yourself.
Listen and repeat after your teacher.

Ryan : Did you hear that Rara got 1 billion Rupiah?
Deasy : Youre kidding! How? Tell me the story.
Ryan : Heres the story. Last month she bought a microwave in Friends Supermarket and
got some coupons. Yesterday a letter came and told that Rara got 1 billion Rupiah.
Deasy : Wow, what a nice surprise!
2.
Mrs. Hendra :
Deni
:
Mrs. Hendra :
Deni
:
Mrs. Hendra :
Deni
Deni, do me a favor, please.

Yes, Mom. What is it?
Will you lift that desk and put it here?
Sure. What are you doing anyway, Mom?
Im trying to rearrange the furniture. I think it will give the room a new, fresh
look.
: Youre right, Mom.
135
3.
Mr. Ridwan has a new mobile phone. He shows Tio the mobile phone.
Mr. Ridwan : What do you think of my new mobile phone?
Tio
: I think its very nice. Is it a 3G mobile phone, Dad?
Mr. Ridwan : Yes.
Tio
: Cool! Is it easy to operate it?
Mr. Ridwan : It is. Have a try.
Tio
: Really? Thanks, Dad.
4.
Father :
Delia :
Father :
Delia :
Father :
Where is your mother, dear?

Shes in the backyard, Dad.
Is she? Whats she doing there?
Shes watering the flowers. Shall I call her?
No need, thanks.
Variasi:
A. Find the meaning of the following words.
1. kidding = bercanda
2.
3. billion
= milyar
4.
5. matter
= masalah
6.
7. curry
= kari
8.
9. backyard = halaman belakang
10.
lottery
surprise
chili
to operate
to water
=
=
=
=
=
undian
kejutan
cabe
mengoperasikan
menyirami
B. Answer the following questions based on the dialogs above.

1. For dialog 1. What are the speakers talking about?
Jawaban: They are talking about Rara who got 1 billion Rupiah.
2. How did Rara get the prize?
Jawaban: She got some coupons after buying a microwave in Friends Supermarket.
3. For dialog 2. What does mother ask Deni to do?
Jawaban: She asks him to lift the desk.
4. What is Denis mother doing?
Jawaban: She is rearranging the furniture.
5. For dialog 3. Who are talking in the dialog?
Jawaban: Father and his son.
6. What are the speakers talking about?
Jawaban: They are talking about a new mobile phone.
7. Who has the thing?
Jawaban: Mr. Ridwan (Tios father) does.
8. For dialog 4. Where do you think the dialog takes place?
Jawaban: At Delias house.
9. Who are talking in the dialog?
Jawaban: Father and his daughter.
10. What does Delias father say to ask for clarification about her mother?
Jawaban: He says, Whats she doing there?
136
UNIT 3 Procedures
B.

Complete the dialogs based on what you have heard.

Dialog 1
Rani : Hi, Nina. (1) Is your sister at home?
Nina : Hi. (2) No, she isnt.
Rina : Where is she?
Nina : Hmm . . . (3) shes going to the market.
Rani : When did she go?
Nina : (4) About an hour ago. I think, shell be home soon.
Rani : (5) O.K., Ill wait for her then.
Nina : Please do. Ill get you some drink.
Rani : Thank you.
Dialog 2
Adi
: Enjoying the beauty of the temple, Sir?
Tourist : Yes. (1) It is very fantastic.
Adi
: Um . . . (2) its a hot day, isnt it?
Tourist : Yup! But (3) I like it very much. I cant meet this in my country.
Adi
: Well, (4) enjoy your trip, Sir.
Tourist : (5) Thanks.
Dialog 3
Mother is leaving and asks Diana for a favor.
Mother : (1) Could you help me, Diana?
Diana : Sure, Mom. (2) What is it?
Mother : Could you pick me up at Aunt Idas house this afternoon?
Diana : Of course. What time?
Mother : (3) At 3 p.m. Is it O.K.?
Diana : Yes, sure.
Mother : Thanks. Oh, by the way, (4) clean up the kitchen, please.
Diana : O.K. Anything else, Mom?
Mother : (5) No, thats all. Thanks, dear. Well, I have to go now. Goodbye.
Diana : Bye, Mom.
Variasi:
A. Listen to your teacher.
Complete the dialogs with proper sentences based on what you have heard.
Sebelum pertemuan ini, guru sebaiknya memperbanyak percakapan-percakapan rumpang di
bawah ini. Selanjutnya, guru membacakan kedua percakapan yang lengkap.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa:
Dialog 1
Mr. Reynold asks his secretary to come to his office.
Mr. Reynold : Amanda, please (1) ________ now.
Amanda
: Right away, Sir.
Mr. Reynold : Please send this proposal to PT Sentosa Bahari.
Amanda
: (2) ________. Is there anything else, Sir?
137
Mr. Reynold
Amanda
Mr. Reynold
Amanda
:
:
:
:
Dialog 2
Teacher
Students
Teacher
Seno
Teacher
Seno
Teacher
Seno
Teacher
Seno
O.K., students. Now, (1) ________ on my desk.

Yes, Sir.
Seno, what are you doing? (2) ________?
Im still looking for it, Sir?
Ari, I am waiting.
(3) ________. I cant find it in my bag.
Really? Or you didnt do your homework.
No, Sir, (4) ________ my homework. Perhaps I forget to put it in my bag.
All right, I give you a second chance. Tomorrow morning your work is (5) ________.
Thank you, Sir.
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Yes. Ask the office boy to get me (3) ________.

(4) ________.
Thank you, Amanda.
(5) ________.

Dialog 1
Mr. Reynold asks his secretary to come to his office.
Mr. Reynold : Amanda, please (1) come to my office now.
Amanda
: Right away, Sir.
Mr. Reynold : Please send this proposal to PT Sentosa Bahari.
Amanda
: (2) Certainly. Is there anything else, Sir?
Mr. Reynold : Yes. Ask the office boy to get me (3) a cup of coffee, please.
Amanda
: (4) Sure.
Mr. Reynold : Thank you, Amanda.
Amanda
: (5) Youre welcome.
Dialog 2
Teacher
Students
Teacher
Seno
Teacher
Seno
Teacher
Seno
Teacher
Seno
138
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
O.K., students. Now, (1) collect your homework on my desk.

Yes, Sir.
Seno, what are you doing? (2) Where is your homework?
Im still looking for it, Sir?
Seno, I am waiting.
(3) Im sorry, Sir. I cant find it in my bag.
Really? Or you didnt do your homework.
No, Sir, (4) I really did my homework. Perhaps I forget to put it in my bag.
All right, I give you a second chance. Tomorrow morning your work is
(5) already on my desk.
: Thank you, Sir.
B.
Complete the following statements based on the dialogs in Task A.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
For dialog 1, Amanda is Mr. Reynolds ________.

Mr. Reynold asks Amanda to ________.
Mr. Reynold wants to have ________ to drink.
The ________ will deliver Mr. Reynolds order.
For dialog 2, the dialog takes place in ________.
The teacher asks the students to ________.
UNIT 3 Procedures
7. Seno cannot find his homework because he may ________.

8. The teacher tells Seno to submit his homework on the teachers desk ________.
Jawaban:
1. secretary
2. send the proposal to PT Sentosa Bahari
3. a cup of coffee
4. office boy
5. a classroom
6. collect their homework on his desk
7. forget to put it in his bag
8. tomorrow morning
C.

1. market
= pasar
2.
3. fantastic = menakjubkan
4.
5. to enjoy = menikmati
6.
7. to pick up = menjemput
8.
9. aunt
= tante/bibi
10.
beauty
=
trip
=
favor
=
to clean up =
kitchen
=
keindahan
perjalanan
bantuan
membersihkan
dapur
Variasi:
Complete the following sentences with the words in Task C.
1. Can I ask you a ________ to lift the table?
2. The students will ________ their study tour to Bali.
3. Mother asks me to ________ my sister from her friends house.
4. Once a week mother goes to the ________ to shop our daily needs.
5. Next holiday I have a plan to visit my ________ who lives in Bandung.
6. You can enjoy the ________ of the sunrise from the top of Mount Bromo.
7. Every Sunday morning I help mother cook our breakfast in the ________.
8. The ________ to Tawangmangu becomes an unforgettable experience for me.
9. I really enjoyed the music concerst last night. The lighting system was ________.
10. On weekends, I always ________ my room and rearrange the things to avoid boredom.
Jawaban:
1. favor
2. enjoy
3. pick up
4. market
5. aunt
6. beauty
7. kitchen
8. trip
9. fantastic
10. clean up
D.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the complete dialogs in
Task B?
______
______
______
______
______
For dialog 1. Rani is a friend of Ninas sister.

Ninas sister is shopping in the market.
Nina guesses that her sister will be long in the market.
Rani has no time to wait for Ninas sister.
For dialog 2. The tourist is visiting a temple.
139
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
______
______
______
______
______
The tourist thinks that the place is magnificent.

The tourist dislikes the weather here.
For dialog 3. Dianas mother will visit Aunt Ida.
Diana will pick up her mother in the morning.
Diana refuse to clean up the kitchen.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. T
3. F (Nina guesses that her sister will come home soon. It means that she wont be long in the
market.)
4. F (Rani will wait for Ninas sister. It means that she has time to wait for her.)
5. T
6. T
7. F (He likes the weather because he cant meet this in his country.)
8. T
9. F (Diana will pick her mother up at 3 p.m. or three in the afternoon.)
10. F (She agrees to clean up the kitchen by saying, O.K.)
Variasi:
A. Complete the following dialogs with the proper expressions from the boxes.
Dialog 1
a.
c.
e.
Thank you
Please come in
Is it difficult to find my house
Rudi
Rita
Rudi
Rita
Rudi
Rita
Rudi
Rita
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
b.
d.
your house is really nice

Youre right
Good evening, Rita.

Oh, you, Rudi. Good evening. (1) ________.
Thank you.
(2) ________?
Not really. You have given me a clear map and description of the house.
(3) ________. My house is the only one that has a mango tree.
By the way, (4) ________.
(5) ________.
Dialog 2
a.
c.
e.
Here is the trophy

Congratulations
Its great
Namira
Nanda
Namira
Nanda
Namira
Nanda
Namira
140
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
b.
d.
I have got the first winner

Are you kidding
Hey, look! (1) ________ in an English speech contest!

(2) ________?
No, I am not. (3) ________.
Wow! (4) ________! How could you get it?
Well, I have practiced a lot.
You are very lucky. (5) ________, then!
Thank you.
UNIT 3 Procedures
Jawaban:
Dialog 1
1. c
2.
3.
4.
5.
Dialog 2
1. b
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
Dialog 1
1. ______ The dialog takes place at Rudis house.
2. ______ It is difficult for Rudi to find Ritas house.
3. ______ Rita gives Rudi a clear map and description of her house.
4. ______ Every house in Ritas surrounding has a mango tree.
5. ______ Rudi thinks that Ritas house is really nice.
Jawaban:
1. F (The dialog takes place at Ritas house.)
2. F (It is easy for Rudi to find Ritas house.)
3. T
4. F (Ritas house is the only one that has a mango tree.)
5. T
Dialog 2
1. ______
2. ______
3. ______
4. ______
5. ______
Namira is giving news that she won in an English speech contest.

Since the beginning, Nanda is certain about the news.
Namira receives a trophy as the winner.
Namira can be the winner for she have practiced a lot.
Namira congratulates Nanda for her achievement.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F (At the beginning, Nanda is doubtful about the news by saying, Are you kidding?)
3. T
4. T
5. F (It is Nanda who congratulates Namira for her achievement.)
E.

Your teacher will ask you some questions based on the dialogs.
Listen to him/her carefully and answer the questions.
Dialog 1
Eka is looking for Ari, one of his schoolmates. However, he cant find him.
Then, he meets a girl in front of Aris classroom.
Eka : Excuse me. Have you seen, Ari?
Siwi : Ari? Sorry, I dont know him. What does he look like?
Eka : He is not very tall. He has wavy hair and a round face.
Siwi : Does he wear glasses?
Eka : Yeah.
Siwi : It seems that he is in the library. I saw him going there.
Eka : O.K. Thanks.
141
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:

1. Where does the dialog happen?
2. Who is Ari?
3. What does Ari look like?
4. Are Siwi and Ari classmates? How do you know?
5. According to Siwi, where is Ari actually?
Jawaban:
1. At school.
2. He is one of Ekas schoolmates.
3. He is not very tall. He has wavy hair and a round face. He also wears glasses.
4. No, they arent. From Siwis sentence, Ari? Sorry, I dont know him., it means that they are
not classmates since Siwi doesnt know Ari.
5. He is in the library.
Dialog 2
Mrs. Anggit is in the living room when Soni wants to go out. He looks in a hurry.
Mrs. Anggit : Where are you going in such a hurry, my boy?
Soni
: Im going to the cinema to see the latest Brad Pitts film, Mom.
Mrs. Anggit : Is it good?
Soni
: It is, Mom. Today is the last day.
Mrs. Anggit : Is that true?
Soni
: Yup! See you.
Mrs. Anggit : See you. Dont come home late. And take care.
Soni
: Sure, Mom.
2. Where do you think the dialog takes place?
3. Where are Soni going?
4. What is Soni doing in that place?
5. What does Mrs. Anggit ask Soni?
Jawaban:
1. Mother and her son.
2. At Mrs. Anggits house.
3. He is going to the cinema.
4. He is going to see the latest Brad Pitts film.
5. She asks him not to come home late and take care of himself.
142
UNIT 3 Procedures
Variasi:
A. Find the meanings of the following words.
You will find them in the dialogs in Task B.
1. cute
= lucu menggemaskan
3. to offer
= menawari
5. bookshelf
= rak buku
7. to pay (attention) = menaruh (perhatian)
B.
2.
4.
6.
8.
attention =
heavy =
to bring =
uncle
=
perhatian
berat
membawa
paman

Your teacher will ask you some questions based on the dialogs.
Listen to him/her carefully and answer the questions.
Dialog 1
Sari : You know what! My uncle has a new baby!
Dewi : Really? Is it a boy or a girl?
Sari : A girl.
Dewi : Is she pretty?
Sari : Absolutely! She is pretty and very cute.
Dewi : Your uncle must be very happy.
Sari : Of course. He and his wife pay much attention to their baby.
1. What are the girls talking about?
2. How does the baby look?
3. What do Saris uncle and his wife do to their baby?
4. Sari said She is pretty and very cute. What does the word she refer to?
Jawaban:
1. About Saris uncles baby.
2. She is pretty and very cute.
3. They pay much attention to their baby.
4. It refers to Saris uncles baby.
Dialog 2
Mrs. Rendra is bringing some books. Ririn, her daughter, sees her. She, then, offers her help.
Ririn
: It must be too heavy. Let me help you, Mom.
Mrs. Rendra : Thanks.
Ririn
: Where should I put these books?
Mrs. Rendra : In our new bookshelf. Thank you.
Ririn
: Is there anything else I can help?
Mrs. Rendra : Well, can you get me a glass of water, dear. Im so thirsty.
Ririn
: Certainly, Mom. Please wait.
Mrs. Rendra : O.K.
2. What does Ririn offer?
3. What else does Mrs. Rendra ask Ririn?
4. Does Ririn fulfil her mothers request? How do you know?
143
Jawaban:
1. Mother and her daughter.
2. She offers help to bring some of the books.
3. She asks Ririn to get her a glass of water.
4. Yes, she does. From Ririns sentence, Certainly, Mom.
F.

Write down the expressions you have heard on a sheet of paper.
In turns, use the expressions in short conversations with your friend.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:

1. Can you do me a favor?
2. Id like a glass of iced tea, please.
3. Can you help me cut this paper?
4. Yes, let me handle it, for you.
5. Will you help me paint the wall?
6. Please pass me the cardboard.
7. There will a night fair in the city!
8. You won the contest? Is it confirmed?
9. What does your new biology teacher look like?
10. We will go home earlier because of the teachers meeting!
Example:
You will hear
: Id like a glass of iced tea, please.
The conversation : Student A : Its very hot today! Can I get you something?
Student B : Id like a glass of iced tea, please.
Student A : O.K. Please wait.
G.

Eka : Good morning, Sir.
Man : Good morning.
Eka : Excuse me. Are you a new teacher,
Sir?
Man : Yes, I am. I replace Mr. Sudirman
who has been retired.
1.
144
Jawaban: C
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat yang
diucapkan anak lelaki (Eka),Excuse me.
Are you a new teacher, Sir? dan juga
jawaban laki-laki dewasa, Yes, I am..
Listen to the dialogs.

answer.

A. A student and his friend.
B. A father and his son.
C. A student and a teacher.
D. A principal and a student.
UNIT 3 Procedures
2.
Eka said, Excuse me. Are you a new

teacher, Sir? What does it mean?
A. He is asking for an opinion.
B. He is asking for a fact.
C. He is telling a fact.
D. He is giving an opinion.
Jawaban: B
Kalimat itu berarti Maaf. Apakah Anda
guru baru di sini?. Kalimat ini
menanyakan fakta (asking for a fact).
3.
Who has been retired?

A. Mr. Suhardi.
B. Mr. Sudirman.
C. Eka.
D. The teacher who speaks with Eka.
Jawaban: B
Dalam percakapan guru mengatakan,
I replace Mr. Sudirman who has been
retired. yang artinya Saya menggantikan
Pak Sudirman yang pensiun.. Jadi, yang
sudah pensiun adalah Pak Sudirman.
Ria : Do me a favor, please.
Putri : Yes?
Ria : Pass me the ketchup.
Putri : Sure, here youre.
Ria : Thanks.
Putri : Anything else?
Ria : The pepper, please.
Putri : Here it is.
4.
5.
What are the speakers probably doing?

A. Cooking.
B. Chating.
C. Arguing.
D. Discussing.
Jawaban: A
Berdasarkan kata-kata kunci, seperti
ketchup dan pepper, kegiatan yang
sesuai sedang dilakukan kedua pembicara
adalah memasak. Pilihan jawaban yang
lain salah karena tidak ada kaitannya
dengan kecap dan lada. Pilihan jawaban
(B) artinya berbincang-bincang, (C) artinya
berdebat, dan (D) artinya berdiskusi.
Ria says, Do me a favor, please.
What does it mean?
A. She is asking for a fact.
B. She is asking for an opinion.
C. She is telling a fact.
D. She is asking for something.
Jawaban: D
Kalimat yang diucapkan Ria artinya
Tolong, bantu saya.. Jadi, maksud
kalimat itu adalah untuk meminta sesuatu
(asking for something).

Dawiya : Hi, Sinta! What are you doing
here?
Sinta : Hi, Dawiya! Well, I am waiting for
my sister. She comes from
Yogyakarta. What about you?
Dawiya : Well, I am waiting for the train to

Surabaya.
Sinta : What time does the train come?
Dawiya : Based on the schedule, it arrives
at 8:10 a.m. Look! Thats my train!
Sinta : Yes, it is. Let me help you bring
your suitcase.
Dawiya : No, thanks. I can manage myself.
O.K., I have to go now. See you
soon, Sinta.
Sinta : See you. Take care.
Dawiya : Thanks.
6.
Where does the dialog take place?

A. At the bus station.
B. At the railway station.
C. In an airport.
D. In a taxi pool.
Jawaban: B
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kata train yang
artinya kereta api dan kalimat Look!
Thats my train! yang artinya Lihat! Itu
kereta saya!. Jadi, percakapan tersebut
terjadi di stasiun kereta api.
7.
Where is Dawiya going to?

A. Yogyakarta.
B. Surakarta.
C. Jakarta.
D. Surabaya.
Jawaban: D
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat yang
diucapkan Dawiya, Well, I am waiting for
the train to Surabaya. yang artinya Saya
sedang menunggu kereta ke Surabaya.,
sehingga she mengacu kepada Dawiya.
8.
When do the speakers meet?

A. In the evening.
B. In the afternoon.
C. In the morning.
D. At night.
Jawaban: C
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat Dawiya
yang mengatakan bahwa ia sedang
menunggu kereta ke Surabaya yang akan
tiba pukul 8.10 pagi (8:10 a.m.). Itu artinya
Dawiya dan Sinta bertemu pada pagi hari.
Jadi, pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya
pada pagi hari benar.
145
A.
Listen and repeat after your teacher.
Dialog 1
Ira : Farid, what are you looking at?
Farid : Look! Arent they the photos of the last year Independence Days celebration in our school?
Ira : Yes, they are. So?
Farid : Arent they the students of Grade VIIIB?
Ira : Yes, they are. This is Ririn, Ina, Anton . . . .
Farid : I think they look different now . . . . They look more mature.
Ira : Youre right. Moreover, they didnt wear uniforms.
Farid : I agree.
Dialog 2
Vika
Mr. Anjar
Vika
Mr. Anjar
:
:
:
:
Vika
Mr. Anjar
Vika
Mr. Anjar
:
:
:
:
Dad, could you help me?

Sure, sweety. What is it?
I want to send a document, but I dont know how to use the fax machine.
All right, let me show you. First, put the document you want to send here, and then dial
the receiver number.
O.K. Then?
Just push the start button.
Hmm. Its easy. Thank you, Dad.
My pleasure, sweety.
Dialog 3
Mother : Dear, you havent watered the flowers, have you?
Chyntia : O gosh, Im sorry, Mom. I forgot.
Mother : I think you have forgotten to water them for some days. Look, some of them become
wilt now.
Chyntia : Sorry, Mom. I didnt mean it. I really forgot to do that.
Mother : Recently, you are always busy watching television every afternoon, so you forget your
duties.
Chyntia : I know, but I promise it wont happen again.
Mother : I hope you can keep your promise.
Chyntia : I will. O.K., Ill water the flowers now.
Variasi:
Find the opposite meanings of the following words in the dialogs above.
1. childish
>< mature
2. to put off
>< to wear
3. to hide
>< to show
4. to receive
>< to send
5. difficult
>< easy
6. fresh
>< wilt
7. to remember >< to forget
8. spare
>< busy
9. later
>< now
10. to break (promise) >< to keep (promise)
146
UNIT 3 Procedures
B.
Answer the following questions based on the dialogs in Task A.
Dialog 1
Jawaban: About the photos of the last year Independence Days celebration in their school.
2. Whom do they see?
Jawaban: The students of Grade VIIIB.
3. What does Farid think about them?
Jawaban: They look different and more mature now.
4. Does Ira agree with him?
Jawaban: Yes, she does.
5. . . . of the last year Independence Days celebration in our school?
What is the word celebration in Indonesian?
Jawaban: It is perayaan.
Dialog 2
Jawaban: How to send a document using a fax machine.
2. Who are involved in the dialog?
Jawaban: Father and daughter.
Jawaban: At Mr. Anjars or Vikas house.
4. What should Vika do to send the document?
Jawaban: She puts the document she wants to send in the machine, then dials the receiver
number, and finally pushes the start button.
5. Vika says, Dad, could you help me?
What does it mean?
Jawaban: She is asking for help.
Dialog 3
1. What is the relationship between the speakers?
Jawaban: Mother and daughter.
2. Mother said, Dear, you havent watered the flowers, have you?
What does it mean?
Jawaban: She is asking for clarification.
3. What happens to the flowers?
Jawaban: Some of them become wilt.
4. Why are the flowers wilt?
Jawaban: Chyntia has forgotten to water them for some days.
5. What makes Chyntia forget her task?
Jawaban: Recently, she is always busy watching television every afternoon.
Variasi:
Listen and repeat after the teacher.
Dialog 1
Johan
: Excuse me, Sir. I want to go to Prambanan Temple, but I dont know the
way to go there. Can you show me?
Mr. Danang : Sure. You can take a pedicab, or you can go there on foot. It is not far from
here.
147
Johan
: Really? How far is it from this hotel?
Mr. Danang : Not more than a kilometer. You can follow this road, go straight to the west.
There you will see the entrance gate. Then, you can get the ticket in the ticket
box near the entrance.
Johan
: Thank you for your help.
Mr. Danang : Youre welcome.
Questions:
Jawaban: In a hotel.
Jawaban: About the way to reach Prambanan Temple from the hotel.
3. How can Johan reach the place?
Jawaban: He can take a pedicab, or go there on foot.
4. How far is the place from the hotel?
Jawaban: Not more than a kilometer.
5. Where is the ticket box situated?
Jawaban: Near the entrance gate of the temple.
Dialog 2
Mr. Chandra : Rian, get me a screwdriver, please.
Rian
: Here it is, Dad. What else?
Mr. Chandra : Cutter, please.
Rian
: Um . . . I dont have a cutter. Do you have it, Dad?
Mr. Chandra : Yes. It is in my toolbox.
Rian
: Where is the toolbox?
Mr. Chandra : It is under the cupboard.
Rian
: O.K. I will take it.
Mr. Chandra : Thanks.
Questions:
Jawaban: In a garage.
2. What do you think they are going to do?
Contoh jawaban: They are going to fix or repair something.
3. What does Mr. Chandra need?
Jawaban: He needs a screwdriver and a cutter.
4. Where does Mr. Chandra keep the cutter?
Jawaban: In his toolbox.
5. Where can Rian find the box?
Jawaban: Under the cupboard.
C.
Complete each dialog with the correct expressions from the box.
Then, perform it with a friend.
Dialog 1
a.
c.
e.
148
Whats her name

Where does she live
I have a new friend
UNIT 3 Procedures
b.
d.
Thats right
I think she is smart and friendly
Ayu
:
Mrs. Setiawan :
Ayu
:
Mrs. Setiawan :
Ayu
:
Mrs. Setiawan :
Ayu
:
Mrs. Setiawan :
Ayu
:
Jawaban:
1. e
2.
Mom, (1) ________. She lives around here.

Does she? (2) ________?
Only one block from here.
(3) ________?
Adinda.
Adinda? Um . . . is she Mrs. Roys daughter?
(4) ________.
What do you think of her?
(5) ________.
c
3.
4.
5.
Dialog 2
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
My sister saw you in the mall

She just saw you in distance
Maybe youre right
No, its not true
But she believes that it was you
Sheila and Firman are talking in the canteen.

Sheila : Firman, I heard that yesterday you did a window shopping with a girl. Is it right?
Firman : What? (1) ________. I stayed at home all day. Who said that?
Sheila : Dont tell me a lie. (2) ________.
Firman : Maybe your sister is wrong. I didnt go to the mall yesterday.
Sheila : (3) ________.
Firman : Suppose he was me, why didnt she greet me?
Sheila : (4) ________.
Firman : Perhaps that boy just looks like me. So, your sister thought that he was me.
Sheila : (5) ________. Well, just forget it.
Jawaban:
1. d
2. a
3. e
4. b
5. c
D.
Complete the following statements based on the dialogs in Task C.
Dialog 1
1. The dialog happens between ________ and ________.
2. The speakers are talking about ________.
3. Ayus new friend lives ________ from her house.
4. Mrs. Setiawan knows Ayus new friend because she is ________.
5. Ayu thinks that her new friend is ________.
Dialog 2
1. Sheila heard that Firman went to ________ with ________ yesterday.
2. Sheila got the news from ________.
3. Firman denied that he did window shopping because ________.
4. According to Sheilas sister, she saw Firman ________, so she didnt greet him.
5. Firman argues that perhaps the boy ________.
149
Jawaban:
Dialog 1
1. mother; daughter
3. one block
5. smart and friendly
Dialog 2
1. a mall; a girl
3. he stayed at home all the day
5. looks like him
2.
4.
Adinda, Ayus new friend

Mrs. Roys daughter
2.
4.
her sister
in distance
Variasi:
Complete each dialog below with the correct expressions from the box.
Dialog 1
a.
c.
e.
All right
Which dictionary do you need
Where is your dictionary
b.
d.
can you help me, please

Certainly
Rina and Ayu are doing their group assignment during the break. Rina puts her bag beside Ayu.
Rina : Ayu, (1) ________?
Ayu : (2) ________. What can I do for you?
Rina : Take me a dictionary, please.
Ayu : (3) ________?
Rina : Its in my bag.
Ayu : (4) ________? I mean . . . there are two dictionaries in your bag.
The English-Indonesian or Indonesian-English dictionary?
Rina : The English-Indonesian dictionary, please.
Ayu : (5) ________.
Jawaban:
1. b
2. d
3. e
4. c
5. a
Dialog 2
a.
c.
e.
Do you
May I know your name
Nice name
b.
d.
So we are neighbors
Where do you live
Bagas is at the bus stop. There is a girl standing beside him.

Bagas : Hi, Im Bagas. (1) ________?
Jasmine : Hi, Bagas. Sure, Im Jasmine.
Bagas : (2) ________. Where are you off to?
Jasmine : Er . . . going home. And you?
Bagas : Me to. (3) ________?
Jasmine : On Jalan Semar.
Bagas : Jalan Semar? I live at Jalan Semar number 47.
Jasmine : (4) ________? I live at Jalan Semar number 25.
Bagas : (5) ________. Small world, isnt it?
Jasmine : Yeah.
Jawaban:
1. c
2. e
3. d
4. a
5. b
150
UNIT 3 Procedures
B.
1. ______ For dialog 1. The dialog takes place in a classroom.

2. ______ Rina asks for Ayus favor to take her bag.
3. ______ Ayu brings two dictionaries in her bag.
4. ______ Rina needs an Indonesian-English dictionary.
5. ______ For dialog 2. Bagas and Jasmine have not known each other before.
6. ______ The speakers are waiting for a bus.
7. ______ Both of the speakers are going to school.
8. ______ The speakers houses are situated on the same street.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F (Rina asks for Ayus favor to take her dictionary.)
3. F (It is Rina who brings two dictionaries, not Ayu.)
4. F (Rina needs an English-Indonesian dictionary.)
5. T
6. T
7. F (They are going home.)
8. T
E.
Put the following sentences in the correct order to make good dialogs.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

Dialog 1
Listy is in the bus stop. Shes looking for her purse.
5 Listy : Are you sure, Sir?
A man : Its all right. I understand.
8
Listy : Im sorry, then, for bothering you.
7
A man : Yes. What is it?
2
Listy : Excuse me, Sir. I would like to ask you something.
1
A man : Sorry, I didnt see any purse here.
4
Listy : Hmm, did you see my purse around here? Its green.
3
A man : Definitely.
6
Dialog 2
At the break . . . .
2
5
8
1
4
7
6
Sonia
Tika
Sonia
Tika
Sonia
Tika
Sonia
Tika
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Yes, its true.

Medan? That is so far away.
I will miss you too.
Sonia, Adita told me that you will move to another town. Is it true?
To Medan.
I will miss you then.
Well, my father has got a new position. He has to manage a new branch office in
Medan.
: Where will you move then?
151
F.
Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialogs in Task E?
Dialog 1
1. ______ Listy is losing her purse.
2. ______ Listys purse is yellow.
3. ______ The man didnt see any purse at the bus stop.
4. ______ Listy apologizes for bothering the man.
5. ______ Finally, Listy can get her purse back.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F (Listys purse is green.)
3. T
4. T
5. F (Listy cannot find her purse. It means she doesnt get her purse back.)
Dialog 2
1. ______ Sonia herself tells Tika about her movement to Medan.
2. ______ Sonia has to move to Medan because her father has got a new position.
3. ______ Sonias fathers company has just opened a new branch office in Medan.
4. ______ Medan is situated not far from the girls town.
5. ______ Both of the girls will miss each other.
Jawaban:
1. F (Aditya tells Tika about Sonias movement to Medan, not Sonia herself.)
2. T
3. T
4. F (Based on Tikas sentence saying Medan? That is so far away., it can be concluded that
Medan is situated far from the girls town.)
5. T
Variasi:
Guru dapat menulis percakapan acak dan pertanyaan berikut di papan tulis, lalu siswa
menyalinnya di buku masing-masing.
A. Put the following sentences in the correct order to make good dialogs.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
Dialog 1
: Well, I want to borrow these books.
3 Tirta
6 Ms. Dina : Good! Listen, you should return the books next week.
: Good morning, Miss.
1 Tirta
4 Ms. Dina : O.K. May I see your member card, please?
: All right, Miss. Thank you.
7 Tirta
2 Ms. Dina : Good morning. What can I do for you?
: Sure. Here you are.
5 Tirta
152
UNIT 3 Procedures
Dialog 2
3 Ida
6 Andi
9 Ida
2 Andi
11 Ida
4 Andi
7 Ida
10 Andi
5 Ida
8 Andi
1 Ida
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Thanks. Hmm . . . is this your mother?

She is a tour guide. She takes people on tours here in Bandung.
She is a doctor. She works in Mitra Sehat Hospital.
Sure. Just open it.
I think so.
No, shes my aunt. My mother is next to her.
That sounds great! I think a tour guide is an interesting job.
Really? My sister is a nurse there. They must know each other.
I see. What does your mother do?
Yes, its an interesting job. My mother loves it. What about your mother?
Andi, may I see this photo album?
Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VII
B.
Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A.
Dialog 1
Jawaban: About borrowing books.
Jawaban: In a school library.
3. Who are involved in the dialog?
Jawaban: A student and a librarian.
4. Tirta wants to borrow a book. What should he have?
Jawaban: He should have a member card.
5. How long can Tirta borrow the books?
Jawaban: For a week.
Dialog 2
Jawaban: They are talking about their mothers professions.
Jawaban: In Andis house.
3. What does Andis mother do?
Jawaban: She is a tour guide.
4. What is her duty?
Jawaban: She takes people on tours in Bandung.
5. What does Idas mother do?
Jawaban: She is a doctor.
153
G.
mengapa kamu tidak ikut lomba itu?, dan

dibenarkan oleh Fitri dengan menyebutkan
alasan ia tidak ikut lomba, yaitu karena ia
tidak punya rasa percaya diri. Pilihan
dengan isi percakapan. Pilihan jawaban
(B) sesuai dengan ucapan Fitri I have no
confidence to do it., (C) sesuai dengan
ucapan Fitri Well, I cant speak English
fluently., dan (D) sesuai dengan ucapan
Deasy All you need is just more practice.

answer.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1

and 2.
Fitri
Deasy
Fitri
Deasy
Fitri
Deasy
Fitri
Deasy
1.
2.
154
: Deasy, you won the English speaking

contest, right?
: Thats right.
: Congratulations!
: Thank you. Anyway, why didnt you
join the contest?
: I have no confidence to do it.
: Why?
: Well, I cant speak English fluently.
: O, come on. I believe that you can
speak English well. All you need is
just more practice.
Deasy said, Anyway, why didnt you join

the contest?
The underlined word can be best replaced
by ________.
A. complete
B. put on
C. take part
D. collect
Jawaban: C
Kata join artinya bergabung atau ikut.
Kata ini memiliki makna yang sama
dengan kata take part yang artinya ambil
bagian. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
karena memiliki makna yang berbeda.
Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya melengkapi,
(B) artinya meletakkan/mengenakan, dan
(D) artinya mengumpulkan.
The following statements are TRUE about
Fitri, except ________.
A. she took part in the contest
B. she has no confidence to follow the
contest
C. she thinks that she cant speak
English fluently
D. according to Deasy, she only needs to
practice more
Jawaban: A
Pilihan jawaban ini, yang artinya ia ambil
bagian dalam kontes itu, benar untuk
pernyataan yang salah. Pernyataan ini
bertentangan dengan pertanyaan Deasy,
yaitu Anyway, why didnt you join the
contest? yang artinya Ngomong-omong,
UNIT 3 Procedures

Mrs. Yudi
: Can you help me, please?
Shop assistant : Sure. What can I do for you?
Mrs. Yudi
: I want some cookies on the
shelf, but I cant take them.
Could you help me get them,
please?
Shop assistant : Sure, Maam. Here youre.
Mrs. Yudi
: Thanks. By the way, where
can I get chocolate?
Shop assistant : Over there, on the dairy
section. Let me show you,
then.
Mrs. Yudi
: No, thanks. I can handle it.
Shop assistant : Are you sure, Maam?
Mrs. Yudi
: Sure, thanks.
3.
Where do you think the dialog takes place?

A. In the Internet cafe.
B. In a restaurant.
C. In a hospital.
D. In a supermarket.
Jawaban: D
Berdasarkan kata-kata kunci shop
assistant (pelayan toko), shelf (rak),
dairy section (bagian produk susu), dapat
disimpulkan kalau percakapan tersebut
berlangsung di supermarket, bukan di (A)
warung Internet, (B) restoran, atau
(C) rumah sakit.
4.
Mrs. Yudi said, Could you help me get

them, please?
What does it mean?
A. She is asking for information.
B. She is asking for service.
C. She is giving information.
D. She is giving service.
The underlined word refers to ________.

A. the shelves
B. the cookies
C. the visitors
D. the chocolate
Jawaban: B
Kata them mengacu pada objek yang
telah disebutkan pada kalimat
sebelumnya, yaitu the cookies pada
kalimat I want some cookies on the shelf,
. . . .. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
karena bukan kata yang dimaksud.
Jawaban: B
Kalimat tersebut artinya Bersediakah
Anda mengambilkannya untuk saya?.
Kalimat ini diucapkan untuk meminta jasa
seseorang (asking for service). Pilihan
tujuan ucapan tersebut.
5.
Mrs. Yudi said, Could you help me get

them, please?
H.
In pairs, make a dialog based on the guideline below.

Niko
Gilang
says that he is thirsty and want iced-tea.
Contoh
Gilang :
Niko :
Gilang :
Niko :
Gilang :
Niko :
Gilang :
asks for clarification.
jawaban:
Im so thirsty. I want to drink iced-tea.
I want soft drink. Dont you like soft drink?
Not really.
What do you mean?
Drinking soft drink every day is not good for our health.
Is it right?
Yes.
Create a dialog based on one of the pictures below.

Use the key words and the expressions you have learned.
1.
Source: <http://
ripculz.wordpress.com/
2009/07/>
2.
Mount Jaya Wijaya

snow on the peak of the mountain
Source: <http://
upload.wikimedia.org/
wikipedia/>
I.
asks for clarification.
clarifies it.
explains that drinking soft drink every day is

not good.
says that he does not really like it.
says that he is also thirsty and wants soft

drink. Asks whether Gilang likes soft drink.
The Komodo Island

nominated as one of the natural seven wonders
155
4.
Source: <http://
gambar.iklanmax.com/
20081224/230859/
slayerselendangshawl.>
Source: <http://
fc01.deviantart.net/fs48/f/
2009/203/>
3.
The Suramadu Bridge

built across Madura Strait
Source: <http://
msnbcmedia.msn.com/j/
MSNBC/Components/
Slideshows/_production/ss090930-indo-quake/ss091002-indoquake01.ss_full.>
5.
batikstated as the worlds cultural

heritage by UNESCO
earthquake hit Padang

hundreds of people died
Contoh jawaban:
1. You
: Did you know that we have a mountain which has snow on its peak?
Your friend : No, I didnt. Is there any?
You
: Well, it is Mount Jaya Wijaya in Papua.
Your friend : Unbelievable! Our country is situated on the equator, but there is snow!
Amazing!
You
: It is.
2.
You
Your friend
You
Your friend
3.
You
: Where were you last week?
Your friend : I visited my uncles family in Madura.
You
: Did you pass through the Suramadu Bridge?
Your friend : Yes, I did. It was cool! That was the first time I saw myself a bridge across
a strait.
You
: How lucky you are! I hope I can be there someday.
4.
You
: Do you have time tomorrow after school?
Your friend : I think so. Why?
You
: I need to buy a batik shirt. Will you go with me to a fashion shop?
Your friend : Sure. By the way, did you know that batik was declared by UNESCO as the
worlds cultural heritage?
You
: Was it? When?
Your friend : On October 2, 2009.
You
: That was great!
156
:
:
:
:
UNIT 3 Procedures
Have you voted the Komodo Island as one of the natural seven wonders?
Of course, I have. What about you?
I have too. Lets ask the others to vote.
Good idea!
5.
You
Your friend
You
Your friend
You
:
:
:
:
:
Have you heard the news?

What news?
An earthquake hit Padang this afternoon!
Are you sure about it?
I am. I watched the news on TV. It happened at 5:16 p.m. And it is predicted that
hundreds of people died. Some of them are still buried under the ruins.
Your friend : What a tragedy!
3.2 Genre
Spoken Text
Do you like ice cream? Do you want to know how to make it? Ill tell you how to make
a five-minute ice cream.
First of all, you have to prepare the ingredients. They are one package of frozen fruit,
cup of sugar, 2/3 cup of heavy cream and 1 teaspoonful of vanilla.
Lets start making it. Firstly, combine the frozen fruit, of sugar, cream and vanilla in a food
processor or blender. Secondly, process until the fruit is roughly chopped and the mixture
resembles ice cream. Then, your ice cream is ready to enjoy!
You can eat the ice cream now if you cant wait, or freeze for firmer texture. The ice
cream can be frozen for up to a week.
Adapted from: October 2, 2009 <http://www.instructables.com/id/SLNFW3SFU6LRB0K/>
The text above is a spoken procedure. It functions to tell how to make something
through a sequence of steps.
Written Text
5-Minute Ice Cream
Aim/goal
157
Materials/
Ingredients
What you need:

1 package frozen fruit
1/2 cup sugar
2/3 cup heavy cream
1 tsp vanilla
Step 1 Make Ice Cream!

Combine the frozen fruit, sugar, cream and vanilla in a food
processor or blender. Process until the fruit is roughly chopped
and mixture resembles ice cream.
Steps
Step 2 Eat!
Your ice cream is ready to enjoy!
Eat now if you cant wait, or freeze for firmer texture.
The ice cream can be frozen for up to a week.
Source: October 2, 2009 <http://www.instructables.com/id/SLNFW3SFU6LRB0K/>
The text above is a written procedure. A procedure tells how to make something through
a sequence of actions or steps. It usually uses imperative sentences, such as cut, place,
use, etc.
The structure of the text is:
aim/goal,
materials/ingredients,
steps/methods.
158
UNIT 3 Procedures
Grammar Section
Adverbs
Study the following sentences.
Aryani dances beautifully.
Shinta arrived late due to a flat tire.

Pay attention to the bold-typed words in the sentences above. They are called adverbs; the
first is an adverb of manner and the second is an adverb of time.
An adverb is a describing word. It describes actions or verbs. It tells you the way someone
does something.
There are some kinds of adverbs. Among them are:
1. Adverbs of Manner
They tell you the way people do things.
Examples:
Mr. Arman wrote the recipe clearly.
The boy does the exercises fast.

Other common adverbs of manner are:
2.
freely
quickly
carelessly
loudly
correctly
beautifully
Adverbs of Time
They tell you when someone does something, or when something happens.
Examples:
It rained hard last night.
The students of VIIA are playing volleyball now.

Other common adverbs of time are:
3.
brightly
cheaply
tomorrow
already
soon
yesterday
early
this afternoon
late
next month
Adverbs of Place
They tell you where things happen, or where someone or something is going.
Examples:
The children are playing upstairs.
Your seat is over there.

Other common adverbs of place are:
4.
upstairs
anywhere
near
Adverbs which are used to introduce the first, second, etc. of a list of points/things
Examples:
Firstly, whisk the eggs.
Finally, serve it in a bowl.
159

1.
What text type have you learned in Unit 2?

Jawaban: Descriptives.
What is the purpose of the text?
Jawaban: To describe a particular person, place or thing.
Can you mention some titles of descriptives? What are they?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I can. There are My lovely House, My Beloved Family, My School.
2.
3.
A.

Put the following pictures into the correct order based on the procedure you have
heard.

Have you ever heard about a sauted green shrimp? Let me tell you how to make it.
Firstly, wash the vegetables and peel off the garlic. Then, chop the vegetables and slice the
garlic very thin. Now, prepare the shrimps. Next, heat the oil in a frying pan. Saute the garlic,
shrimp and the vegetables. Finally, cook then serve it on a plate.
Gambar yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

2
B.
1.
2.
160
Answer the questions based on the text you have heard in Task A.
Jawaban: How to make a sauted green shrimp.
What should you slice very thin?
Jawaban: The garlic.
UNIT 3 Procedures
3.
What should you do after slicing the garlic?

Jawaban: Preparing the shrimp.
What should you saute firstly?
Jawaban: The garlic.
What should you saute lastly?
Jawaban: The vegetables.
4.
5.
Variasi:
A. You will hear the following words in the monolog in Task B.
Find the meanings of the words.
1. straight = lurus
2. thigh
= paha
3. exhale = menghembuskan napas
4. slide
= mendorong
5. stretch = merentangkan
6. waist
= pinggang
7. toward = ke arah
8. bend
= membungkukkan
9. leg
= kaki (bagian yang panjang)
10. feet
= kaki bagian bawah, yang digunakan orang/hewan untuk berdiri
B.

Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on what you have heard?
Picture source: October 6, 2009

<http://www.health.com/health/library/mdp/
0,zm6022,00.html>

Did you know that your muscles are flexible?
Flexible means that they are able to bend or stretch.
Try this activity to know how flexible you are.
First, sit on the floor with your legs straight out
in front of you. Place your hands on your thighs,
keep your arms straight. As you slowly exhale, bend
at the waist, sliding your hands along your legs
toward your feet. Stretch as far as you can. Can you
reach your feet?
Source: Head to Toe Science
Statements:
1. ______ Your legs should be straight out in front of you.
2. ______ You should place your hands on your waist before sliding them.
3. ______ You should exhale fast while bending at the waist.
4. ______ You should stretch as far as you can.
5. ______ The activity is to know how flexible you are.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F (You should place your hands on your thighs.)
3. F (You should exhale slowly.)
4. T
5. T
161
C. Listen to your teacher.

Complete the text based on what you have heard.
How to Digest Food Faster with One Simple Exercise
Certain foods tend to take longer to digest than others. Here is a simple trick that my step
aerobics teacher has taught me, to help (1) digest your food during the day or before you go to
bed at night. It only takes a few minutes.
Difficulty: Moderately Easy
Instructions:
Step 1
The first thing you need to do is lie flat (2) on your belly on
the floor. You will need to be on a hard surface, so no beds
or couches.
Step 2
Next thing you need to do is (3) reach behind you and grab
your legs (4) with your hands.
Step 3
Next, pick up your neck and (5) look forward.
Step 4
Now, start rocking in a back and forth motion like (6) a rocking horse.
Step 5
Count to 20 and (7) take a break. Return to your starting position and (8) repeat the steps
a few more times. Make sure you count to 20 each time.
Step 6
This is targeting (9) your stomach area, and the rocking motion helps (10) digest food
quicker.
Source: Sammysfirefox22, October 6, 2009 <http://www.ehow.com/how_5196597_digest-faster-one-simpleexercise.html>
162
UNIT 3 Procedures
D.
1.
2.
3.
A.
a rocking horse. yang artinya Sekarang,

mulailah bergoyang dengan gerakan ke
depan dan ke belakang seperti kuda
goyang..

answer based on the text in Task C.
Where should you lie on to do that activity?
A. Beds.
B. Matresses.
C. Couches.
D. Floors.
Jawaban: D
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat The
first thing you need to do is lie flat on your
belly on the floor.. Jadi, ketika melakukan
kegiatan ini, kita berbaring di atas
permukaan lantai.
What should you do to your legs?
A. Lift them high.
B. Grab them with our hands.
C. Place them firmly on the floor.
D. Push them to move towards our heads.
Jawaban: B
pada langkah kedua . . . grab your legs
with your hands. yang artinya . . . raih
kedua kaki dengan tanganmu..
How do you do the rocking movement?
A. In a back and forth motion.
B. In a left and right motion.
C. In a top and down motion.
D. In a free motion.
Jawaban: A
Pilihan jawaban ini benar yang
disimpulkan dari kalimat Now, start
rocking in a back and forth motion like
4.
How many should you count before you

take a break?
A. Ten.
B. Fifteen.
C. Twenty.
D. Twenty-five.
Jawaban: C
Pada langkah kedua terdapat kalimat
Count to 20 and take a break.. Jadi,
kamu dapat beristirahat setelah 20
(twenty) hitungan..
5.
When do you pick up your neck and look

forward?
A. After we rock.
B. After we reach behind us.
C. Before we grab our legs.
D. Before we lie flat.
Jawaban: B
Dalam teks langkah Next, pick up your
neck and look forward. adalah langkah
ketiga dan . . . is reach behind you and
grab your legs with your hands. adalah
langkah kedua. Jadi, kita dapat melakukan
kegiatan mengangkat leher dan melihat ke
depan setelah kita menggapai bagian
belakang (after we reach behind us) dan
meraih kedua kaki dengan tangan (after
we grab our legs with our hands).
You will find the following words in the text in Task B.


1. sturdy
= kokoh, kuat
2. to fold
= melipat
3. to bend
= menekuk
4. upper
= atas
5. to lift
= angkat
6. object
= benda
7. chest
= dada
8. to roll back down = rebah ke belakang
163
B.
a.
d.
Complete the text with the words from the box.

with control
sturdy object
b.
e.
lift your upper body

your chest
c.
behind your ears
STEP 1
Anchor your feet under a (1) ________. Then, lie with your
knees bent.
Next, fold your arms across (2) ________ or just hold your
hands (3) ________.
STEP 2
Slowly (4) ________. Finally, roll back down, slowly and
(5) ________. Repeat as desired.
Adapted from: October 3, 2009 <http://www.fullfitness.net/exercises/abs/situp>
Jawaban:
1. d
C.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
164
2.
3.
4.
5.
Answer the questions based on the text in Task B.

What material do you need for this activity?
Jawaban: A sturdy object.
What should you do with your knees?
Jawaban: Bend them.
Where should you fold your arms?
Jawaban: Across our chest.
When you hold your hands, where should you place them?
Jawaban: Behind our ears.
When should you lift your upper body?
Jawaban: After we fold our arms across our chest/hold our hands behind our ears.
UNIT 3 Procedures
Variasi:
Look at the pictures and read the cue words.
Tell your friends the procedure of folding a napkin based on them.
The French Napkin fold
Cue words:
lay
face down
dialogonally
orient
pivot at the same place the last fold pivoted

1
far corner
to the right
Contoh jawaban:
Maybe you often get confused of how to fold napkin. Well, just listen to me. Ill tell you
how to fold it well. This is the French napkin fold. First, lay the napkin face down in front of
you. Then, fold the napkin in half diagonally. Yeah, . . . like this. After that, orient the napkin so
the long side is on the left. Then, see the next step. Fold the far corner of the napkin
diagonally towards you and to the right. Finally, fold the right-most point towards you . . . so
that it pivots at the same place the last fold pivoted. Now, you can use the finished napkin for
your dinner place. Very classy and uncomplicated, right?
Source: September 19, 2008 <http:www.napkingfoldingguide.com/09-frenchfold/>
D.
Tell your friends how to make your local food/drink.

You may put the picture of the food/drink.
Contoh jawaban:
Hi, friends. I want to tell you how to make spicy fruit salad known
as rujak. Now, Ill show you how to make it.
Lets prepare the ingredients first. You need 1 chayote, peeled;
1 Granny Smith apple, cored; 2 cucumbers, peeled and cut in half
lengthwise with seeds removed; 1 raw mango; 1 orange, peeled and
divided into sections; tsp crushed red pepper; tsp shrimp paste;
Source: <http://servekrishna.net/ 3 tbsp brown sugar; tsp salt; 1 tsp tamarind, dissolved in 1 tbsp
images/static/kurma warm water; 1 14-oz can diced pineapple, drained.
myrujakmanis.jpg>
165
Lets begin making it. First, coarsely chop the chayote, apple, cucumbers, mango and orange
sections. Second, in a large bowl, combine crushed red pepper, shrimp paste, brown sugar, salt
and tamarind to make a paste. Finally, add the chayote, apple, cucumber, mango, orange and
pineapple to the bowl, and stir well to combine. Serve at room temperature. Your fruit salad is
ready. Hmm . . . yummy!
Source: November 30, 2009 <http://www.indonesianfoodonline.com/recipes/indonesian-spicy-fruit-salad-rujak>
A.
Read the text below.

Answer the questions based on the text.
Marmalade Pudding
Do you like pudding? Let me tell you how to make a kind of pudding, namely marmalade
pudding. You can try this at home.
To make this pudding, you need lb suet, lb breadcrumbs, lb plain flour, lb sugar,
1 flat teaspoon salt, 2 full teaspoons baking powder, 1 egg, 2 good tablespoons marmalade,
3 tablespoons milk or sufficient to give stirring consistency.
Now, here is how to make it.
Firstly, mix all the ingredients together and steam for two hours.
Secondly, melt some marmalade to act as a sauce.
Lastly, either serve the sauce separately or pour it over pudding.

Source: October 2, 2009 <http://simplerecipes.co.uk/puddings/marmalade.htm>
Questions:
1. How much salt do you need to make the pudding?
Jawaban: 1 flat teaspoon.
2. How many ingredients do you need to make the pudding?
Jawaban: Nine.
3. How long do you need to steam the ingredients?
Jawaban: For two hours.
4. How do you make the sauce?
Jawaban: By melting some marmalade.
5. What should you pour over the pudding?
Jawaban: The sauce.
B.
Read the text in Task A once again.

Underline the adverbs in the text.
Jawaban:
Marmalade Pudding
Do you like pudding? Let me tell you how to make a kind of pudding, namely marmalade
pudding. You can try this at home.
To make this pudding, you need lb suet, lb breadcrumbs, lb plain flour, lb sugar,
1 flat teaspoon salt, 2 full teaspoons baking powder, 1 egg, 2 good tablespoons marmalade,
3 tablespoons milk or sufficient to give stirring consistency.
Now, here is how to make it.
Firstly, mix all the ingredients together and steam for two hours.
Secondly, melt some marmalade to act as a sauce.
Lastly, either serve the sauce separately or pour it over pudding.

166
UNIT 3 Procedures
Variasi:
Make sentences using the adverbs you find in the text.
Contoh jawaban:
1. I decide to spend my weekend with my family at home.
2. Firstly, I go to the bookstore. Then, I go to the foodcourt for lunch.
3. Ive been waiting for Linda for two hours. I guess she wont come.
4. First of all, I prepare all the materials. Secondly, I pour some flour and sugar into a bowl.
5. Lastly, we have lunch together before going home.
6. The old couple live separately with their children. They prefer living in a village to in a big city.
7. Mother needs some milk to make sauce which will be poured over pudding.
C.
Complete the sentences below with suitable adverbs.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Hold the stick ________.

Do the homework ________.
Did you come here ________?
________, peel the mangoes.
Use the knife ________ in order not to hurt yourself.
I love your performance. You danced ________.
The students like Mr. Haryono. He always explains a lesson ________.
I feel very happy. My grandparents will come ________ by train this evening.
Before the test begins, the teacher asks each student to prepare a pen and a sheet of paper
________.
10. Ride your bike ________. Otherwise, we will come late to school.
Contoh jawaban:
1. tightly
2. well
3. yesterday
4. Firstly
5. carefully
6. beautifully
7. clearly
8. from Yogyakarta
9. on the desk
10. fast
Variasi:
Make five sentences using adverbs properly.
Contoh jawaban:
1. My mother is watering the flowers in the garden.
2. Ive studied hard for the test. I hope I can do it well.
3. My father goes to work earlier this morning because he has a meeting.
4. I went to your house yesterday afternoon, but you werent at home.
5. My sister will make fried rice. First of all, she prepare cooked rice and other ingredients.
D.
Put the following sentences in the correct order to get a good text.

5-Minute Chocolate Cake
3
Microwave for 3 minutes in a 1000W oven, or 4 minutes in

a 700W oven. It will start to crown over the top of the mug. Dont panic!
It will collapse once the heat stops.
167
Supplies:
a microwave
a coffee mug
4 tablespoons flour
4 tablespoons sugar
2 tablespoons unsweetened cocoa
1 egg
3 tablespoons milk
3 tablespoons oil
3 tablespoons chocolate chips
splash vanilla or other flavoringtry peppermint or cinnamon
Eat it!
This cake is still good half an hour out of the oven. In fact, I think
it gets better the longer it sits. However, I cant speak to how it does
after that since theres never any left!
Enjoy!
Mix your ingredients.

Add all of the dry ingredients to the mug and mix.
Add the egg and combine well. It gets pretty pasty at the point.
Stir in milk and oil.
Add chocolate chips and splash of vanilla. Stir well.
Source: October 2, 2009 <http://www.instructables.com/id/>
Variasi:
A. Find the meanings of the following words.
1. tablespoon = ukuran sendok makan
2. unsweetened = tidak manis (tawar)
3. cinnamon
= kayu manis
4. flavoring
= pemberi rasa (pada makanan/minuman)
5. dry
= kering
6. to stir
= mengaduk
7. to crown
= mengembang
8. left
= tersisa, sisa
168
UNIT 3 Procedures
B.
What are the opposite meanings of the following words?

Then, find their meanings.
Words
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
E.
1.
2.
3.
dry
to add
to stop
better
longer
Meaning
Antonym
Meaning
kering
menambahkan
berhenti
lebih baik
lebih lama
wet
to reduce
to continue
worse
shorter
basah
mengurangi
berlanjut
lebih buruk
lebih singkat
Jawaban: C
Microwave for 3 minutes in a 1000W
oven, or 4 minutes in a 700W oven. yang
artinya Panggang dalam microwave
1000W selama 3 menit atau 4 menit dalam
microwave 700W.

answer based on the text in Task D.
Which of the following ingredients dont
we need to make a 5-minute chocolate
cake?
A. Milk.
B. Oil.
C. Syrup.
D. Sugar.
Jawaban: C
Berdasarkan daftar bahan-bahan
(Supplies) dapat disimpulkan bahwa
bahan yang tidak dibutuhkan untuk
membuat kue cokelat ini adalah sirup.
What should we add in the mug before we
add milk?
A. Oil.
B. An egg.
C. Chocolate chips.
D. Splash of vanilla.
Jawaban: B
Sebelum kalimat Stir in milk and oil.
yang artinya Aduk susu dan minyak.,
terdapat kalimat Add the egg and
combine well . . . . yang artinya
Tambahkan telur dan campurkan dengan
rata.. Jadi, sebelum kita mencampurkan
susu, kita harus memasukkan telur
terlebih dahulu.
How long should you microwave the
mixture in a 700W oven?
A. 2 minutes.
B. 3 minutes.
C. 4 minutes.
D. 5 minutes.
4.
We should mix the ingredients below first

in the mug, except ________.
A. flour
B. milk
C. sugar
D. cocoa
Jawaban: B
Dalam teks terdapat kalimat Add all of the
dry ingredients to the mug and mix. yang
artinya Tambahkan semua bahan kering
ke dalam mangkuk dan campur.. Dari
daftar bahan-bahan (Supplies) dapat
diketahui bahwa bahan-bahan yang kering
adalah biji coklat, tepung, dan gula. Jadi,
yang tidak termasuk bahan yang
dicampurkan adalah susu.
5.
What will happen after we microwave it?

A. It will collapse.
B. It will be thicker.
C. It will collect at the bottom of the mug.
D. It will start to crown over the top of the
mug.
Jawaban: D
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat It will
start to crown over the top of the mug.
Dont panic! It will collapse once the heat
stops. yang artinya (Itu) akan
mengembang di bagian atas cangkir.
Jangan panik. Campuran itu akan
menyusut ketika panasnya hilang..
169
Variasi:
A. Answer the questions based on the proper text in Task D.
1. How much milk should you use?
Jawaban: Three tablespoons.
2. How many eggs do you need?
Jawaban: One.
3. What kind of cocoa should you use?
Jawaban: Unsweetened one.
4. What are the dry ingredients you should put into the mug?
Jawaban: Flour, sugar, unsweetened cocoa.
5. What should you do after you add all of the dry ingredients to the mug?
Jawaban: Mix them.
6. What happens after you add the egg and combine well?
Jawaban: It get pretty pasty at the point.
7. When should you add chocolate chips?
Jawaban: Afer we stir in milk and oil.
8. How long should you microwave the mixture in a 1000W oven?
Jawaban: For 3 minutes.
9. What happens after you microwave the mixture?
Jawaban: It will start to crown over the top of the mug.
10. Why does the writer say that we should not panic?
Jawaban: Because the crown will collapse once the heats stops.
B.
Read the text.

Germinating Petunia Seeds
You will need:
a packet of petunia seeds
loamy friable soil or potting mix
fertilizer
a seed tray or small pots

water
What to do:
1. Fill a seed tray with soil.
2. Incorporate fertilizer into soil.
3. Scatter seeds on the surface of the soil.
4. Cover seeds with a 3 mm layer of soil. Press firmly.
5. Spray water to moisten the seed bed.
6. Place seed tray in warm, sunny position (at least 25C).
7. Keep soil moist by watering gently while seeds are germinating. Seeds will germinate in
about 1014 days.
Questions:
1. Where can you scatter seeds?
Jawaban: On the surface of the soil.
2. What can you use if you dont have a seed tray?
Jawaban: We can use small pots.
3. Why should you spray water to the seed?
Jawaban: To moisten the seed bed.
170
UNIT 3 Procedures
4.
Where should you place the tray?

Jawaban: In warm, sunny position.
How long will the seeds germinate?
Jawaban: In about 10 to 14 days.
5.
C.
Match the words in column A with their suitable meanings in column B.

A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Responding
petunia
loamy
friable
to scatter
to spray
moist
to germinate
to incorporate
to cover
tray
Jawaban:
1. f
2. h
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
3. c
basah
memasukkan
gembur
menyemprot
menutupi
sejenis tumbuhan berbunga
baki
bergeluh
mengecambahkan
menyebarkan
4. j
5. d
6. a
7. i
8. b
9. e
10. g
D. Complete the sentences with the words in Task C.

1. Dinda serves the guests some glasses of tea using a ________.
2. The plant will grow well on a ________ soil like this.
3. Rina is feeling very cold, so she ________ her body with a warm blanket.
4. Do not ________ too much perfume on your body.
5. I dislike being in ________ air like this.
Jawaban:
1. tray
2. loamy
3. covers
4. spray
5. moist
A.
Look at the pictures.

Write a procedure based on the pictures.
You may use the following words:
draw
glue
template
color
clothes
construction paper
decorate
overalls
171
Paper Scarecrow
Supplies needed:
construction paper
pencil
glue
scissors
markers or crayons
optional: googly eyes
Optional: real straw or raffia
to draw template
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
to print/draw clothes
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
to cut out
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
172
UNIT 3 Procedures
to color and decorate clothes

____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
to glue clothes
to add eyes, a nose, a mouth
__________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
Source: October 6, 2009 <http://www.enchantedlearning.com/crafts/thanksgiving/scarecrow/>
Contoh jawaban:
1
Draw the scarecrow template (or draw your own).
2
Print out the scarecrow clothes (or draw your own).
173
3
Cut out the scarecrow,
shirt, overalls, shoes and
hat.
4
Color and decorate the clothes using crayons or markers.
Glue the clothes on the scarecrow.

Optional: glue on some straw (real straw,
raffia or thin strips of light brown paper) at
the edges of the clothing.
Add eyes, a nose and a mouth.
This scarecrow makes a fun Thanksgiving
decoration.
Source: October 6, 2009 <http://www.enchantedlearning.com/crafts/thanksgiving/scarecrow/>
B.

It is called pecel lele in some regions.
Write down a procedure how to make it.
You may write another procedure of a different recipe.
Picture source: October 4, 2009 <http://masakankita.blogspot.com/

2007/09/pecel-lele.html>
174
UNIT 3 Procedures
Contoh jawaban:
Pecel Lele
Ingredients:
4 medium catfish, clean it
oil to fry
Blend:
1 tbs coriander seed (ketumbar)
2 cm Curcuma domestica (kunyit)
1 garlic
tbs salt
Sauce (blend):
1 big tomato
fried peanuts as you need
garlic, shallots, chilly as you need (fry it first)
salt
sugar
Garnish:
tomato, cabage-letuce, Ocimum basilicum (kemangi), poh-pohan leaf (only find in Indonesia)
Steps:
1. Clean the catfish, then mix the fish with the blent ingredients. Wait until the blent ingredient
penetrate into the fish at about 30 minutes.
2. Fry the fish in the pan.
3. Dry it from oil.
4. Put in the plate with the garnish. Put the sauce on the fish if you like. Eat with the hot rice.
Note: To make the sauce warm, you can warm it in the pan or in the microwave.
Source: October 4, 2009 <http://masakankita.blogspot.com/2007/09/pecel-lele.html>
Variasi:
Do you like honey?
Write down a recipe using it.
Contoh jawaban:
Spicy Sweet Honey Chili
Serves: 68 (change servings and units)
Ingredients:
2 lbs ground beef
1 cup chopped sweet onion (Vidalia)
1 chopped garlic clove
cup chopped green bell pepper
1 diced jalapeno peppers
2 (15 ounce) cans chili beans
1 (14 ounce) can of petite diced tomatoes
1 teaspoons chili powder
1 teaspoon cumin
175
1 teaspoon thyme
teaspoon salt
1 teaspoons Accent seasoning, flavor enhancer
teaspoon cinnamon
1
3 cup honey
Directions:
1. Crumble ground beef in a large pan; add accent flavor enhancer (optional).
2. Brown ground beef.
3. Add onion, green pepper and garlic.
4. Cook until onion is translucent or brown; drain oil.
5. Add tomatoes, jalapeo peppers, chili beans, chili powder, cumin, thyme, salt and cinnamon.
6. Stir and simmer on low for at least 25 minutes.
7. Add honey; stir again.
8. Serve alone, over rice or spaghetti.
9. Serve with cheese and crackers is a must!
10. Then, serve with corn bread as well!
Source: Tracie Altland, October 2, 2009 <http://www.recipezaar.com/1-Spicy-Sweet-Honey-Chili-78123>
C.
Write down a procedure.
You may choose one of the following topics:
a kind of craft,
a kind of sport.
Contoh jawaban:
Wacky Watermelon Paper Plate Craft
Supplies:
of a paper plate
glue
red and green construction paper, cut or torn into little squares
black cut as the seeds
scissors
Directions:
1. Cut the red and green construction paper into little mini squares (or you can have the kids tear
them).
2. Cut the paper plate in half.
3. Cover paper plate red squares by gluing down to paper plate.
4. Glue green squares to the edge of paper plate.
5. Glue on black construction paper to be the seeds!
Source: Samantha, October 4, 2009 <http://www.twoheartstogether.com/2009/08/05/wacky-watermelonpaper-plate-craft/>
176
UNIT 3 Procedures
3.3 Short Functional Texts: Warnings and Tips
Spoken Text
Listen, everyone. The examination will begin. Do not put anything on the desk, except a pen
and other writing utensils, and also your test card. One more thing, do not cheat. Good luck!
The text is called a warning. Its purpose is to warn someone not to do something.
Usually, those who break the warning will get a penalty. For example, students who cheat
on the test will be disqualified or they have to take a remedial test.
Written Text
Eat your beans! Nutrient compounds called flavonoids have been found to be effective
antioxidants that help protect against heart disease and cancer. These flavonoids are found in
the coating of such beans as navy, pintos, kidney, great northern and black beans.
Source: October 28, 2009 <ttp://www.health-fitness-tips.com/newsletters/t59-eat-beans.htm>
The text above is a tip. A tip is a small piece of advice about something practical. You can
find tips from many sources, for example from the Internet, magazines, newspapers or
other media.

1.
2.
3.
Have you ever heard any warnings at school?

If you have, what is the the warning about?
Contoh jawaban: A warning that asks all students not to make any noises during the final test.
Do you have a problem with your health? If you do, what is it?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. Im allergic of cold weather.
177
4.
Have you ever followed any tips for your health problem?
Did the tip work on you?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, it did.
5.
A.
You will hear the following words in the text in Task B.


1. attention = perhatian
2. sake
= kepentingan
3. visitor
= pengunjung
4. to put back = meletakkan kembali
5. proper = yang benar/sesuai
Variasi:
Make sentences using the words above.
Contoh jawaban:
1. You should pay attention to your teachers explanation.
2. For the sake of our group, we should solve every problem immediately.
3. Thousand visitors visited Ancol during the long holiday.
4. Mother always asks me to put the books back on their shelves after I have read them.
5. The teacher reminds the students to park their bikes on their proper place.
B.

Peringatan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:

May I have (1) your attention, please?
For the sake of other visitors, please (2) do not leave the magazines or (3) newspapers you
have read (4) on the desk. Please, put them back on their (5) proper shelves. Thank you.
C.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
178
Answer the following questions based on the text you have heard.
What is the warning about?
Jawaban: It is a warning not to leave the magazines or newspapers we have read on the desk.
Where do you think you can hear the warning?
Jawaban: In a library.
Who do you think delivers the warning?
Jawaban: A librarian.
After reading a magazine, where should you put it back?
Jawaban: In its proper shelf.
Please, put them back on their proper shelves.
What does the word them refer to?
Jawaban: The magazines or newspapers.
UNIT 3 Procedures
Variasi:
Untuk kegiatan pembelajaran di kelas lain, guru dapat memberikan bentuk latihan yang
berbeda seperti di bawah ini.
Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the complete text in Task B?
1. ______ The visitors are not allowed to leave the magazines on the desk.
2. ______ The visitors cannot find any newspapers in the place.
3. ______ The magazines and newspapers are put on some shelves.
4. ______ The warning is dedicated to the visitors of a hospital.
5. ______ The warning is delivered by a teacher.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F (Visitors can find newspapers in the place.)
3. T
4. F (The warning is dedicated to the visitors of a library.)
5. F (The warning is delivered by a librarian.)
D.
Listen to the announcement and

choose the correct answer.
2.
Who do you think delivers the text?

A. A teacher.
B. A principal.
C. A class captain.
D. A chairperson of OSIS.
Jawaban: C
Berdasarkan kalimat sapaan Listen,
friends. yang artinya Dengarkan, temanteman. dan frasa kunci our classroom,
dapat disimpulkan bahwa yang
membacakan teks itu adalah siswa yang
ada di kelas itu dan ia adalah seorang
ketua kelas (a class captain). Hal itu
karena ketua kelaslah yang memiliki tugas
untuk mengingatkan teman-temannya
sekelas tentang suatu kegiatan. Pilihan
3.
When will the activity be held?

A. Yesterday afternoon.
B. Tomorrow morning.
C. Tomorrow afternoon.
D. The day after tomorrow.
Jawaban: B
Kalimat soal menanyakan waktu kegiatan
ini (kerja bakti) dilaksanakan. Jawaban
disimpulkan dari keterangan waktu
tomorrow morning pada kalimat Relating
to the working bee activity that will be held
tomorrow morning at school . . . . dan
klausa . . . before the class begins yang
Peringatan yang dibacakan guru:

Listen, friends. Relating to the working bee
activity that will be held tomorrow morning at
school, please do not come late. Remember,
come half of an hour earlier before the class
begins. Do not forget to bring cleaning tools.
We are responsible for the cleanliness of our
classroom and its surrounding. Thank you.
1.
Where can you hear the text?

A. In a parking lot.
B. In a library.
C. In a laboratory.
D. In a classroom.
Jawaban: D
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat We are
responsible for the cleanliness of our
classroom and its surrounding. yang
artinya Kita bertanggung jawab atas
kebersihan kelas kita dan sekitarnya..
Jadi, teks tersebut dapat didengar di ruang
kelas (in a classroom). Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai
dengan isi teks.
179
artinya . . . sebelum kelas mulai.. Jadi,

kegiatan kerja bakti itu dilakukan pada
besok pagi (tomorrow morning). Pilihan
4.
A.
5.
These are what the students should do

according to the text, except ________.
A. coming earlier
B. bringing cleaning tools
C. coming fifteen minutes earlier
D. participating in a working bee
Jawaban: C
Hal yang tidak dilakukan siswa adalah (C)
yang artinya datang lima belas menit lebih
awal. Hal ini bertentangan dengan kalimat
Please come half of an hour earlier. yang
artinya Datang setengah jam (30 menit =
thirty minutes) lebih awal.
We are responsible for the cleanliness of

our classroom . . . .
What is the underlined word in Indonesian?
A. Bertanggung jawab.
B. Bersalah.
C. Dapat dipahami.
D. Dapat dipertanyakan.
Jawaban: A
Kata responsible dalam bahasa
Indonesia adalah bertanggung jawab.
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Bahasa
Indonesia untuk pilihan jawaban (B)
adalah guilty, (C) adalah understandable,
dan (D) adalah questionable.
Read the warning in the Summary section.

Contoh jawaban:
O.K., class. Let me remind you something. Do not leave any notes or anything else on the desk,
except a pen and other writing utensils, and also your test card. One more thing, do not cheat
during the test. Do you get it? Good luck!
B.
Read the following warning.

WET PAINT!
C.
1.
Contoh jawaban:
Attention, please. To all visitors, please do not sit on
the benches. The paint is still wet. Thank you.
Deliver warnings based on the following situations and clues.

Suppose you are conducting a tour in a safari park. Then, you see the following warning.
Explain to the members of the tour. What would you say?
Do not feed the animals!
180
UNIT 3 Procedures
2.
Suppose your class is conducting a tour to a factory. Then, your group passes one room with
the following warning attached on the door. The guide explains to you. What would he say?
Staff only!
3.
Suppose you want to meet your father in his office. You walk to his room, then you see the
following warning. His secretary explains it to you. What would she say?
NO ENTRY!
Contoh jawaban:
1. Listen, everyone. Before we begin the tour, please remember one thing. Do not feed the
animals. Let me repeat once again. Do not feed the animals. Thank you.
2. All right, children. This is our storage room. We are not allowed to enter the room, except the
staff. Lets continue our trip.
3. Im really sorry. You are not allowed to meet your father now. He has an important meeting
with his client.
A.
Read the text with proper pronunciation.

Find the meanings of the words that follow.
To add strength to leg muscles and get a cardiovascular workout at the same time, try
climbing plain old stairs. This can be done at home, in your office, apartment building or on stairclimbing machines in the gym.
Climbing two steps at a time is good for building the quadriceps (thigh muscles) and the
gluteus. Going down steps builds strength in the quadriceps and to a lesser extent, the hamstrings.
Source: October 28, 2009 <http://www.health-fitness-tips.com/newsletters/t61-climbing-stairs.htm>

1. strength
= kekuatan
2. muscle
= otot
3. cardiovascular = yang berhubungan dengan jantung
4. workout
= latihan
5. plain
= sederhana
6. stair
= tangga
7. step
= langkah
8. gym
= ruang olahraga
9. to climb
= naik
10. to go down
= turun
11. thigh
= paha
12. quadricep
= otot berkepala empat (kuadrisep)
13. gluteus
= (otot) gluteus
14. lesser extent = sejumlah lebih kecil
15. hamstring
= urat-urat di lutut
181
B.
Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task A?
1. ______ The text is about how to strengthen the hamstrings.

2. ______ Climbing plain old stairs can strengthen our leg muscles.
3. ______ Climbing and going down stairs are useful for our quadriceps.
4. ______ For building the gluteus, it is good to climb stairs one step.
5. ______ We can do this workout at home.
Jawaban:
1. F (The text is about how to strengthen leg muscles and get a cardiovascular workout at the
same time by climbing stairs.)
2. T
3. T
4. F (For building the quadriceps, it is good to climb stairs two steps.)
5. T
Variasi:
Read the tips below.
Then, decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
Smart Tips for Kitchens

Turn off the oven five to 10 minutes before the food is done to make use of the residual
heat in cooking. Use the timer wisely to avoid over-cooking and energy waste.
Refrain from opening the door of your refrigerator frequently. This keeps your food cold
and hygienic.
Chop food into small pieces before putting them into the blender. This makes the blender
more durable and saves more energy.
Source: March 12, 2007 <http://www.clp-powerwise.com.hk/eng/tips/smartest_tips.html>
Statements:
1. ______ We can make use of the residual heat in cooking by turning off the oven 10
minutes before the food is done.
2. ______ We can make use of the timer to save energy.
3. ______ Opening the door of your refrigerator frequently makes your food cold and
hygienic.
4. ______ Chopping food into small pieces before putting them into the blender will not
save more energy.
5. ______ Almost all the tips are for saving energy.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. T
3. F (Refrain from opening the door of your refrigerator frequently. This makes your food
cold and hygienic.)
4. F (Chopping food into small pieces before putting them into the blender will save more
energy.)
5. T
182
UNIT 3 Procedures
C.
Match the words in column A with their correct meanings in column B.

You will find the words in Task D.
A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
to suffer
injury
to stand for
to stress
minor
severe
swelling
healing
to elevate
limb
D.
Complete the following text with the correct words from the box.
a.
e.
i.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
Compression
injured area
affected area
menekan
parah/keras (sakit)
menderita
pembengkakan
menaikkan/meninggikan
kepanjangan dari
luka
kecil/ringan
anggota badan/lambai
penyembuhan
Jawaban:
1. c
2. g
3. f
4. a
5. h
6. b
7. d
8. j
9. e
10. i
b.
f.
j.
severe injuries
comfortably
exercise
c.
g.
suffer
limit swelling
d.
h.
higher than
direct contact
R.I.C.E for Injuries

If you (1) ________ from a sports related injury, use R.I.C.E. The term stands for Rest, Ice,
Compression and Elevation.
Rest
Take a break from (2) ________ or any type of movement that may stress the (3) ________.
A minor injury should be rested for one or two days, while more (4) ________ may need longer.
Ice
Ice the (5) ________. Icing reduces pain, limits swelling and bleeding, and encourages rapid
healing. Wrap ice in a towel to avoid (6) ________ with the skin.
(7) ________
Compress the injury with a stretch bandage. Make sure not to wrap it too tight, just enough to
support the injured area (8) ________.
Elevate
Elevate the limb. If possible, try to keep the injured part above the level of the heart. At the very
least, try to keep it (9) ________ the hips. This helps (10) ________ and also prevents
movement of the area that is injured.
Source: October 28, 2009 <http://www.health-fitness-tips.com/newsletters/t75-rice-for-injuries.htm>
Jawaban:
1. c
2. j
3. e
4. b
5. i
6. h
7. a
8. f
9. d
10. g
183
E.
1.
2.
3.
184
Jawaban:
B
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat Ice the
affected area. Icing reduces pain, limits
swelling and bleeding, and encourages
rapid healing.. Jadi, yang bukan
merupakan manfaat pemberian es di
daerah luka adalah (B) yang artinya
meningkatkan pendarahan. Pilihan
merupakan manfaat pemberian es di
daerah luka.
Choose the correct words based on

the complete text in Task D.
A. Tips to compress the injured area.
B. One of the applications of R.I.C.E.
C. Tips to handle injuries using R.I.C.E.
D. Tips to stop bleeding and limit swelling.
Jawaban: C
Teks tersebut tentang tips yang berkaitan
dengan penanganan luka menggunakan
metode R.I.C.E (tips to handle injuries
using R.I.C.E.). Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah karena hanya merupakan
pendukung dari gagasan pokok teks itu.
Severe injuries need ________ than minor
injuries to rest and recover.
A. more days
B. less days
C. shorter days
D. some days
Jawaban: A
Kalimat A minor injury should be rested
for one or two days, while more severe
injuries may need longer. artinya Luka
ringan seharusnya istirahat untuk satu
atau dua hari, sedangkan luka parah boleh
jadi membutuhkan waktu lebih lama..
Dengan kata lain, luka parah (severe
injuries) membutuhkan hari lebih banyak
(more days) daripada luka ringan (minor
injuries). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
The following are the benefits of icing,
except ________.
A. to encourage rapid healing
B. to increase bleeding
C. to limit swelling
D. to reduce pain
UNIT 3 Procedures
4.
Make sure not to wrap it too tight, . . . .

(Paragraph 4)
word is ________.
A. strong
B. rapid
C. loose
D. short
Jawaban: C
Kata tight artinya kencang. Kata ini
berlawanan makna dengan kata loose
yang artinya longgar. Pilihan jawaban yang
kuat, (B) artinya cepat, dan (D) artinya
pendek.
5.
At the very least, try to keep it higher than

the hips. (Paragraph 5)
A. The heart.
B. The limb.
C. The bandage.
D. The injured part.
Jawaban: D
Kata it mengacu pada objek yang
diangkat lebih tinggi dari pinggul yang
telah disebutkan pada kalimat
sebelumnya, yaitu the injured part pada
kalimat If possible, try to keep the injured
part above the level of the heart.. Pilihan
kata yang dimaksud.
A.
Here are some tips.

Write down the suitable topic for each of the tips below.
How to study effectively.
Love yourself.
Respect everyone, no matter what they think or say.
Be optimistic!
1.
To overcome difficulties in falling asleep
___________________________________________________________________________
First, lay your body down in a comfortable sofa or bed. Second, read something that
entertains you. Its better to drink a glass of hot milk before. Finally, youll feel so sleepy.
2.
___________________________________________________________________________
Even if you are feeling really down, remember that theres always something out there to smile
about. A positive outlook will make people want to be around you more.
3.
___________________________________________________________________________
Use colors and shapes to help you remember. Circle things or highlight works. Associate the
color or shape with the information.
Source: February, 19, 2007 <http://www.adprima.com/studytips.htm>
4.
___________________________________________________________________________
They are people who deserve to be treated with respect. If you treat them well, they will treat
you the same.
5.
___________________________________________________________________________
It is difficult to like others when you do not appreciate yourself for who you are. Try to exercise
to improve your self-esteem. Start your journey to self-discovery.
Jawaban:
1. To overcome difficulties in falling asleep.
2. Be optimistic!
3. How to study effectively.
4. Respect everyone, no matter what they think or say.
5. Love yourself.
Variasi:
A. Find the similar meanings of the following words in the tips above.
1. to amuse = to entertain
2. to relate = to associate
3. hard
= difficult
4. trip
= journey
5. to develop = to improve
185
B.
Find the opposite meaning of the following words in the tips above.

1. uncomfortable >< comfortable
2.
3. to forget
>< to remember
4.
5. easy
>< difficult
B.
negative >< positive

badly
>< well
Complete the following statements based on the tips in Task A.
1. Its better for us to drink ________ before going to bed.

2. People want to be around you more eagerly if you always have ________.
3. Use colors and shapes to help you remember. Each color or shape relates to certain ________.
4. We have to treat other people ________.
5. You will be easier to like others when you ________.
Contoh jawaban:
1. a glass of hot milk
2. positive outlook
3. information
4. well
5. appreciate yourself for who you are
C.
Put the following sentences in a good order to get a good tip.

For a Total Workout, Include Body, Mind and Spirit
5
3
Add them to your workout routines and feel the difference.
1
4
The best workout, according to top trainers and fitness experts, is one that includes the mind
and spirit as well as the body.
Include these alternative mind/body disciplines on a regular basis.
Consider some alternatives to your regular weight and cardio training.
For a change of pace, try yoga, Pilates or tai chi, all of which engage your mind, body and spirit.
Source: October 28, 2009 <http://www.health-fitness-tips.com/newsletters/t58-total-workout.htm>
Variasi:
Here are two tips of how to get along well with your parents.
However, they are not arranged in order.
Put them in the correct order to make good tips.
Teks yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
3
When this occurs, they will probably be more cooperative with you.
Tip 1: Ask your parents once a day, Is there anything I can do for you?
Tip 2: Spend some time in the same room with your parents while they are watching
TV or reading. Sit down and talk to them about school, your friends or
something else that interests you.
186
However, theyll get over this feeling and will love the new you.
UNIT 3 Procedures
At first they may think it strange because of the change in your behavior.
Most of the time they will probably say no, or give you something that will take a few
minutes to complete. Your parents will love this and see you as a very cooperative person.
Source: September 22, 2008 <http://life.familyeducation.com/teen/communication/39364.html>
D.
What tips do you think work on you?

Write and share the tips with your friends.
Contoh jawaban:
Water Works for Weight Loss
Nothing quells the appetite like water, lots and lots of water. Start out with two quart bottles in
the morning and carry one with you to school or wherever you go. If you like, divvy up the 64
ounces of water into eight (8-ounce) bottles or four pint (16-ounce) bottles to carry around with you
all day. Freeze half of them the night before and they will last all day, even in a hot car. Keep some
unfrozen so they will be ready to drink immediately.
Yes. You will have to make more frequent bathroom trips, but it is worth it. Drink your 64
ounces of water before dinner, if possible, so youre not up half the night going to the bathroom.
Water not only fills you up and lessens your appetite, but it also prevents those hungry
horrors we all encounter when our blood sugar drops and we reach for cookies, candy, ice cream,
fries or other high-calorie treats. Water also flushes out the system, rids the body of bloat and
toxins and rosies up the complexion. Now, start splashing.
Source: October 28, 2009 <http://www.health-fitness-tips.com/newsletters/t78-water-works.htm>
Write down a procedure of how to do a certain game.

Mind the structure of the text.

Use them whenever you speak English.
to bake
belly
to chop
to freeze
marmalade
to melt
pasty
to peel
plain
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
memanggang
perut
memotong
membekukan
selai jeruk
mencairkan
pucat, seperti bubur
mengupas
sederhana, biasa
to resemble : menyerupai, mirip

rough
: kasar, berat
to saute
: menumis dengan minyak
sedikit
separately
: secara terpisah
shrimp
: udang
to sprinkle
: menaburkan
to steam
: mengukus
tablespoon : sendok makan (ukuran)
teaspoon
: sendok teh (ukuran)
unsweetened : tidak manis (tawar)
to whisk
: mengocok
187
A.

answer.
1. Ryan : What time will you leave for

Semarang?
Rizki : At seven oclock.
What does the underlined sentence mean?
A. Ryan is giving a fact.
B. Ryan is asking for a fact.
C. Ryan is giving his service.
D. Ryan is asking for an opinion.
Jawaban: B
Kalimat tersebut artinya Pukul berapa
kamu akan pergi ke Semarang?. Kalimat
ini diucapkan Ryan untuk meminta sebuah
fakta (asking for a fact), yaitu tentang
waktu keberangkatan Rizki ke Semarang.
2. Safira : I heard that Nadia would continue
her study in Australia. Is it true?
Reno : I dont know about it either. Wed
better ask Nadia about the news.
The underlined sentence means ________.
A. Safira expresses her curiosity
B. Safira asks for Renos opinion
C. Safira gives a fact about something
D. Safira asks for clarification
Jawaban: D
Kalimat Safira, Is it true? yang artinya
Apakah itu benar? menunjukkan kalau
Safira meminta klarifikasi (asking for
clarification) kepada Reno tentang berita
bahwa Nadia akan melanjutkan
sekolahnya di Australia.
Betty : What do you do in your spare time?
Seno : I like reading. I read comics,
magazines and others. What about you?
Betty : I do too. I always read novels.
Seno : How do you get them?
Betty : My elder sister lends me the novels.
She gets them from the bookstore or
she borrows them from her friends.
Seno : Does everybody in your family like
reading?
Betty : Yes, they are.
188
UNIT 3 Procedures
3. What do Betty and Seno do in their spare

time?
A. Going to the bookstores.
B. Meeting their school friends.
C. Reading magazines, novels and others.
D. Lending the magazines and novels.
Jawaban: C
Dalam percakapan tersebut, Seno
menyatakan suka membaca (I like
reading.) dan Betty menyatakan hal yang
sama dengan ungkapan I do too.. Pilihan
sesuai dengan isi percakapan.
TRUE according to the dialog?
A. Seno likes reading magazines.
B. Bettys sister has some novels.
C. All Bettys family members like readings.
D. Sometimes Betty borrows Senos
reading materials.
Jawaban: D
Pilihan jawaban ini, yang artinya kadangkadang Betty meminjam bahan bacaan
Seno, benar untuk pernyataan yang salah
karena yang benar adalah Betty sering
meminjam novel milik kakaknya. Pilihan
jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat Seno
I like reading. I read comic, magazines
and others., (B) sesuai dengan kalimat
Betty My elder sister lends me the novels.
She gets them from the bookstore . . . .,
dan (D) sesuai dengan kalimat Yes, they
are..
5. What do you do in your spare time?
The underlined words mean ________.
A. busy time
B. long time
C. leisure time
D. short time
Jawaban: C
Frasa spare time memiliki makna yang
sama dengan frasa leisure time yang
artinya waktu luang. Pilihan jawaban yang
lain salah; (A) artinya waktu sibuk/padat,
(B) artinya waktu yang lama, dan (D)
artinya waktu yang singkat.
bubuk kari dimasukkan setelah bawang

masak (after we cook the onion).
Curried Rice
Ingredients:
1 cup uncooked rice

2 tbs butter
1 tsp curry powder
cup raisins
chopped onion
2 cups water
How to make it:
Find a large saucepan or frying pan which

has a lid, place on a medium heat, add
butter, and then add chopped onion. Cook
the onion for a couple of minutes until it
starts to brown slightly.
Add curry powder stir with onions for a minute.
Add raisins, rice and water.
Put on lid and simmer until water is

absorbed (about 15 minutes).
9. You read a warning in front of a house

like the one below. What does it mean?
NO ADMITTANCE
A.
B.
C.
D.
Jawaban: D
Peringatan di atas artinya Dilarang
masuk. Pilihan jawaban yang memiliki
makna sama dengan peringatan tersebut
adalah (D) yang artinya orang lain tidak
boleh masuk (ke rumah itu). Pilihan
jawaban (A) artinya orang-orang dilarang
berhenti di depan rumah, (B) artinya
pengunjung tidak boleh turun di sana
sekarang, dan (C) artinya pejalan kaki
tidak boleh menyeberang di sana.

Students Grade VII
6. The following is NOT the ingredient to

make curried rice. It is ________.
A. 2 cups water
B. 1 teaspoon curry powder
C. 1 cup uncooked rice
D. 2 teaspoons sugar
Jawaban: D
Yang bukan merupakan bahan untuk
membuat curried rice adalah 2 tsp sugar
karena tidak disebutkan pada bagian
Ingredients.
7. We need around ________ minutes to
cook the curried rice.
A. 10
B. 15
C. 20
D. 25
Jawaban: B
Jawaban diketahui dari kalimat terakhir
teks, Put on lid and simmer until water is
absorbed (about 15 minutes) yang artinya
Tutup panci itu dan masak hingga air
habis (kurang lebih lima belas menit)..
8. When should we add cury powder?
A. After we add butter.
B. After we cook the onion.
C. After we add the raisins.
D. Before we add the raisins.
Jawaban: B
Berdasarkan kalimat Cook the onion . . . .
Add curry powder. yang artinya Masak
bawang . . . . Tambahkan bubuk kari.,
People must not stop in front of it.

Visitors cannot drop by there now.
Pedestrians may not cross there.
Other people must not enter it.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Six Tips on How to Stick with Your New

Years Resolutions
Focus on positive self-talk. Congratulate
yourself every time you take a step
towards your resolution goal. Be your own
best cheerleader.
Avoid berating yourself if you should fall
back or break a resolution. Just brush
yourself off and start over again.
Stick to your resolution by considering it
a promise to yourself, not a test of your
willpower.
Avoid situations that put you in
temptations path, meaning if you are on
a diet, dont go to the ice cream parlor.
Keep a sticky note in a prominent place so
that you see it every day, reminding
yourself of your resolutions. For example:
on your bathroom mirror, next to your bed
or on the refrigerator.
Be realistic. Make sure your plan is
a realistic one that can fit into your lifestyle.
Make changes as easy and convenient as
possible.
Source: October 28, 2009 <http://www.health-fitnesstips.com/newsletters/t77-resolution.htm>
189

A. Tips to achieve our goals.
B. Tips to make ourselves confident.
C. Tips to stick with our new years
resolutions.
D. Tips to improve ourselves to be better
Jawaban: C
Isi teks disimpulkan dari judul teks itu
sendiri, yaitu Six Tips on How to Stick with
Your New Years Resolutions, sedangkan
kalimat-kalimat berikutnya merupakan
gagasan pendukung dari gagasan utama
teks tersebut.
11. Stick to your resolution by considering it
a promise to yourself, . . . . (Tip 5)
A. The new year. B. Our resolution.
C. A promise.
D. Our willpower.
Jawaban: B
Kata ganti benda it merujuk pada kata
benda yang telah disebutkan sebelumnya,
yaitu your resolution.
12. Make changes as easy and convenient as
possible. (Tip 6) The underlined word can
be best replaced by ________.
A. create
B. form
C. present
D. explore
Jawaban: A
Kata make memiliki makna yang sama
dengan kata create yang artinya membuat/
menciptakan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah; (B) artinya membentuk, (C) artinya
mempersembahkan, dan (D) artinya
menggali.
13. Rafi
: Did you see the tennis match on

TV yesterday?
Akmal : Yes, Serena Williams won it.
Rafi : Really?
Akmal : Yes, she played ________.
A. calmly
B. carelessly
C. slowly
D. wonderfully
Jawaban: D
Kalimat soal memerlukan adverb of
manner untuk menjelaskan cara bermain.
Berdasarkan kalimat Serena Williams won
it., adverb of manner yang tepat adalah
wonderfully yang artinya dengan cantik.
Pilihan jawaban yang lain tidak tepat
dengan konteks kalimat.
190
UNIT 3 Procedures
14. Zarra : My brother will take part in the

badminton competition next week.
I hope he wins. He has been
training ________ since last
month.
Raisa: Im glad to hear that.
A. regularly
B. softly
C. hardly
D. unseriously
Jawaban: A
Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat
soal adalah adverb of manner, yaitu (A)
yang artinya dengan teratur. Hal ini
disimpulkan dari kalimat I hope he wins.
pertanyaan . . . he will be the winner?.
Loop-the-Loop Paper Plane
Materials needed:
a sheet of heavy paper
a paper clip
a pencil
crayons
blunt scissors
Method:
Heres a paper airplane
that will fly in circles.
1. First fold the paper in
half the long way.
2. Then draw an airplane with
wings and a tail on it.
3. Next draw a line about an inch away
from the fold on each side the full
length of the paper.
4. Then cut out the airplane, but do not cut
on the fold.
5. After that spread out the airplane and
color it. You can draw airplane
markings near each wing tip.
6. Next refold your airplane. Now fold each
wing down along the line drawn on it.
7. Then add a paper clip to the nose. You
can change the way your airplane flies
by changing the wing shape and putting
more than one paper clip on the nose.
15. Which of the statements is NOT TRUE

about loop-the-loop paper plane?
A. It needs a paper clip to fly.
B. A pencil is not needed to make
a line on it.
C. If you fly it, it will fly in circles in the
air.
D. The first thing to do is to fold the
paper in half.
Jawaban: B
Pilihan jawaban (A) benar karena a paper
clip disebutkan pada bagian Materials
needed, (C) sesuai dengan kalimat
Method: Heres a paper airplane that will
fly in circles., dan (D) sesuai dengan
langkah nomor 1, yaitu First fold the paper
in half the long way.. Jadi, pernyataan
yang salah adalah (B) karena justru pensil
adalah satu-satunya alat tulis yang
dibutuhkan untuk membuat garis.
16. Which picture goes with the third method?
A.
B.
C.
D.
Jawaban: D
Jawaban disimpulkan dari frasa kunci on
each side yang artinya di setiap sisinya.
Gambar yang menunjukkan garis adalah
gambar (B) dan (D). Pilihan jawaban (D)
benar karena pada gambar (B) kertas
sudah dibuka padahal langkah ke-3 kertas
belum dibuka.
A. To persuade the readers to make it.
B. To present important points of view.
C. To describe how something is made.
D. To inform people about the
handicrafts.
Jawaban: C
Teks tersebut disebut teks prosedur
karena di dalamnya terdapat cara/Method
untuk membuat sesuatu. Jadi, tujuan teks
ini adalah pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya
menjelaskan cara membuat sesuatu (to
describe how something is made).
18. The text consists of three parts. The

third part functions to show readers
________ to make the loop-the-loop
paper plane.
A. the steps
B. the events
C. the argument D. the explanation
Jawaban: A
Teks prosedur memiliki tiga bagian, yaitu
(1) aim/goal (tujuan), (2) materials (bahanbahan), dan (3) method (langkah-langkah).
Jadi, bagian ketiga teks prosedur berisi
tentang langkah-langkah (steps) untuk
membuat sesuatu.
19. Themanishungrythreenoodlesof
1
bowlsordering
8
The best arrangement of the words to be

a good sentence is ________.
A. 123495876
B. 142395678
C. 142395786
D. 142395876
Jawaban: D
Susunan kalimat yang betul adalah pilihan
jawaban (D), yaitu The hungry man is
ordering three bowls of noodles.
20. Arrange these sentences to explain how to
operate a TV set.
1. Press the power button.
2. Choose the best program you like.
3. Adjust the volume.
4. First, plug the cable into an electric
outlet.
5. Watch and enjoy the program.
A. 14532
B. 41235
C. 42351
D. 53214
Jawaban: B
Susunan teks yang betul mengenai cara
mengoperasikan TV adalah dimulai
dengan kalimat nomor 4 dengan penanda
First (pertama) dan diikuti dengan kalimat
nomor 1, 2, 3, dan 5, yaitu (4) Pertamatama, colokkan kabel ke outlet-nya;
(1) Tekan tombol power; (2) Pilih program
terbaik yang Anda sukai; (3) Sesuaikan
volumenya; serta (5) Saksikan dan nikmati
acaranya.
191
B.
Write a procedure to make something

that you know.
Contoh jawaban:
Molding Sugar Glass
Materials:
1 tbs of butter
a nonstick baking tray
1 cup of sugar
a nonstick saucepan
1 tbs of water
a stove
a wooden spoon
Method:
1. Spread the butter on the baking tray, and
place it in the refrigerator to cool.
2. Pour the sugar into the saucepan with one
tablespoon of water, and heat it gently at
a low temperature.
3. Stir the sugar slowly to keep it from
burning. After a few minutes the sugar will
turn into a brown liquid.
4. Pour the molten onto the cold baking tray
and leave it to cool. The butter will melt,
but it will form a layer between the heavier
sugar syrup and the tray, and will keep the
sugar from sticking to tray.
5. When it is cold, carefully peel the sugar-glass
pane from the baking tray.
Adapted from: Science Activities Vol. 9: Using Materials
Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi siswa setelah mempelajari Unit 3. Bagian ini
bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.
Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru.
Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru.
192
UNIT 3 Procedures
A.

answer.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1

and 2.
Irma : Hi, Aji. Is the man wearing batik your
father?
Aji : No, he isnt. My father is the man
wearing a blue shirt over there.
Irma : Oh, he looks young.
Aji : Yeah. He is 35 years old.
1. Irma says, Is the man wearing batik your
father?
What does it mean?
A. She is asking for a fact.
B. She is asking for something.
C. She is asking for an opinion.
D. She is asking for clarification.
2. What is Ajis father wearing?
A. A batik shirt.
B. A blue shirt.
C. Blue trousers. D. A blue batik shirt.
Lia
: Did you hear that Adi has just got
an accident?
Tantri : Not yet. How did it happen?
Lia
: While he was walking home yesterday,
a motorcycle hit him.
Tantri : Is he seriously injured?
Lia
: No, he isnt. And if you like to join, we
plan to visit him tonight.
Tantri : I want to do so, but I dont know how
to go there.
Lia
: Dont worry. Ill pick you up.
Tantri : If thats so, Ill go. Thanks.
3. What does Tantry tell Lia about?
A. Adi cannot walk.
B. Adi is hospitalized.
C. Adi is seriously injured.
D. Adi has got an accident.
4. When are they going to visit Adi?
A. That night.
B. That morning.
C. That afternoon. D. The next morning.
5. Tantry says, Dont worry. Ill pick you up.
What does it mean?
A. She is telling a fact.
B. She is giving information.
C.
D.
She is giving a service.

She is giving clarification.
Read the text and answer question 6.

Please do not swim here. It is dangerous.
A. To ask people to to do something.
B. To describe something.
C. To advise people.
D. To warn people.
Nutrition/Healthy Eating Tips

Eat smaller portions more often.
Try eating at least every four hours
and make sure that you have a good
source of protein and complex
carbohydrate each time you eat.
Eat breakfast!
Try eating a combination of complex
carbohydrates and protein at least
1 hour after waking up.
Source: Jessica Crandall, RD, October 5, 2009 <http://

www.advancedresultsfw.com/nutrition/healthy-eating/>
7. How often should you eat?

A. At least every two hours.
B. At least every three hours.
C. At least every four hours.
D. At least every five hours.
8. Which is good according to the tips?
A. Eat lunch, not breakfast.
B. Eat small portion but seldom.
C. Eat big portion every time you eat.
D. Eat at least 1 hour after waking up.
Apple Slices
Ingredients:
2 eggs
9 ozs caster sugar
3 ozs butter
pint top milk
6 ozs plain flour
4 large cooking apples
tsp baking powder
193
Directions:
1. Whisk eggs and 8 ozs sugar until thick.
2. Put butter and milk into a saucepan, and
boil. Stir eggs and sugar into it.
3. Fold in flour and baking powder.
4. Pour the mixture into large greased
roasting tin. Peel apples and slice, then
place these on top of the mixture.
5. Sprinkle the remainder of sugar on top,
and bake at 210C for 25 minutes.
6. Serve hot with cream or custard.
Source: October 2, 2009 <http://simplerecipes.co.uk/
puddings/apples.htm >
9. What should you boil?

A. Butter and milk. B. Eggs and sugar.
C. Custard.
D. Apples.
10. How much baking powder do you need to
make apple slices?
A. teaspoon.
B. teaspoon.
C. 1 teaspoon.
D. 2 teaspoons.
11. What is put on top of the mixture?
A. Milk.
B. Custard.
C. Apple and butter.
D. Apple and sugar.
12. When should you add flour and baking
powder?
A. After we peel apples and slice them.
B. Before we add eggs and sugar.
C. After we add eggs and sugar.
D. Before we add butter and milk.
13. How much sugar is sprinkled on top out of
the total 9 ozs?
A. 1 oz.
B. 2 ozs.
C. 3 ozs.
D. 4 ozs.
For questions 14 and 15, choose the correct
words to complete the following paragraph.
(14) ______, pour the mixture into the
bowl. Do it (15) ______ so that it wont spill out.
14. A.
C.
15. A.
C.
Final
Finally
careful
in careful
B.
D.
B.
D.
Finish
Finishing
carefully
carefulness

How to Make Cheese Omelette
Ingredients:
1 egg, 50 g of cheese, 1 cup of milk, 3 tbs of
cooking oil, a pinch of salt and pepper.
194
UNIT 3 Procedures
Utensils you need:

Frying pan, fork, spatula, cheese grater, bowl, plate.
How to make it:
1. Crack an egg into a bowl.
2. Whisk the egg with a fork until it is smooth.
3. Add milk and whisk well.
4. Grate the cheese into the bowl and stir.
5. Heat the oil in a frying pan.
6. Pour the mixture into the frying pan.
7. Turn the omelette with a spatula when it
browns.
8. Cook both sides.
9. Place on a plate, spread salt and pepper.
10. Eat while warm.
(SMP/MTs)

A. To describe something.
B. To tell us how to make something.
C. To entertain the readers.
D. To tell past experience.
17. Below are the ingredients you need to
make cheese omelette, except ________.
A. cheese
B. spatula
C. pepper
D. cooking oil
18. When should you add milk?
A. After we crack an egg into a bowl.
B. After we whisk the egg.
C. After we add the cheese.
D. After we heat the oil in the frying pan.
19. Pour the mixture into the frying pan . . . .
(Step 6)
A. Egg, milk, salt.
B. Peper, milk, cheese.
C. Egg, oil, cheese.
D. Egg, milk, cheese.
20 When should you spread the salt?
A. Before we whisk the egg.
B. After the egg and cheese are mixed.
C. After the omelette is cooked.
D. Before the omelette browns.
B.
What is your favorite food/drink?

Write down the recipe of making it.

A. Pilihan Ganda
1. A. Kalimat yang diucapkan Irma artinya
Apakah pria yang mengenakan batik
itu ayahmu?. Kalimat ini bertujuan
untuk meminta fakta (asking for
a fact).
2. B. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan
kalimat My father is the man wearing
a blue shirt over there.. Jadi, ayah Aji
mengenakan kemeja biru (a blue
shirt)
3. D. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat
Did you hear that Adi has just got an
accident? yang artinya Tahukah
kamu bahwa Adi baru saja mendapat
kecelakaan?. Jadi, berita yang
disampaikan Tantri adalah bahwa Adi
baru saja mendapat kecelakaan.
karena tidak sesuai dengan isi
percakapan.
4. A. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan
kalimat No, he isnt. And if you like to
join, we plan to visit him tonight..
Jadi, mereka akan menengok Adi
malam itu (that night).
5. C. Kalimat yang dikatakan Tantry artinya
Jangan khawatir. Saya akan
menjemputmu.. Kalimat ini digunakan
untuk memberi jasa (giving a service).
6. D. Kalimat tersebut artinya Harap tidak
berenang di sini. Berbahaya.. Kalimat
ini bertujuan untuk memperingatkan
(to warn) pengunjung untuk tidak
berenang.
7. C. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat Try
eating at least every four hours . . . ..
8. D. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena
sesuai dengan kalimat terakhir, yaitu
Try eating . . . at least 1 hour after
waking up. yang artinya Cobalah
makan . . . minimal 1 jam setelah
bangun tidur.. Pilihan jawaban (A)
yang artinya makanlah makan siang,
bukan makan pagi, tidak sesuai
dengan kalimat Eat breakfast!.
9. A.
10. B.
11. D.
12. C.
13. A.
Pilihan jawaban (B) dan (C) tidak

sesuai dengan kalimat Eat smaller
portions more often. yang artinya
Makanlah porsi sedikit tetapi lebih
sering..
sesuai dengan kalimat Put butter and
milk into a saucepan and boil. yang
artinya Masukkan mentega dan susu
ke dalam panci dan didihkan..
Pada bagian Ingredients atau bahan,
terdapat frasa teaspoon baking
powder. Jadi, bubuk pengembang
kue yang dibutuhkan sebanyak
sendok teh.
Jawaban disimpulkan dari langkah
keempat . . . . Peel apples and slice,
then place these on top of the mixture.
yang artinya . . . . Kupas apel dan
potong-potong, lalu taruh di atas
campuran. dan langkah kelima
Sprinkle the remainder of sugar on top
and bake at 210C for 25 minutes.
yang artinya Taburkan sisa gula di
bagian atas dan panggang pada suhu
210C selama 25 menit.. Jadi, yang
ditaburkan di bagian atas adalah apel
dan gula.
Kalimat Fold in flour and baking
powder. adalah langkah ketiga,
sehingga ini dilakukan setelah (after)
langkah kedua kalimat . . . . Stir eggs
and sugar into it., atau sebelum
(before) langkah keempat Pour the
mixture into large greased roasting
tin.. Pilihan jawaban yang sesuai
adalah (C) yang berarti kegiatan
menambahkan tepung dan bubuk
pengembang kue dilakukan setelah
menambahkan telur dan gula (after
we add eggs and sugar). Pilihan
Pada daftar bahan (Ingredients)
tertulis bahwa gula yang dibutuhkan
sebanyak 9 ons. Gula sebanyak 8 ons
sudah dicampurkan dengan telur
pada langkah pertama (kalimat
Whisk eggs and 8 ozs sugar until
195
14. C.
15. B.
16. B.
17. B.
18. B.
196
thick.). Jadi, gula yang tersisa dan

ditaburkan di atas campuran
sebanyak 1 ons.
Kata yang tepat melengkapi kalimat
soal adalah adverb yang menunjukkan urutan, sehingga pilihan jawaban
(C) benar.
Kata yang tepat melengkapi kalimat
soal berbentuk adverb yang
menjelaskan cara karena
menerangkan kata kerja do. Jadi,
pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya
secara hati-hati benar.
Teks tersebut merupakan teks
prosedur yang menjelaskan kepada
kita tentang cara membuat sesuatu
(to tell us how to make something).
Pilihan jawaban (A) tujuan teks
descriptive, (C) tujuan teks narrative,
dan (D) tujuan teks recount.
spatula atau sudip merupakan utensil
atau alat, dan bukannya ingredient
(bahan).
Add mild and . . . . merupakan
langkah ketiga yang dilakukan setelah
langkah kedua, yaitu Whisk the egg
into a bowl.. Pilihan jawaban yang
lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan
isi teks.
UNIT 3 Procedures
19. D.
20 C.
B.
Yang dimaksud dengan mixture

(campuran) di sini adalah campuran
bahan-bahan yang telah dijelaskan
pada langkah pertama sampai
keempat, yaitu telur, susu, dan keju.
. . ., spread salt and pepper. adalah
langkah kesembilan. Jadi, kegiatan ini
dilakukan setelah langkah kedelapan,
yaitu Cook both sides.. Pilihan
Esai
Chocolate Milkshake Recipe

Ingredients:
vanilla ice cream
milk
about 50 chocolate cookies

Procedure:
1. Put a few scoops of ice cream into the
blender.
2. Blend with enough milk to make the mixture
thick, but fairly liquid.
3. Add the remaining ingredients and blend.
Serves: 4
Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School
Students Grade VII.
Petunjuk Umum:
Berikut ini disajikan beberapa bentuk procedure yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti kegiatan
listening, reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun kalimat/
paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrases
dalam teks.
Text 1
Fried Eggs
Ingredients:
2 teaspoons of butter (or olive oil)
2 or 3 large eggs, depending on appetite
salt and pepper to taste

Equipment:
a small frying pan
a spatula
gas ring, at medium heat
Method:
1. First, melt the butter in the pan over medium heat.
2. Then, crack open the eggs into the pan and let fry until the yolks begin to harden at the edges
(indicated by a lightening in the yolk color).
3. Using the spatula, flip the eggs over and allow to cook ten seconds for over-easy, or up to one
minute for over-hard.
4. Finally, add salt and pepper to taste, and serve.
Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VII.
Text 2
Cucumber Salad
Ingredients:
2 large cucumbers
15 cherry tomatoes
red onion
red bell pepper
2 tablespoons olive oil
lemon juice
1 pinch pepper
10 baby carrots
4 pepperoncini peppers
green bell pepper
4 ounces feta cheese
6 tablespoons red wine vinegar
1 pinch salt
1 teaspoon dried oregano
Directions:
1. Slice all vegatables in desired bite-sized chunks.
2. Toss veggies in a large bowl.
3. Add wet ingredients.
4. Add salt, pepper and dried oregano.
5. Fold in feta cheese.
6. Can be eaten right away, but tastes great after it sits for a bit!
7. Finally, enjoy it.
Source: October 2, 2009 <http://www.recipezaar.com/cucumber-salad-389711>
197
Text 3
String of Stars
Supplies needed:
construction paper (red, white and blue)
printer (optional)
scissors
string or yarn (red, white or blue)
a stapler, tape, or glue
1.
Print out the star template or just draw a large star on a piece of
paper.
2.
Cut out the star and decorate it if you like.
Staple, tape or
glue here
Fold tip over
3.
Fold over one tip of the star.

Staple, tape, or glue the star to a length
of string.
4.
Make many stars and attach them to the

string. Leave some extra string at the
edges for hanging.
5.
Now, you can decorate any area with

a patriotic flair!
Source: September 19, 2008 <http://www.enchantedlearning.com/crafts/stringofstars/>
198
UNIT 3 Procedures
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

1. Winda : What do you think of my fathers
car?
Delon : ________.
A. Please drive the car
B. Drive the car carefully
C. I think its very nice
D. Ill tell you the truth
Jawaban: C
Kalimat Winda merupakan kalimat yang
menanyakan pendapat seseorang.
Respons yang tepat untuk kalimat tersebut
adalah ungkapan menyatakan pendapat,
yaitu pilihan jawaban (C). Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) dan
(B) mengungkapkan permintaan untuk
melakukan sesuatu, sedangkan pilihan
jawaban (D) menyatakan kebenaran.
2. Rinda : I am very thirsty. ________
Ika : Sure. Let me get it for you.
A. May I have a glass of water, please?
B. I dont bring money to buy a drink.
C. I dont like plain water.
D. Is there anything I can do for you?
Jawaban: A
Rinda menyatakan bahwa ia sangat haus
(kalimat I am very thirsty.). Kalimat yang
tepat mengikutinya adalah kalimat untuk
meminta sesuatu, yaitu pilihan jawaban (A)
yang artinya bolehkah saya minta segelas
air. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena
bukan merupakan ungkapan yang sesuai.
3. Fanty : ________?
Dido : I am bringing a notebook.
A. Whats your opinion of this notebook
B. Can you give me a notebook
C. Do you like a notebook
D. What are you bringing
Jawaban: D
Kalimat Dido merupakan ungkapan
memberi fakta. Jadi, kalimat yang sesuai
diucapkan Fanty adalah ungkapan
meminta fakta. Di antara keempat pilihan

jawaban, yang merupakan ungkapan
meminta fakta adalah (D) yang artinya apa
yang sedang kamu bawa.
4. Mr. Candra : Do you like this mobile phone?
Indah
: Of course, I do. Its the one
I have been looking for, Dad.
A. A teacher and a student.
B. A brother and a sister.
C. A seller and a buyer.
D. A father and a daughter.
Jawaban: D
Percakapan tersebut terjadi antara Pak
Candra dan Indah. Indah memanggil Pak
Candra dengan sebutan Dad. Dad
merupakan sebutan untuk ayah. Jadi,
dapat disimpulkan bahwa yang bercakapcakap adalah seorang ayah dan anak
perempuan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah.
5. Teacher : Why do you come late? The
class has been started a few
minutes ago.
Rendy : I do apologize, Sir. Ive got a flat
tire.
Where does the dialog take place?
A. In a classroom.
B. At home.
C. In a town hall.
D. In a park.
Jawaban: A
Percakapan tersebut terjadi antara guru dan
muridnya yang datang terlambat. Dalam
percakapan tersebut guru berkata, The
class has been started a few minutes ago..
Jadi, dapat dipastikan percakapan tersebut
terjadi di ruang kelas (in a classroom).
6. You find this notice at the gate of
a housing complex.
ACCESS FOR
RESIDENTS ONLY
199
It means that only the ________ who

own the houses at the housing complex
can go there.
A. security guards B. participants
C. people
D. guests
Jawaban: C
Peringatan tersebut artinya memiliki arti
bahwa hanya orang-orang yang memiliki
rumah di kompleks tersebut yang dapat
melalui jalan tersebut. Hal ini dapat juga
disimpulkan dari kata resident yang
artinya orang-orang yang menghuni/
memiliki rumah di perumahan itu (people
who own the houses at the housing
complex). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.
Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya petugas
keamanan, (B) artinya peserta, dan
(D) artinya tamu.
7. The following notice is found on a chocolate
wrap.
KEEP OUR WORLD CLEAN
After you have enjoyed the chocolate,
where should you throw the wrap?
A. Into a pocket. B. Into a recycle bin.
C. Into a bag.
D. To the ground.
Jawaban: B
Peringatan tersebut artinya Jagalah
kebersihan bumi kita. Itu berarti setelah
makan cokelat, kita seharusnya membuang
bungkus cokelat di tempat sampah (into a
recycle bin). Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks
kalimat. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya di
dalam saku, (C) artinya di dalam tas, dan
(D) artinya di tanah.
Source: August 5, 2009 <http://

www.sportskids.com//giftcard/
200

A. To congratulate someone.
B. To greet someone.
C. To express sympathy.
D. To express gratitude.
Jawaban: D
Kartu ucapan tersebut artinya Terima
kasih berada di sana, selalu menceriakan
dan membesarkan hati saya.. Jadi, tujuan
kartu ucapan tersebut adalah untuk
menyatakan rasa terima kasih. Pilihan
(A) artinya untuk memberi ucapan selamat
kepada seseorang, (B) artinya untuk
menyapa seseorang, dan (C) artinya untuk
menunjukkan simpati.
9. Always, cheering and encouraging me
The word cheer has an opposite meaning
to ________.
A. please
B. amuse
C. sadden
D. disappoint
Jawaban: C
Kata cheer artinya menceriakan. Kata
tersebut berlawanan makna dengan kata
sadden yang artinya membuat sedih.
jawaban (A) dan (B) artinya
menyenangkan, sedangkan (D) artinya
mengecewakan.
Peter is the youngest in our family. He
is fourteen years old and four years younger
than me. He has long, straight hair, bright
eyes and a friendly smile. Sometimes he is
rather naughty at home, but he usually does
what he is asked to do.
Peter is interested in sports very much,
and at school he plays football and tennis.
He is the best badminton player in our
family.
10. What is the text mostly about?
A. Peter.
B. Peters hobby.
C. Peters family.
D. Peters elder brother.
Jawaban: A
menjelaskan tentang Peter. Paragraf
pertama menjelaskan ciri-ciri fisik dan
sifat-sifat Peter. Paragraf kedua
menjelaskan kegemaran Peter.
11. From the text we know that Peter is
________.
A. the writers youngest brother
B. the writers elder brother
C. a naughty boy
D. a friendly boy
Jawaban: A
Dalam kalimat pertama dan kedua
paragraf pertama terdapat kalimat Peter is
the youngest in our family. He is fourteen
years old and four years younger than
me.. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa Peter
adalah saudara laki-laki penulis yang
paling bungsu. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
12. Based on the text we know that the
writer is ________ years old.
A. fourteen
B. sixteen
C. eighteen
D. nineteen
Jawaban: C
Kalimat kedua paragraf satu menyatakan
He is fourteen years old and four years
younger than me. yang artinya Ia (Peter)
berusia 14 tahun dan 4 tahun lebih muda
dari saya (penulis).. Jadi, usia penulis
adalah 14 + 4 = 18 (eighteen). Pilihan
sesuai dengan teks.
13. Peter is interested in sports very
much, and at school he plays football
and tennis.
The underlined phrase can be replaced
by ________.
A. dislikes sport
B. really likes sport
C. hates sport very much
D. finds sport not really entertaining
Jawaban: B
Frasa yang digarisbawahi artinya sangat
tertarik pada olahraga. Frasa tersebut
artinya sama dengan really likes sport
yang artinya benar-benar menyukai
olahraga. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.

Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya tidak menyukai
olahraga, (C) artinya sangat membenci
olahraga, dan (D) artinya mendapati
olahraga tidak benar-benar menghibur.
Things youll need:
a blender
Ingredients:
1 avocado (ripe)
500 ml cold milk
250 ml cold water
150 grams sugar
35 drops vanilla essence

Steps:
1. Peel the avocado and remove seed.
2. Put the pulp of the avocado along with the
sugar in a blender, and blend well.
3. Add the milk, water and vanilla essence,
and blend for 1 minute.
4. Garnish and serve.
Source: October 5, 2009 <http://www.wikihow.com/
Make-Avocado-Juice>

A. To describe avocadoes.
B. To describe avocado juice.
C. To inform the function of a blender.
D. To tell the steps of making avocado
juice.
Jawaban: D
Teks tersebut merupakan teks procedure,
yang menjelaskan cara membuat jus
alpukat, yang disimpulkan dari kata Steps
yang artinya Langkah-langkah. Jadi,
tujuan teks tersebut adalah menjelaskan
langkah-langkah membuat jus alpukat.
15. The following are the ingredients that you
need to make avocado juice, except
________.
A. an unripe avocado
B. cold milk
C. cold water
D. vanilla essence
Jawaban: A
Yang bukan merupakan bahan untuk
membuat jus alpukat adalah alpukat
mentah (unripe avocado). Untuk membuat
201
jus alpukat dibutuhkan alpukat matang,

bukan mentah. Hal itu sesuai dengan
bahan pertama yang disebutkan, yaitu
1 avocado (ripe). Pilihan jawaban yang
lain salah karena merupakan bahan-bahan
yang diperlukan seperti yang tertulis dalam
tahap Ingredients.
16. Where do you put the pulp of the avocado?
A. In a glass.
B. In a blender.
C. In a bowl.
D. In a microwave.
Jawaban: B
Jawaban diketahui dari langkah kedua
Put the pulp of the avocado along with the
sugar in a blender . . . .. Jadi, pilihan
jawaban (B) benar.
17. Add the milk, water and vanilla essence,
and blend for 1 minute. (Step 3)
The bold-typed word has a similar meaning
to ________.
A. solution
B. granule
C. mixture
D. substance
Jawaban: D
Kata essence dan substance memiliki
arti yang sama, yaitu intisari. Pilihan
(A) artinya larutan, (B) artinya butir/biji, dan
(C) artinya campuran.
5 Tips for Mental Health
1. Build confidence.
Identify your abilities and weaknesses
together. Accept them, build on them and
do the best with what you have.
2. Eat right, keep fit.
A balanced diet, exercise and rest can
help you reduce stress and enjoy life.
3. Make time for family and friends.
These relationships need to be nurtured;
if taken for granted, they will not be there
to share lifes joys and sorrows.
4. Manage stress.
We all have stressors in our lives.
However, learn how to deal with them.
5. Learn to be at peace with yourself.
Get to know who you are, what makes you
really happy, and learn to balance what you
can and cannot change about yourself.
Source: October 6, 2009 <http://www.cmha.ca/bins/
content_page.asp?cid=4-42-214>
202
18. Why are a balanced diet, exercise and rest

good for our mental health?
A. They build our confidence.
B. They help us identify our abilities.
C. They help us reduce stress and enjoy
life.
D. They help us manage our stress.
Jawaban: C
Jawaban dapat diketahui dari tips kedua,
yaitu kalimat A balanced diet, exercise
and rest can help you reduce stress and
enjoy life.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
19. However, learn how to deal with them.
A. The stressors.
B. The stress.
C. Families.
D. Friends.
Jawaban: A
Kata them dalam kalimat tersebut
mengacu pada kata benda yang telah
disebutkan pada kalimat sebelumnya,
yaitu stressors (hal-hal yang
menimbulkan ketegangan) pada kalimat
We all have stressors in our lives..
tidak sesuai dengan konteks kalimat.
I live in a flat near my school. My house is
designed for four member family. We have
a living room, a kitchen, two bedrooms,
a lavatory and a bathroom. In the front door
there is a peephole.
Opposite the front door is the living room.
It also becomes our family room. There are two
carpets, two armchairs and two stools, a coffee
table, a table for old record, seven beautiful
flowers and four pictures in it. In the living room
there are also a TV set, a great mirror and two
table lamps. Near the living room there are
a lavatory and a bathroom with two washers,
a great mirror, a sink and a bath tub. There is
a passage from the living room to the kitchen.
In the kitchen there are a carpet, a table,
four chairs, a rubbish bin, flowers and a fridge.
In this room I also put many cooking utensils,
such as plates, knives, spoons, forks, etc. In my
bedroom there is a computer on the computer
table. Besides, there are also a TV set, stereo

and hi-fi systems, a bed for me, a table and
a great bookcase.
Adapted from: October 5, 2009 <http://referatyseminarky.sk/description-of-my-house/>

A. The writers school.
B. The writers house.
C. The writers family.
Jawaban: B
menjelaskan rumah penulis (the writers
house). Hal itu juga didukung kalimatkalimat awal paragraf, yaitu I live in a flat
near my school. My house is designed for
four member family..
21. Where is the bathroom?
A. Near the kitchen.
B. Behind the kitchen.
C. Near the living room.
D. Behind the dining room.
Jawaban: C
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kelima
paragraf dua, yaitu Near the living room
there are a lavatory and a bathroom . . . ..
Jadi, kamar mandi berada di dekat ruang
tamu. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
karena tidak sesuai dengan teks.
TRUE according to the text?
A. The peephole is in the front door.
B. There is a passage from the living
room to the bathroom.
C. There is a great mirror in the bathroom.
D. The computer is in the writers bedroom.
Jawaban: B
adalah adanya lorong antara ruang tamu
dan kamar mandi. Hal itu tidak sesuai
dengan kalimat terakhir paragraf dua
There is a passage from the living room to
the kitchen.. Jadi, lorong berada di antara
ruang tamu dan dapur.
23. . . . seven beautiful flowers and four
pictures in it. (Paragraph 2)
A. The house.
B. The living room.
C. The kitchen.
D. The bathroom.
Jawaban: B
Kata it dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu
pada tempat yang telah disebutkan pada
kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu ruang tamu (the
living room) pada kalimat Opposite the
front door is the living room.. Pilihan
A Paper Boat
Material:
A4 paper
Steps:
1. Take a sheet of paper of the size A4
(8" u 11"). Fold the upper half down.
2. Find the center line by folding the left side
on the right side and by unfolding.
3. Fold downward both upper triangles.
4. At the bottom fold the top strip upward.
5. Fold the two small triangles on the left and
on the right backwards to make them
disappear.
6. Turn the paper over and fold the other
lower strip upwards. You have formed the
well known hat.
7. Turn the hat 90 degrees and open it. The
thumbs must be inside. Lay the upper and
the lower parts on each other.
8. Fold the lower front triangle upwards.
9. Turn the paper over and fold up the other
lower triangle. You get a hat without
a brim.
10. Open the hat again and put the upper part
on the lower one.
11. Pull the upper corners of the triangles both
to the right and left. The paper boat is
finished!
12. Stretch the boat both to the right and left,
and then separate it slightly from
underneath so it can float.
Source: August 30, 2009 <http://educ.queensu.ca/~fmc/
june2003/PaperShip.html>

A. A boat.
B. A nice paper boat.
C. How to make paper.
D. How to make a paper boat.
203
Jawaban: D
Teks tersebut merupakan teks procedure
karena berisi Material (bahan) dan Steps
(langkah-langkah). Teks tersebut
menjelaskan cara membuat perahu kertas
(how to make a paper boat). Hal itu juga
dikuatkan dengan kalimat pada langkah
kesebelas, yaitu The paper boat is
finished!. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
25. What should you do to make the small
triangles in the bottom disappear?
A. Fold them backwards.
B. Fold them upwards.
C. Turn them over.
D. Open them upwards.
Jawaban: A
Dalam langkah kelima dinyatakan Fold
the two small triangles on the left and on
the right backwards to make them
disappear.. Jadi, yang dilakukan supaya
segitiga kecil di bagian bawah tidak terlihat
adalah dengan melipatnya ke arah
sebaliknya (fold them backwards). Pilihan
(B) artinya melipat segitiga kecil ke atas,
(C) artinya membalik segitiga kecil
tersebut, dan (D) artinya membuka
segitiga kecil tersebut ke atas.
26. . . . and open it. (Step 7)
The bold-typed word refers to ________.
A. the paper
B. the boat
C. the hat
D. the triangle
Jawaban: C
pada benda yang telah disebutkan pada
klausa sebelumnya, yaitu hat (topi) pada
klausa Turn the hat 90 degrees . . . ..
27. You get a hat without a brim. (Step 9)
The bold-typed word has a similar meaning
to ________.
A. border
B. center
C. corner
D. top
Jawaban: A
Kata brim dan border memiliki arti yang
sama, yaitu pinggir. Pilihan jawaban yang
lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya
204
pusat/tengah, (C) artinya pojok, dan

(D) artinya puncak.
How to Use a Fire Extinguisher
1
Picture source: www.globalsecurity
Hold upright.
Pull the ring
pin.
Start back 8
Squeeze the
feet. Aim at the lever. Sweep
base of fire.
side to side.

A. To tell how to extinguish fire.
B. To tell how to use a fire extinguisher.
C. To describe a fire extinguisher.
D. To persuade people to use a fire
extinguisher.
Jawaban: B
Teks tersebut merupakan manual yang
menjelaskan cara menggunakan
pemadam api (how to use a fire
extinguisher). Hal itu diketahui dari judul
teks (How to Use a Fire Extinguisher) yang
diikuti langkah-langkah pemakaiannya.
29. Squeeze the lever. (Step 3)
What does the bold-typed word mean?
A. Hold firmly.
B. Pull firmly.
C. Push firmly.
D. Press firmly.
Jawaban: D
Kata squeeze artinya tekan dengan kuat
(press firmly). Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya
memegang dengan kuat, (B) artinya
menarik dengan kuat, dan (C) artinya
mendorong dengan kuat.
Stevie Wonder
One of my favorite musicians is Stevie
Wonder. He is a singer, a song writer,
a multi-instrumentalist and a record producer.
He is a man who speaks to anyones soul
and spirit. There are many great characteristics
of this man. But, there are two key aspects of
Stevie Wonder that need description, i.e. his
personality and his music.
Stevie Wonder has got the triumph through

hardship. As do most of us, Stevie Wonder has
been through great trials and tribulations on his
path of life. He is blind and is never able to fully
enjoy the beauty of the world around him.
However, he then triumphs over this adversity.
He uses his ability as a gifted musician to grace
us with his masterpieces. This can tell us a lot
about a man who has the strength to carry on.
It is not easy to write and sing a song in such
a condition. However, he can prove that he can
do both, to write and to sing.
Adapted from: October 5, 2009
<http://www.exampleessays.com/viewpaper/97479.html>
30. Who is Stevie Wonder?

A. He is an actor.
B. He is an athlete.
C. He is a musician.
D. He is a dancer.
Jawaban: C
Stevie Wonder adalah seorang musisi. Hal
itu diketahui dari kalimat awal teks, yaitu
One of my favorite musicians is Stevie
Wonder.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
31. Why cant Stevie Wonder enjoy the beauty
of the world around him?
A. He is deaf.
B. He is blind.
C. He is deaf-mute. D. He is paralyzed.
Jawaban: B
Dalam kalimat ketiga paragraf tiga
disebutkan He is blind and is never able
to fully enjoy the beauty of the world
around him.. Jadi, Stevie Wonder tidak
dapat menikmati keindahan dunia di
sekitarnya karena ia buta (he is blind).
jawaban (A) artinya ia tuli, (C) artinya ia
bisu-tuli, dan (D) artinya ia lumpuh.
TRUE about Stevie Wonder?
A. Stevie Wonder is a talented musician.
B. Stevie Wonder has got his success
through hardship.
C. Stevie Wonder cannot play some
musical instruments.
D. Stevie Wonder is a man who has the
strength to carry on.
Jawaban: C
adalah pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya
Stevie Wonder tidak dapat memainkan alat
musik. Hal itu tidak sesuai dengan kalimat
kedua paragraf satu He is . . . a multiinstrumentalist . . . .. Seorang
instrumentalist berarti orang yang mampu
memainkan alat musik. Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan teks.
Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat
kelima paragraf tiga, (B) sesuai dengan
kalimat pertama paragraf tiga, dan (D)
sesuai dengan kalimat keenam paragraf
tiga.
33. However, he then triumphs over this
adversity. (Paragraph 3)
word is ________.
A. difficulty
B. fortune
C. triumph
D. failure
Jawaban: B
Kata adversity memiliki arti kemalangan.
Kata tersebut berlawanan makna dengan
kata fortune yang artinya keberuntungan.
jawaban (A) artinya kesukaran, (C) artinya
keberhasilan, dan (D) artinya kegagalan.
How to Show the Rusting of a Metal
Materials:
a coarse steel wool pad
a 10-ounce plastic glass
1 tablespoon vinegar
Steps:
1. Place the steel wool in the glass.
2. Pour the vinegar over the steel wool.
3. Observe the color of the steel wool
immediately, and then periodically for 2 or
more hours.
4. The steel wool is silvery in color at the
beginning of the experiment. As time
passes, parts of the steel wool have
a reddish brown color.
Source: Science through the Ages
34. What do you pour over the steel wool?

A. Water.
B. A steel wool pad.
C. Vinegar.
D. A plastic glass.
205
Jawaban: C
Yang dituang di atas wol baja adalah cuka
(vinegar). Hal itu sesuai dengan langkah
kedua Pour the vinegar over the steel
wool.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
35. How should you observe the color of the
steel wool?
A. Immediately and periodically.
B. Slowly and periodically.
C. Immediately and once.
D. Slowly and once.
Jawaban: A
Dalam langkah ketiga dijelaskan Observe
the color of the steel wool immediately and
then periodically for 2 or more hours..
Jadi, warna wol baja seharusnya diamati
dengan cepat dan pada waktu-waktu
tertentu (immediately and periodically).
tidak sesuai dengan teks.
36. What is the color of the steel wool as time
passes?
A. Silver.
B. Red.
C. Brown.
D. Reddish brown.
Jawaban: D
Setelah waktu berjalan, wol baja yang
pada awal percobaan berwarna keperakan
berubah menjadi cokelat kemerahan
(reddish brown). Hal itu diketahui dari
langkah keempat As time passes, parts of
the steel wool have a reddish brown
color.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
37. Materials: a coarse steel wool pad
word is ________.
A. harsh
B. smooth
C. hard
D. fluid
Jawaban: B
Kata coarse artinya kasar. Kata tersebut
berlawanan makna dengan kata smooth
yang artinya lembut. Pilihan jawaban yang
kasar, (C) artinya keras, dan (D) artinya
tidak tetap atau berubah-ubah.
206

My school is one of the most famous
schools in our locality. It has a glorious past.
It is a very big school with a number of 1,000
students and 40 teachers. My school is located
at the heart of the city.
My school consists of open spaces,
an auditorium, a prayer hall, a big library and
separate laboratories for physics, chemistry
and biology. There is a computer-learning
center attached to the school. We have a vast
playground and it is regarded as one of the
biggest playgrounds in our town.
The principal and the teachers are highly
educated and dedicated to the education.
Hence, a high level of discipline is maintained.
Our school always wants to impart the best
possible education to the students. We have
a parent-teacher association, an interaction
club and an alumni association. All of them
function well.
Adapted from: October 6, 2009 <http://langcafe.net/
?p=131>
38. The school is situated ________.

A. at the center of the city
B. far from the city center
C. at the outskirts of the city
D. near the city center
Jawaban: A
Dalam kalimat terakhir paragraf satu
dinyatakan My school is located at the
heart of the city.. Frasa heart of the city
artinya sama dengan center of the city,
yaitu pusat atau jantung kota. Pilihan
(B) artinya jauh dari pusat kota, (C) artinya
di pinggiran kota, dan (D) artinya di dekat
pusat kota.
39. What is the main idea of paragraph two?
A. The number of students in the school.
B. The location of the school.
C. The buildings in the school.
D. Highly educated teachers.
Jawaban: C
Secara keseluruhan, paragraf dua
menjelaskan jenis-jenis bangunan di
sekolah. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.
Pilihan jawaban (A) dan (B) terdapat dalam
paragraf satu, sedangkan (D) terdapat
dalam paragraf tiga.
40. The following statements are TRUE

according to the text, except ________.
A. the school is famous in the city
B. there are three separate laboratories
in the school
C. a high level of discpline is maintained
in the school
D. the parent-teacher association does
not function well
Jawaban: D
adalah pilihan jawaban (D) yang artinya
organisasi orang tua dan guru tidak
berfungsi dengan baik. Hal itu tidak sesuai
dengan kalimat keempat dan kelima
paragraf tiga, yaitu We have a parentteacher association, an interaction club and
an Alumni association. All of them function
well.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
karena sesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban
(A) sesuai dengan kalimat pertama paragraf
satu, (B) sesuai dengan kalimat pertama
paragraf dua, dan (C) sesuai dengan
kalimat kedua paragraf tiga.
41. . . . and it is regarded as one of the
biggest play grounds in our town.
(Paragraph 2)
A. The school.
B. The playground.
C. The auditorium. D. The library.
Jawaban: B
pada tempat yang disebutkan pada klausa
sebelumnya, yaitu playground (taman
bermain) pada klausa We have a vast
playground . . . .. Pilihan jawaban yang
lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan
konteks kalimat.
42. Our school always wants to impart the best
possible education . . . . (Paragraph 3)
The bod-typed word has a similar meaning
to ________.
A. take
B. get
C. put
D. give
Jawaban: D
Kata impart dan give memiliki arti yang
sama, yaitu memberi. Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A)
artinya mengambil, (B) artinya
memperoleh, dan (C) artinya menaruh.
For questions 43 to 46, choose the correct

words to complete the following text.
My best friend is John. Although he is
(43) ________ a different class, we are best
friends. John is very friendly and intelligent. He
is also a responsible one. As the captain of his
class, the teachers (44) ________ him with
many important tasks. He always
(45) ________ his work well. His favorite
subject at school is English. He can speak
English (46) ________.
43. A. in
B. on
C. behind
D. beside
Jawaban: A
Preposisi yang tepat untuk mendahului
keterangan tempat a different class adalah
in yang artinya di dalam (kelas yang
berbeda). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks kalimat.
44. A. trust
B. trusts
C. trusted
D. trusting
Jawaban: A
Kalimat soal menggunakan bentuk the
simple present tense dan subjek kalimat
tersebut berbentuk jamak, yaitu the
teachers (para guru), sehingga kata kerja
yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat
tersebut adalah trust. Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah.
45. A. do
B. does
C. did
D. doing
Jawaban: B
Kalimat soal menggunakan bentuk the
simple present tense dan subjek kalimat
tersebut berupa kata ganti orang ketiga
tunggal, yaitu he, sehingga kata kerja yang
tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut
adalah does. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah.
46. A.
B.
C.
D.
beautifully
loudly
calmly
fluently
207
Jawaban: D
Kata keterangan cara (adverb of manner)
yang paling tepat untuk melengkapi frasa
berbicara dalam bahasa Inggris adalah
fluently (dengan lancar). Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah; (A) artinya dengan indah,
(B) artinya dengan keras, dan (C) artinya
dengan tenang.
following words into a good sentence.
47. the off of keep reach children
1
The acceptable arrangement of the

jumbled words above is ________.
A. 421635 B. 423516
C. 421536 D. 423615
Jawaban: C
Susunan kata yang tepat adalah Keep off
the reach of children yang artinya
Jauhkan dari jangkauan anak-anak.
tidak membentuk kalimat yang logis.
48. come health hope out soon you
1
good with we
7
The correct arrangement of the jumbled

words above is ________.
A. 936148725
B. 938725614
C. 936728145
D. 935872614
Jawaban: A
Susunan kata yang tepat adalah We hope
you come out with good health soon yang
artinya Kami berharap kamu segera
sembuh. Kalimat tersebut merupakan
ucapan semoga cepat sembuh dalam get
well card. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
karena tidak membentuk kalimat yang
logis.
following sentences into a good text.
49. (1) The building is very big and beautiful.
In the Acropola there is a temple of
god Pallas Athena, i.e. Perthenon.
208
(2) There are many shops with souvenirs

and postcards in Greece. But the best
about Greece is ice cream, which they
have in many flavors.
(3) My favorite place for a holiday is Greece.
(4) The capital of Greece, Athens, is
a very pretty city. It has a historical
building named Acropola.
(5) Besides famous historical buildings,
Greece has also beautiful beaches.
The beaches are small and stony, but
the seas are clean. The weather is
very hot, it almost doesnt rain there.
(6) It is situated in the south Europe.
(7) They all look delicious and you cant
resist.
Adapted from: October 5, 2009 <http://referatyseminarky.sk/greecemy-ideal-place-for-a-holiday/>
Which one is the best arrangement to

make a good text?
A. (3)(6)(5)(1)(7)(2)(4)
B. (3)(6)(2)(7)(4)(5)(1)
C. (3)(6)(4)(7)(5)(2)(1)
D. (3)(6)(4)(1)(5)(2)(7)
Jawaban: D
Susunan kalimat yang tepat adalah:
(3) Tempat favorit saya untuk liburan
adalah Yunani; (6) Yunani terletak di
bagian selatan Eropa; (4) Ibu kota Yunani,
Atena, merupakan kota yang sangat indah.
Kota itu memiliki bangunan bersejarah
yang bernama Acropola; (1) Bangunan
tersebut sangat besar dan indah. Di dalam
Acropola terdapat patung dewa Atena,
yaitu Perthenon; (5) Selain bangunan
bersejarah terkenal, Yunani memiliki pantai
yang indah. Pantai tersebut kecil dan
berbatu, tetapi lautnya bersih. Udara
sangat panas, hampir tidak ada hujan di
sana; (2) Ada banyak toko yang menjual
cinderamata dan kartu pos di Yunani.
Namun, yang terbaik di Yunani adalah es
krim dengan berbagai rasa; (7) Es krim
tersebut tampak sangat lezat dan kamu
tidak dapat menahan keinginan untuk
mencicipinya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
salah karena bukan merupakan urutan
kalimat yang tepat.
50.
4.
5.
A.
B.
C.
D.
Mix the noodles well with all of the

seasoning.
Cook the noodles and simmer for
3 minutes.
43512
21534
35142
15342
Arrange these sentences based on the

pictures above to make cooking
instructions.
1. Put noodles into 2 glasses of
briskly boiling water.
2. Your delicious noodles are ready to
be served.
3. Put the seasoning, vegetables oil
and chilli powder in a bowl.
Jawaban: D
Kalimat-kalimat soal merupakan petunjuk/
prosedur memasak mi sesuai gambar
yang tersedia. Berdasarkan gambar, dapat
diketahui bahwa urutan cara memasak mi
yang benar adalah: (1) masukkan mi ke
dalam dua gelas air yang mendidih
dengan cepat; (5) Masak mi dan rebus
selama 3 menit; (3) Masukkan bumbu,
minyak sayur, dan bubuk cabe ke dalam
mangkuk; (4) Aduk mi dengan baik dengan
semua bumbu; (2) Mi yang lezat siap
disajikan.
209
Aguestien, H.I.R., Bachtiar B.M., Joko S., Yuniarti D.A. 2008. New Lets Talk Grade VII for Junior
High School (SMP/MTs). Bandung: Pakar Raya.
Azar, B.S. 1993. Understanding and Using English Grammar (Second Edition). New Jersey:
Prentice hall, Inc.
Blundell, J., J. Higgens and N. Middlemiss. 1992. Function in English. Oxford: Oxford University
Press.
Curry, Dean. 1996. Easy Does It. Washington D.C.: The Material Branch.
Doff, A. and C. Jones. 1994. Language in Use Intermediate. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Echols, J. M. and H. Shadily. 1989. Kamus IndonesiaInggris. Jakarta: PT Gramedia Pustaka Utama.
______. 1989. Kamus InggrisIndonesia. Jakarta: PT Gramedia Pustaka Utama.
Hornby, A.S. 2002. Oxford Advanced Learners Dictionary. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Priyana, J., A. R. Irjayanti and V. Renitasari. 2008. Scaffolding English for Junior High School
Students Grade VII. Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.
Richard, J.C. 1989. American Breakthrough 2. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Seaton, A., Mew, Y.H. 2002. English Grammar for Students. Learners Publishing Pte Ltd.
Tan, L. ?. Week by Week English Practice Papers Primary 2. Singapore: Success Publications
Pte, Ltd.
Teo, Kristine. 2002. Primary English Cloze Passages. Singapore: Postkid.cmPte Ltd.
Wardiman, A., M.B. Jahur, M.S. Djusma. 2008. English in Focus for Grade VII Junior High School
(SMP/MTs). Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.
Wiese, J. 2000. Head to Toe Science. Canada: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
210
LatihanPustaka
Daftar
Ulangan Kenaikan Kelas

Evaluasi Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 PDF

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Judul Asli

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Evaluasi Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2 PDF

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Copyright 2009 by Bachtiar Bima Mustriana, Yuniarti Dwi Arini and PT Intan Pariwara.

. No part of this publication may be reproduced,

Mari kita perhatikan dengan saksama rumusan di bawah ini.

Ubah Rutinitas + Lawan Kebosanan = Prestasi

Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk

Seni Budaya dan

Peraturan Menteri Pendidikan Nasional Republik Indonesia Nomor 22 Tahun 2006

8. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan

10. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2

Expressing Likes and Dislikes

Asking for and Giving Things

Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester

Asking for and Giving Facts

Latihan Ulangan Kenaikan Kelas

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2

3. Menyimak kalimatkalimat yang

Silabus Unit 1 Descriptives

Materi Pokok dan

7. Mencari arti dari katakata yang tersedia.

8. Memilih jawaban yang

Find the meanings

3. Mencari arti kata-kata

Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2

Materi Pokok dan

11. Memilih jawaban yang

10. Menjawab pertanyaan

8. Mencari arti kata-kata

Silabus Unit 1 Descriptives

5. Menyusun kalimatkalimat acak menjadi

Put the following

Read the dialog.

Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2

Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara

Silabus Unit 1 Descriptives

4. Menjodohkan situasisituasi dengan kartu

2. Menyebutkan isi teks

Are the statements

Put the following

Standar Kompetensi : Membaca

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2

Materi Pokok dan

12. Mengartikan kata-kata

13. Menulis kalimat

11. Memilih jawaban yang

10. Menjawab pertanyaan

14. Melengkapi teks

9. Melengkapi family tree

Read the text.

Silabus Unit 1 Descriptives

Mengamati posisi lima

Menulis lima kalimat

Menulis kartu ucapan

Ask your close

Notice five things

Standar Kompetensi : Menulis

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VII Semester 2

Are the following

Silabus Unit 2 Descriptives

Materi Pokok dan

The words below